consultancy services for preparation of dpr for - Karnataka ...

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARATION OF DPR FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC CORRIDORS, INTER CORRIDORS AND FEEDER ROUTES TO IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF FREIGHT MOVEMENT IN INDIA UNDER BHARATMALA PARIYOJANA-LOT-5/PACKAGE- II : (AKKALKOT-KN/TS BORDER)

Environmental

Impact Assessment and Environment

Management Plan

CONTENTS

COMPLIANCE OF TOR……………………………………………………………………………..A-I

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................... i-xvii

CHAPTER-01 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................. 1

1.0 Introduction ..................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Objectives ....................................................................................................... 3

1.2 Scope of the study............................................................................................ 3

1.3 Need for Environmental Impact Assessment study ................................................ 4

1.4 Project Proponent ............................................................................................. 4

1.5 Generic structure of EIA report........................................................................... 5

CHAPTER-02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................. 6

2.0 Project Location ............................................................................................... 6

2.1 Land Use ......................................................................................................... 7

2.2 Description of the proposed project .................................................................... 7

2.3 Typical Cross sections ..................................................................................... 10

2.4 Details of salient features along the project stretch............................................. 14

2.4.1 Built-up areas ............................................................................................. 14

2.4.2 At grade intersections .................................................................................. 14

2.4.3 Cross Drainage Structures ............................................................................ 15

2.4.4 Railway Crossings ........................................................................................ 15

2.5 Traffic Analysis ............................................................................................... 16

2.6 Requirement of the natural resources for the project .......................................... 18

CHAPTER-03 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY .................................................. 20

3.0 Approach and Methodology .............................................................................. 20

3.1 Study Area .................................................................................................... 20

3.2 Collection of Baseline Environmental data: Task 1 .............................................. 20

3.2.1 Secondary Baseline Data .............................................................................. 20

3.2.2 Primary Baseline Data .................................................................................. 21

3.2.2.1 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................... 21


Environmental


Management Plan

3.2.2.2 Water Quality ........................................................................................... 22

3.2.2.3 Soil Quality .............................................................................................. 22

3.2.2.4 Noise Level .............................................................................................. 22

3.3 Review of Policies, Regulations and Institutional Arrangements: Task 2 ................. 22

3.4 Identification of Potential Environmental Impacts: Task 3 .................................... 23

3.5 Preparation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan: Task 4 ................ 23

CHAPTER-04 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY FRAMEWORK .............................. 25

4.0 Environmental Regulatory Framework ............................................................... 25

4.1 Institutional Framework .................................................................................. 25

4.2 Applicability of National, State and Local Environmental Norms ............................ 26

4.3 Applicability of Clearances ............................................................................... 39

4.3.1 Environmental Clearance .............................................................................. 39

4.3.2 Wildlife Clearance ........................................................................................ 40

4.3.3 Forest Clearances ........................................................................................ 40

4.3.4 Other Permissions/Clearances ....................................................................... 40

CHAPTER-05 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ....................................................... 41

5.0 Analysis of Alternatives ................................................................................... 41

5.1 Bypasses and Realignments ............................................................................. 41

5.2 Alternative Analysis Using EIADSS .................................................................... 41

5.3 Selection of sustainable alternative route for the Project ..................................... 43

CHAPTER-06 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................... 50

6.0 Description of the Environment ........................................................................ 50

6.1 Site and its environs ....................................................................................... 50

6.1.1 Geography .................................................................................................. 50

6.1.2 Topography ................................................................................................ 52

6.1.3 Geology ...................................................................................................... 54

6.2 Air Environment ............................................................................................. 64

6.2.1 Micro-Meteorological Station ......................................................................... 64

6.2.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations .................................................................................... 70

6.2.3 Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Data .......................................................................................... 72


Environmental


Management Plan

6.3 Noise Environment ................................................................................................................................. 78

6.3.1 Analysis of Noise Data ...................................................................................................................... 81

6.3.2 National Ambient Noise Level Standards ................................................................................... 84

6.4 Water Environment ..................................................................................... 85

6.4.1 Surface Water Quality .................................................................................. 85

6.4.2 Ground Water Quality .................................................................................. 93

6.5 Land Environment ..................................................................................... 102

6.5.1 Land Use .................................................................................................. 102

6.5.2 Soil Quality ............................................................................................... 103

6.6 Biological Environment ............................................................................. 108

6.6.1 Study of Ecology & Biodiversity in the Project Area ............................................................ 113

6.7 Archaeological Places/Artefacts ...................................................................... 124

6.8 Cultural and Sensitive Locations ..................................................................... 124

6.9 Socio Economic Environment ......................................................................... 124

6.9.1 Land Requirement for the Project ................................................................ 124

CHAPTER-07 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES ...................................................................................................... 126

7.1 Impacts of Location ...................................................................................... 126

7.2 Impacts due to Project Design ....................................................................... 126

7.3 Impacts during Construction .......................................................................... 127

7.3.1 Borrow Areas/Stone Quarries/Sand Quarries ................................................. 127

7.3.2 Utilization of Fly Ash .................................................................................. 129

7.3.3 Borrow pit restoration ................................................................................ 130

7.3.4 Surplus Earth/Muck/Construction & Demolition Waste .................................... 130

7.3.5 Soil Quality ............................................................................................... 131

7.3.6 Impact on Water Resources and Water Quality .................................................................... 131

7.3.7 Impact on Air Quality ...................................................................................................................... 133

7.3.8 Impact on Noise ................................................................................................................................ 134

7.3.9 Impact on Biological Environment ............................................................................................. 135

7.3.10 Impacts on Human Use Values ................................................................................................. 136


Environmental


Management Plan

7.3.11 Impacts on Quality of Life ........................................................................................................... 137

7.3.12 Impacts from Construction Workers Camp .......................................................................... 143

7.3.13 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) Pits .......................................................................................... 143

7.4 Impacts during Operation Phase ............................................................... 144

7.4.1 Impact on Land Use ................................................................................... 144

7.4.2 Impact on Air Quality ................................................................................. 144

7.4.3 Impact on Noise Quality ............................................................................. 145

7.4.4 Impact on Water Environment .................................................................................................... 147

7.5 Accident Hazards and Safety .......................................................................... 147

7.6 Aesthetics ................................................................................................... 147

7.7 Evaluation of Impacts ................................................................................... 147

7.7.1 Evaluation for Alternative Scenarios ......................................................................................... 148

CHAPTER-08 RISK AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................. 154

8.0 Risk and Disaster management plan ............................................................... 154

8.1 Scope and objectives of the study .................................................................. 154

8.2 Risk Assessment & Mitigation Measures ........................................................... 155

8.3 Major Risk Prone Areas ................................................................................. 155

8.3.1 Junctions along the project stretch .............................................................. 155

8.4 Other Design Considerations for Mitigation of Risks .......................................... 155

8.4.1Median Openings ........................................................................................ 155

8.4.2 High Embankment ..................................................................................... 156

8.4.3 Sight Distances ......................................................................................... 156

8.4.4 Horizontal Alignment .................................................................................. 156

8.4.5 Vertical Alignment ..................................................................................... 156

8.4.6 Gradients ................................................................................................. 156

8.4.7 Combination of Horizontal and Vertical Curves .............................................. 156

8.5 Traffic Control Devices/Road Safety Devices/Road Furniture .............................. 157

8.6 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) ................................................................... 157

8.6.1 Emergency Plan in the Event of Emergency (due to Road Accidents, Tanker

Explosions etc.) ................................................................................................. 158


Environmental


Management Plan

8.6.2 Emergency Plan in the Event of Emergency (due to Natural Disasters) ............. 158

8.6.3 Role and responsibility of important agencies under district administration ....... 158

8.7 Implementation of DMP ................................................................................. 159

8.7.1 Implementation of DMP in the Event of Emergency (Major in Nature due to Major

Road Accidents, Gas Tanker Explosions, Hazardous Material Spillage etc.) ................ 159

8.7.2 Implementation of DMP in the Event of Emergency (Major in Nature due to Natural

Disasters) ......................................................................................................... 160

CHAPTER-09 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................... 162

9.0 Environmental Management Plan .................................................................... 162

9.1 EMP Implementing Agency ............................................................................ 162

CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ....................................... 176

10.1 Construction Phase ..................................................................................... 177

10.1.1 Water Quality .......................................................................................... 177

10.1.2 Air Quality .............................................................................................. 177

10.1.3 Noise Level ............................................................................................. 177

10.1.4 Soil Quality ............................................................................................. 178

10.1.5 Workers health and safety ........................................................................ 178

10.2 Operation Phase ......................................................................................... 178

10.3 Establishment of an Environmental Division ................................................... 179

10.4 Implementation of EMP by third party/independent Environmental Engineer ...... 179

CHAPTER-11 ENVIRONMENTAL COST ESTIMATE ............................................. 181

11.1 Budget for EMP implementation .................................................................... 181

CHAPTER -12 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................. 184

12.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................... 184

CHAPTER-13 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED ................................... 186

13.0 DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT ENGAGED ............................................... 186

REFERENCES…………………………….……………………..……………………….…….…….197


Environmental


Management Plan

List of Annexure

Annexure I Approved Terms of Reference

Annexure II Environmental Baseline Data Report

List of Table

Table 2.1: Details of Proposed Project Stretch ......................................................................................7

Table 2.2: Salient features of proposed project stretch .....................................................................8

Table 2.3: Engineering features of the project stretch .......................................................................9

Table 2.4: Major junctions along the project stretch ........................................................................ 14

Table 2.5: List of proposed Railway line crossings ............................................................................ 15

Table 2.6: Projected Traffic Volume (2020-2048) ............................................................................. 17

Table 2. 7: Requirement of the natural resources ............................................................................. 18

Table 3.1: Sources of secondary data………………………………………………………………………………………………..21

Table 4.1: Applicability of Environmental Regulatory Norms………………………………………………………26

Table 5.1: Weighed percentage of various environmental categories…………………………………….42

Table 5.2: Environmental Impact Score Instrument ........................................................................ 42

Table 5.3: Comparison of existing road with alternatives .............................................................. 43

Table 5.4: Feedback analysis using DCI for various environmental and project attributes

............................................................................................................................................................................... 46

Table 5.5: Detailed analysis of alternatives using EIADSS ............................................................ 47

Table 5.6: Abstract statement for evaluating feasible alternative route .................................. 49

Table 6.1: Geological Succession…………………………………………………………………………………………………………54

Table 6.2: Seasons of the region ............................................................................................................. 64

Table 6. 3: Comparison of Mean Monthly Meteorological Parameters for IMD, Solapur

Station (1981– 2010) ................................................................................................................................... 65

Table 6.4: On-site meteorological conditions ...................................................................................... 68

Table 6.5: Micro-meteorological location .............................................................................................. 68

Table 6.6: Ambient air quality monitoring locations ......................................................................... 71

Table 6.7: Ambient air quality in the project area ............................................................................. 72

Table 6.8: Ambient Noise Level monitoring locations ...................................................................... 78

Table 6.9: Ambient Noise Levels in Study Area ................................................................................. 80

Table 6.10: National Ambient Noise Level Standards ...................................................................... 84

Table 6.11: Surface water sampling locations .................................................................................... 85

Table 6.12: Surface water quality status in the project area ........................................................ 87

Table 6.13: Ground water sampling Locations ................................................................................... 93

Table 6.14: Ground water quality status in the project area......................................................... 95

Table 6.15: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics ...................................................................................... 102


Environmental


Management Plan

Table 6.16: Soil quality monitoring locations ..................................................................................... 103

Table 6.17: Soil Quality status in the Study Area ............................................................................ 105

Table 6.18: Floral Species in the Study Area ..................................................................................... 109

Table 6.19: Fauna present in the study area .................................................................................... 111

Table 6.20: Assessment of Floral Studies (Tree, Shrubs & Herbs) ........................................... 116

Table 6.21: Cultural & Sensitive Receptors ........................................................................................ 124

Table 6.22: Socio-demographic Profile of the Project Districts ................................................... 124

Table 6.23: Land Requirement (Tentative) for Proposed Alignment ........................................ 125

Table 7.1: Thermal power plant within 300 Km of the project area………………………………………130

Table 7.2: Details of Surplus Earth/Muck and C & D waste ......................................................... 131

Table 7.3: Water bodies abutting the proposed project stretch ................................................ 132

Table 7.4: Total FDE from haulage roads, excavation and loading & unloading activities

during construction phase ......................................................................................................................... 134

Table 7.5: Traffic Management-Potential Risks, Impacts and Mitigation Measures ........... 140

Table 7. 6: Predicted noise levels along the project area ............................................................. 146

Table 7.7: Classification of Overall Impact ......................................................................................... 148

Table 7.8: Impact Assessment for the Proposed Project (EIA without EMP) ........................ 150

Table 7.9: Impact Assessment for the Proposed Project (EIA with EMP) .............................. 152

Table 8. 1: Sight Distance Standards……………………………………………………………………………………………….156

Table 9.1: EMP implementation schedule with responsible supervising organization/authority……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………163

Table 10.1: Construction stage monitoring schedule for the project…………………………………….178

Table 10. 2: Operational stage monitoring schedule for the project ....................................... 179

Table 10.3:Monitoring schedule for the project during construction phase and operation

phase ................................................................................................................................................................. 180

Table 11.1: Budget for implementation of EMP……………………………………………………………………………181

List of Figures Figure 1.1: Index map of the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border project stretch ..................2

Figure 2.1: Location map of the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border project stretch…………6

Figure 2.2: Start (Ch. Km. 0.000, near Akkalkot) and end (Ch. Km. 203.100, near KN/TS

Border) of the proposed project stretch ...................................................................................................7

Figure 2.3: TCS I ............................................................................................................................................ 11

Figure 2.4: TCS III and TCS IV ................................................................................................................. 12

Figure 2.5: TCS v and TCS vi ..................................................................................................................... 13

Figure 2.6: Existing BT Crossroad ............................................................................................................ 15

Figure 2.7: Railway Line Crossings .......................................................................................................... 16

Figure 2.8: Mass-Haul Diagram Showing Borrows Areas, Aggregates, Metal and Sand

Quarries .............................................................................................................................................................. 19


Environmental


Management Plan

Figure 3.1: Flow chart showing the EIA methodology……………………………………………………….24

Figure 5.1: Index map of the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border project stretch……………45

Figure 6.1: Granite quarry at Kilavalavu…………………………………………………………………………….60

Figure 6.2: Windrose Diagrams, Solapur (1981-2010) ................................................................... 67

Figure 6.3: Location Map of Weather Station and Windrose Diagram generated during the

study at Jevargi ............................................................................................................................................... 69

Figure 6.4: Photographs of Micro-meteorological station ............................................................... 70

Figure 6.5: Ambient air quality monitoring locations ....................................................................... 72

Figure 6.6: Photographs showing the AAQ Monitoring Locations ................................................ 76

Figure 6.7: Graph showing PM10 concentration in the study area ............................................... 76

Figure 6.8: Graph showing PM2.5 concentration in the study area .............................................. 77

Figure 6.9: Graph showing SO2 concentration in the study area ................................................. 77

Figure 6.10: Graph showing NO2 concentration in the study area .............................................. 78

Figure 6.11: Ambient Noise Level monitoring locations ................................................................. 80

Figure 6.12: Photographs Showing the Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ........................... 83

Figure 6.13: Ambient Noise Levels in Study Area ............................................................................. 84

Figure 6.14: Surface water sampling locations ................................................................................. 86

Figure 6.15: Photographs Showing the Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations ............ 90

Figure 6.16: Graph showing BOD concentrations of surface water samples in the study

area ...................................................................................................................................................................... 90

Figure 6.17: Graph showing DO concentrations of surface water samples in the study

area ...................................................................................................................................................................... 91

Figure 6.18: Graph showing Chloride concentrations of surface water samples in the

study area .......................................................................................................................................................... 91

Figure 6.19: Graph showing Sulphate concentrations of surface water samples in the

study area .......................................................................................................................................................... 91

Figure 6.20: Graph showing Fluoride concentrations of surface water samples in the

study area .......................................................................................................................................................... 92

Figure 6.21: Graph showing Nitrate concentrations of surface water samples in the study

area ...................................................................................................................................................................... 92

Figure 6.22: Graph showing Total Dissolved Solids concentrations of surface water

samples in the study area ........................................................................................................................... 92

Figure 6.23: Graph showing pH Values at 25OC of Surface water samples in the study

area ...................................................................................................................................................................... 93

Figure 6.24: Ground water sampling locations ................................................................................... 94

Figure 6.25: Photographs Showing the GW Sampling Locations ............................................... 100

Figure 6.26: Graph showing Total Hardness CaCO3 concentrations of surface water

samples in the study area ......................................................................................................................... 101


Environmental


Management Plan


samples in the study area ......................................................................................................................... 101

Figure 6.28: Graph showing pH Values at 25OC of Surface water samples in the study

area .................................................................................................................................................................... 102

Figure 6.29: Land Use Pattern along the Proposed Road .............................................................. 103

Figure 6.30: Soil quality monitoring locations ................................................................................... 104

Figure 6.31: Photographs Showing the Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ............................ 107

Figure 6.32: Environmental Baseline Map of Akkalkot - KN/TS Border stretch ................... 108

Figure 6.33: Bhima River and Krishna River ...................................................................................... 123

Figure 6.34: Mugger Crocodiles............................................................................................................... 123

Figure 7.1: Fugitive Dust Emission Assessment for Akkalkot-KN/TS Border Project (in

Tonnes)……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….134

Figure 7.2: Warning signs .......................................................................................................................... 138


Environmental


Management Plan

List of Abbreviations

Abbreviations Full form

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard

ADB Asian Development Bank

APHA American Public Health Association

BIS Bureau Of Indian Standards

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

BoQ Bill Of Quantities

CALTRANS California Department of Transportation

CD Cross Drainage

C&D Construction & Demolition

cm Centimeters

CO Carbon Monoxide

CO2 Carbon dioxide

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CPWD Central Public Works Department

CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone

cu ft/s Cubic Feet/Second

Cum Cubic Metres

dB Decibels

DCI Data Capturing Instrument

DFID Department For International Development

DG Diesel Generator

DMP Data Management Plan

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DPR Detailed Project Report

DST Department Of Science & Technology

E East

EA Environmental Assessment

EAR Environmental Assessment Reports

EC Environment Clearance

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment


Environmental


Management Plan

EIADSS Environmental Impact Assessment Decision Support System

EMC Environmental Management Cell

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EPA Environment Protection Act

ESMF Environmental and Social Management Framework

FDS Fine Dust Samplers

FHWA Federal Highways Administration

GoI Government of India

GW Ground Water

Ha Hectares

HC Hydro Carbon

Hpa Hecta Pascals

IMD Indian Meteorological Department

IRC Indian Road Congress

IS Indian Standard

ISO International Organization For Standardization

JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency

KL Kiloliters

Km Kilometer

LU/LC Landuse/Landcover

LPG Liquid Petroleum Gas

m Metre

MLD Million litres per Day

mm Milli Metre

MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment Forests And Climate Change

MoSRTH Ministry Of Shipping Road Transport And Highways

MPN Most Probable Number

MW Mega Watts

N North

NABL National Accreditation Board For Testing And Calibration Laboratories

NGOs Non-Governmental Organization

NHAI National Highways Authority Of India

NH National Highway

no. Number

NOC No Objection Certificate


Environmental


Management Plan

NO2 Nitrogen dioxide

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

PAP Project Affected People

PIA Project Influence Area

PM10 Particulate Matter of size less than 10 micrometre

PM2.5 Particulate Matter of size less than 2.5 micrometre

ppm Parts Per Million

R.D Relative Density

R.F Reserve Forests

r.f Relative Frequency

REET Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened Species

RHS Right Hand Side

ROB Railway Over Bridge

RoW Right of Way

RUB Railway Under Bridge

S South

s Second

SC Scheduled Caste

SEC Sensitive Environmental Components

SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority

SH State Highway

SO2 Sulphur Dioxide

SPCB State Pollution Control Board

sq Square

ST Scheduled Tribe

SW Surface Water

SWM Solid Waste Management

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TH Total Hardness

TIFAC Technology Information, Forecasting & Assessment Council

ToR Term of Reference

US EPA US Environmental Protection Agency

W West

WTP Water Treatment Plant

ZSI Zoological Survey Of India


Environmental


Management Plan

A

COMPLIANCE OF TOR

No. 10-70/2020-IA.III dated 15.01.2021; Proposal No. IA/KA/NCP/187221/2020

S.No

General Conditions of the

Bharathmala MH-Attalkot TOR Report

Compliance Status

1. A brief description of the project, project name, nature, size, its

importance to the region/state and the country shall be submitted.

The project road starts on NH 150 E at Km 99.800 near Rampur village in the state of

Maharashtra, and ends at KN/TS Border near Singnodi village in the State of Karnataka. The corridor traverses through the districts of

Solapur in Maharashtra, Kalaburagi (Gulbarga), Yadgir and Raichur in Karnataka.

For detailed information fefer to Chapter 2, Section 2.2 Description of the proposed

project.

2. In case the project involves

diversion of forest land, guidelines under OM dated 20.03.2013 shall be followed and necessary action be

taken accordingly.

No Forest Land is involved in the proposed

greenfield project

3. Details of any litigation(s) pending against the project and /or any directions or orders passed by any

court of law/any statutory authority against the project to be detailed

out.

No litigations are pending against the project and no orders passed by any court of law/any statutory authority against the project.

4. Detailed alignment plan, with

details such as nature of terrain (plain, rolling, hilly), land use

pattern, habitation, cropping pattern, forest areas, environmentally sensitive area,

mangroves, notified industrial

The reconnaissance survey and subsequent

field studies were carried out in the study area which falls in Solapur district in Maharashtra

state and Gulbarga (Kalaburagi), Yadgir and Raichur districts of Karnataka state. Major aspects emphasized with respect to the

geography, topography, soil, climate, drainage,


Environmental


Management Plan

B

areas, sand dunes, sea, rivers, lakes, details of villages, tehsils,

districts and states, latitude and longitude for important locations

falling on the alignment by employing remote sensing techniques followed by “ground

truthing” and also through secondary data sources shall be

submitted.

demography etc., of the region were collected and analysed.

The details of the same are provided in the

Chapter 2, section 2.2 Description of the proposed project and Chapter 6, section 6.1 Site and its Environs, section 6.5 Land

Environment, section 6.6.1 Study of Ecology and Biodiversity in the project area, section

6.1.9 National/Wild life Sanctuaries, section 6.1.10 Demography, section 6.8 Cultural and Sensitive Locations and section 6.9 Socio-

Economic Environment.

5. Describe various alternatives considered, procedures and criteria adopted for selection of the final

alternative with reasons.

The alternatives for alignment are evaluated using Environmental Impact Assessment Decision Support System (EIADSS). The

alternative analysis is mainly aimed to mitigate the adverse social & environmental impacts in

the project. The details are provided in the chapter 5, section 5.1 & 5.2 Bypass and Realignments and Alternatives analysis using

EIADSS.

6. Land use map of the study area to a scale of 1: 25, 000 based on recent satellite imagery delineating

the crop land (both single and double crop), agricultural

plantations, fallow lands, waste lands, water bodies, built-up areas, forest area and other surface

features such as railway tracks, ports, airports, roads, and major

industries etc. along with detailed ground survey map on 1:2000 scale showing the existing features falling

within the right of way namely trees, structures including

archaeological & religious, monuments etc. if any shall be submitted.

Landuse map is enclosed in the EIA & EMP Report as Annexure – III.


Environmental


Management Plan

C

7. If the proposed route is passing through any hilly area, the

measures for ensuring stability of slopes and proposed measures to

control soil erosion from embankment shall be examined and submitted.

The proposed route traverses mostly through plain terrain (98%) and rolling terrain (2%)

based on the topographical survey done by us.

However, as per the IRC design criteria is concerned the embankment height more than 1.5 will be provided with turfing to control the

erosion.

8. If the proposed route involves tunneling, the details of the tunnel and locations of tunneling with

geological structural fraction should be provided. In case the road

passes through a flood plain of a river, the details of micro-drainage, flood passages and information on

flood periodicity at least of the last 50 years in the area shall be

examined and submitted.

The proposed route does not pass through tunnels or flood plain of a river. Even though the project stretch is not flood prone, adequate

number of culverts and bridges are provided as per the site requirements for proper drainage.

9. If the project is passing

through/located within the notified ecologically sensitive zone (ESZ)

around a notified National park/ Wild life sanctuary or in the

absence of notified ESZ, within 10 km from the boundary of notified

National park/ Wild life sanctuary, the project proponent may simultaneously apply for the

clearance for the standing committee of NBWL. The EC for

such project would be subject to obtaining the clearance from standard committee of NBWL.

The proposed project stretch from Akkalkot to

KN/TS Border for a length of 203 Kms is not passing through any of the wildlife sanctuary or

its environmental sensitive zone. Refer Section 4.3 Applicability Clearances of EIA&EMP Report

10. Study regarding the animal

bypass/underpasses etc. across the habitation areas shall be carried out. Adequate cattle passes for the

movement of agriculture material shall be provided at the stretches

Five (05) numbers of Vehicular/ Animal

Underpasses/Overpasses are provided in the project for the safe movement of cattle/wild animals (Ref: Table -2.3 of EIA&EMP Report)


Environmental


Management Plan

D

passing through habitation areas. Underpasses shall be provided for

the movement of wild animals.

11. The information shall be provided about the details of the trees to be cut including their species and

whether it also involves any protected or endangered species.

Measures taken to reduce the number of the trees to be removed should be explained in detail. The

details of compensatory plantation shall be submitted. The possibilities

of relocating the existing trees shall be explored.

The construction and operation of the project will have only a minimal effect on existing flora and fauna. Avenue & median plantation of

199600 & 133200 nos., are suggested in the EMP with a financial provision of Rs.1896.2

lakhs & Rs.466.2 lakhs respectively duly adopting IRC: SP: 21-2009 as part of mitigation measures.

Refer Chapter 9, section 9.1 EMP Implementing

Agency (Table 48). The proposed greenfield project does not involve any forests, wildlife and protected or endangered species.

12. Necessary green belt shall be provided on both sides of the

highway with proper central verge and cost provision should be made

for regular maintenance.

1,99,600 nos. of avenue trees with 5 years maintenance, including tree guards are

proposed in the EMP. Shrub plantation in median and landscaping in 6 lane. Estimated

median plantation is around 1,33,200 nos. The total cost for Rs. 2362.4 Lakhs cost provision made in the EMP.

Refer Chapter 11, section 11.1 Budget for EMP Implementation.

ct13. If the proposed route is passing

through a city or town, with houses and human habitation on either side of the road, the necessity for

provision of bypasses /diversions /under passes, shall be examined

and submitted. The proposal should also indicate the location of wayside amenities, which should include

petrol stations/service centres, rest areas including public conveyance,

etc.

The project stretch is passing through outskirts

of many towns and villages viz., Akkalkot, Jewargi, Wadgera, Baswanthpur, Bevinbenchi, Chiksugur and Chandrabanda etc. Hence, there

are no built-up area coming under the Greenfield corridor it is serving as a bypass for

all the major cities in Raichur, Yadgir, Kalaburagi and Akkalkot city in Solapur district. The details are provided in the Chapter 2,

section 2.4.1 Built up areas.


Environmental


Management Plan

E

14. Details about measures taken for the pedestrian safety and

construction of underpass and foot-over bridges along with flyovers and

interchanges shall be submitted.

The proposed greenfield project stretch is passing through outskirts of many towns and

villages viz., Akkalkot, Jewargi, Wadgera, Baswanthpur, Bevinbenchi, Chiksugur and

Chandrabanda etc. Moreover, Nine (09) major bridges and Sixty-five (65) minor bridges are proposed, No major and minor bridges will be

dismantled and reconstructed. In the case of culverts, 290 box culverts (new) are proposed.

Accordingly, no any adverse impact are envisaged due to the proposed project.

Refer Chapter 7 section 7.3.11 Impacts on Quality of Life; Chapter 8, section 8.2 Risk

Assessment & Mitigation Measure

15. The possibility that the proposed

project will adversely affect road traffic in the surrounding area (e.g.

by causing increases in traffic congestion and traffic accidents) shall be addressed.

The projected traffic volume of the proposed

greenfield project on passenger traffic and goods traffic for the design period has been

estimated and provided in Table 2.6. For the construction period site-specific traffic management plan shall be adopted by the

contractor. Accordingly, the mitigation measures of the same are provided in Chapter

7, section 7.3.11 Impacts of Quality of Life, Traffic Management Plan.

16. The details of use of fly ash in the road construction, if the project

road is located within the 100km from the Thermal power plant shall be examined and submitted.

KPCL Raichur Thermal Power Plant is located 10 kms away from Raichur city from proposed

greenfield/bypass road near Raichur. Flyash shall be procured from Raichur Thermal Power Plant which is a coal based power plant. Hence,

utilisation of Fly Ash in the project is estimated to be 60,53,724.00 cum provision made as per

the IRC: SP: 58-2001 and Fly ash Notification, 2009 and the subsequent amendments in 2016 and the same shall also be put under the BoQs.

Refer Chapter 7, section 7.3.2 Utilization of Fly

Ash.

17. The possibilities of utilizing

debris/waste materials available in and around the project area shall

The quantity of muck/surplus earth and C & D

waste generated from the project is 8,75,446cum. The whole muck and C & D


Environmental


Management Plan

F

be exposed. waste are disposed in identified barren lands within 10 km of the project stretch. An

estimated amount of Rs. 1022.08lakhs provision is made in the EMP for the safe

disposal of the muck and C & D waste. The detail of debris that shall be generated is provided in the Chapter 7, section 7.3.4

Surplus Earth/Muck/Construction & Demolition Waste.

18. The details on compliance with respect to Research Track

Notification of Ministry of road, Transport and Highways shall be

submitted.

Not Applicable.

19. The details of sand quarry and

borrow area as per OM No.2-30/2012.IA-III dated 18.12.2012

on “Rationalization of procedure for Environmental clearance for Highway projects involving borrow

areas for soil and earth” as modified vide OM of even No. Dated

19th March 2013, shall be examined and submitted.

There are 39 nos. of borrow areas identified in

the project and the same shall get NoC from the Government owners before the start of the

work. Firm up contract with Mining & Geology Department for obtaining the identified metal quarries of 3 nos. and sand quarry of 2 nos. in

the project stretch.

Refer Chapter 7, section 7.3.1 Borrow Areas /Stone Quarries/Sand Quarries.

20. Climate and meteorology (max and min temperature, relative humidity,

rainfall, frequency of tropical cyclones and snow fall; the nearest IMD meteorological station from

which Climatological data have been obtained to be indicated.

An automatic weather station at Jevargj has been installed and monitored for the months of

December – February 2021 for the parameters Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind speed, Wind direction and Rainfall. The past

meteorological data near to the proposed project site, data from Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD), Solapur Station is considered. The selected stations are located within the project site and the data collected

for a period of 30 years (1981 – 2010).

Refer Chapter 6, section 6.1 Site and its environs.

21. The air quality monitoring shall be carried out as per the notification

Six (06) ambient air quality monitoring stations were identified & monitored in Akkalkot -


Environmental


Management Plan

G

issued on 16th November, 2009. Input data used for Noise and Air

quality modelling shall be clearly delineated.

KN/TS Border project corridor. Ambient air quality of the project corridor was assessed by

collecting air data for 24 hours twice in a week from December 2020 to February 2021 as per

national guidelines.

Refer Chapter 6, section 6.2 Air Environment;

Refer chapter 7, section 7.4.2 Impact on Air Quality.

22. The project activities during constructions and operation phase,

which will affect the noise levels and the potential for increased

noise resulting from this project, shall be identified. Discuss the effect of noise levels on nearby

habitations during the construction and operational phase of the

proposed highway. Identify noise reduction measures and traffic management strategies to be

deployed for reducing the negative impact if any. Prediction of noise

levels shall be done by using mathematical modelling on different representative locations.

The future noise levels are predicted using FHWA (Federal Highway Administration) noise

modelling technique and suitable mitigation measures are taken for reducing noise levels.

Refer Chapter 6, section 6.3 Noise Environment; refer chapter 7, section 7.3.8

Impact on Noise during construction phase and section 7.4.3 Impact on Noise Quality for

operation phase.

23. The impact during construction

activities due to generation of fugitive dust from crushes units, air emissions from hot mix plants and

vehicles used for transportation of materials and prediction of impact

on ambient air quality using appropriate mathematical model, description of model, input

requirement and reference of derivation, distribution of major

pollutants and presentation in tabular form for easy interpretation shall be examined and carried out.

Air quality analysis along the project stretch

was done using CALRoads (US EPA preferred/recommended model). The assessment of air quality was performed for

the project stretch considering worst case scenario for number of vehicles expected on

2050 (ultimate year).

Refer Chapter 7, section 7.3.7 Impact on Air

Quality during the construction phase.


Environmental


Management Plan

H

24. The details about the protection to existing habitations from dust,

noise, odour etc during construction stage shall be examined and

submitted.

The proposed greenfield project stretch is passing through outskirts of many towns and

villages. The identified impacts and mitigation measure are provided in the Chapter 7, section

7.3.7 Impact on Air Quality; section 7.3.8 Impact on Noise.

25. If the proposed route involves cutting of earth, the details of area

to be cut, depth of cut, locations, soil type, volume and quality of earth and other materials to be

removed with locations of disposal/ dump sites along with necessary

permission.

Road construction will involve earth excavation, backfilling and concreting. There are 39 nos. of

borrow areas identified in the project and the same shall get NoC from the Government owners before the start of the work. Borrow

areas shall be carried out upto depth of 2.0 m in non-cultivable & elevated lands, 0.45 m in

productive lands etc., with a slope of not steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal. The required quantity and budget required for the

mitigation measures as per the proposed EMP are provided in Chapter 2, section 2.6

Requirement of the natural resource for the project; refer chapter 7, section 7.3.1 Borrow

Areas/Stone Quarries/Sand Quarries.

26. If the proposed route is passing

through low lying areas, details of filling materials and initial and final levels after filling above MSL shall

be examined and submitted.

The proposed project corridor requires raw

materials from borrow areas, metal quarries and sand quarries Total 39 borrow areas, 3 metal quarries and 2 sand quarries have been

identified for the entire project stretch. Refer chapter 2, section 2.5 Requirement of the

natural resources for the project.

27. The water bodies including the

seasonal ones within the corridor of impacts along with their status,

volumetric capacity, quality and likely impacts on them due to the project along with the mitigation

measures shall be examined and submitted.

Water bodies such as ponds or freshwatertanks

were not observed at the site of study area. However, the project road crosses the river

Bhima at KM 70+537 and its tributaries at KM105+604 and KM122+884 of the design chainage and also the river Krishna at

KM161+460 and its tributaries at KM 169+818, KM 181+254 and at KM183+493. The bridges

proposed in these locations does not hinder the free flow of the water. The details are provided in the Chapter 7, section 7.3.6 Impact on

Water Resources and Water Quality.


Environmental


Management Plan

I

28. The details of water quality required and source of water

including water requirement during the construction stage with

supporting data and also classification of ground water based on the CGWA classification, shall be


Water will be extracted from the nearest water

bodies/ground water after getting formal

approval from the irrigation and ground water

departments. The water required for the

proposed project is 32,47,485 KL. During

construction period, the water quality shall be

monitored and take appropriate mitigation

measures as given in Chapter 7. An amount of

2.55 lakhs shall be allotted for water quality

monitoring during 1 year operation phase,

once in a season other than monsoon season.

29. The details of measures taken

during constructions of bridge across rivers/ canals/ major or

minor drains keeping in view the flooding of the rivers and the life span of the existing bridges shall be

examined and submitted. Provision of speed breakers, safety signals,

service lanes and foot paths shall be examined at appropriate locations throughout the proposed

road to avoid accidents.

Refer Chapter 7, section 7.3.6 Proposed Cross

Drainage Structures; section 7.3.11 Traffic Management plan.

30. If there will be any change in the drainage pattern after the proposed activity, details of changes shall be


The borrowing/excavation activity of the proposed greenfield project shall not have major alteration in the natural drainage pattern

of the area. During the construction of proposed box culverts and bridges, proper care

shall be taken to the safe flow of water towards the downstream. Cross drainage structures are designed for 100 year return flood. The

mitigation measures have been included in the proposed EMP.

31. Rain water harvesting pit shall be at least 3 – 5m above the highest ground water table. Provisions shall

be made for oil and grease removal from surface runoff.

There are 812nos. of RWH pits proposed on the either side of the project road at an interval of 500 m. These rainwater harvesting pits have

1.5 m diameter and 3.8 m depth. Budget provision is made in the EMP for the RWH


Environmental


Management Plan

J

structures at a rate of Rs. 20,000/pit and the total amount is estimated to be Rs. 162.4

lakhs. Refer Chapter 7, section 7.3.13 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) Pits.

32. If there is a possibility that the construction/widening of road may

cause an impact such as destruction of forest, poaching or reduction in

wetland areas, examine the impact and submitted details.

The proposed greenfield project does not pass through forest areas. However, the proposed

project involves cutting of trees in non-forest land. Refer chapter 9 Environmental

Management Plan. The Maharashtra and Karnataka High Courts on 7th February 2014 ordered the National Highways Authority of

India to plant 10 saplings for every tree cut for the six lane Project by NHAI's Implementation

Unit in Maharashtra and Karnataka states.

33. The details of road safety, signage,

service roads, vehicular under passes, accident prone zones and

mitigation measures, shall be submitted.

Refer chapter 8, section 8.5 Traffic control

devices/Road Safety Devices/ Road furniture.

34. IRC guidelines shall be followed for widening & upgradation of roads.

The designing of widening and up gradation of roads has been prepared as per IRC guidelines.

35. The details social impact assessment due to proposed

construction of the road, shall be submitted.

About 203.1 km long proposed project corridor

comprising government and private land

requires a total approx. 1980 hectares. Out of

the total required land, private land accounts

for about 1950 hectares and Govt. land

accounts for 30 hectares. Refer chapter 6.9.1,

section Land requirement for the project.

36. Examine the road design standards, safety equipment specifications and

management system training to ensure that design details take

account of safety concerns and submit the traffic management plan.

Refer chapter 7, section 7.3.11 Traffic

Management Plan, section 7.5 Accident

Hazards and safety; Chapter 8, section 8.5

Traffic control /Road safety Devices/Road

Furniture.

37. Accident data and geographic The proposed greenfield project has been


Environmental


Management Plan

K

distribution shall be reviewed and analyzed to predict and identify

trends – in case of expansion of the existing highway and provide post

accident emergency assistance and medical care to accident victims.

planned and designed based on the accurate estimate of traffic volume that is likely to be

used by the proposed project road. Moreover, the emergency plan in the event of emergency

accident is provided in the chapter 8.

Refer Chapter 2, section 2.5 Section Traffic

Analysis; Chapter 8, section 8.6.1 Emergency Plan in the Event of Emergency (due to Road

Accidents, Tanker Explosions; chapter 7, section 7.3.11 Traffic Management Plan.

38. If the proposed project involves any land reclamation, details shall be

provided of the activity for which land is to be reclaimed and the area of land to be reclaimed.

The proposed greenfield project does not involve reclamation activities.

39. Details of the properties, houses,

business activities etc likely to be

effected by land acquisition and an

estimation of their financial losses,

shall be submitted.

The proposed greenfield project of 203.1 km

long corridor requires approx. 1980 hectares

comprising of government and private land.

Out of the total required land, private land

accounts for about 1950 hectares and Govt.

land accounts for 30 hectares. Refer Chapter 6,

section 6.9.1 Land Requirement for the project.

40. Detailed R& R pan with data on the

existing socio- economic status of

the population in the study area

and broad plan for resettlement of

the displaced population, site for

the resettlement colony, alternative

livelihood concerns/ employment

and rehabilitation of displaced

people, civil and housing amenities

being offered, etc and the schedule

of the implementation of the

specific project, shall be submitted.

The proposed greenfield project passes

through outskirts of many towns and villages

viz., Akkalkot, Jewargi, Wadgera, Baswanthpur,

Bevinbenchi, Chiksugur and Chandrabanda.

The proposed cross sections indicate that about

60 meter land is required to accommodate

various features of proposed road. The total

required land, private land accounts for about

1950 hectares and Govt. land accounts for 30

hectares. The R&R plan for the same is being

prepared.

41. The environment management and monitoring plan for construction

Refer chapter 9, Section 9.0 Environmental

management plan and chapter 10


Environmental


Management Plan

L

and operation phase of the project shall be submitted. A copy of yours

corporate policy on environment management and sustainable

development shall also be submitted.

Environmental Monitoring plan.

42. Estimated cost of the project including that of environment pal

(both capital and recurring) and source of funding. Also, the mode of execution of the project, Viz,

EPC, BOT, etc, shall be submitted.

The cost of construction of the proposed project stretch is around Rs. 4621.43 (4

Packages). The Budget for Environmental Management Plan for Items to be covered in BoQs works out to be Rs. 19576.73 lakhs.

Refer Chapter 2 (Table 3), section 2.2 Description of the proposed project; Refer

chapter 11, section 11.1 Budget for EMP implementation.

43. A copy of yours CSR policy and plan

for meeting the expenditure to

address the issue raised during

public Hearing, shall be submitted.

The EMP Budgetary provision towards CSR

activities allocated for Rs.100.0 Lakhs and CER

activities allocated for Rs.50.0 Lakhs. Refer

Chapter 11, Environmental Cost Estimate.

44. Details of blasting if any,

methodology/technique adopted, applicable regulations/permissions, timing of blasting, mitigation

measures proposed keeping in view mating season of wildlife.

The activity associated with borrowing for

construction of roads, embankments etc. shall

not involve blasting.

45. In case of river/creek crossing, details of the proposed bridges

connecting on either bank, the design and traffic circulation at the junction with simulation studies.

The project road crosses the river Bhima at KM 70+537 and its tributaries at KM105+604 and

KM122+884 of the design chainage and also the river Krishna at KM161+460 and its tributaries at KM 169+818, KM 181+254 and

at KM183+493. The bridges proposed in these locations does not hinder the free flow of the

water. The details are provided in the Chapter 7, section 7.3.6 Impact on Water Resources and Water Quality.

46. Details to ensure free flow of water Adequate care has been taken for the purpose


Environmental


Management Plan

M

in case the alignment passes through water bodies/river/streams

etc.

of free flow of flood discharge in the design

stage itself duly providing Nine (09) major

bridges and Sixty-five (65) minor bridges are

proposed, No major and minor bridges will be

dismantled and reconstructed. In the case of

culverts, 290 box culverts (new) are proposed

in Akkalkot to KN/TS Border Project. Refer

chapter 7, section 7.3.6 Impact on water

resources and water quality.

47. In case of bye passes, the details of

access control from the nearby habitation/ habitation which may come up after the establishment of

road.

The proposed greenfield project does not

requirement bye pass.

48. Bridge design on eco sensitive area

/ mountains be examined keeping in view the rock classification

hydrology etc.

Not Applicable

49. Details of litigation pending against

the project, if any, with direction/ order passed by any court of law against the project should be given.

Not Applicable

50. The cost of the project ( capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the

cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out.

Estimated cost for the construction of the proposed project stretch is around Rs. 4621.43

(4 Packages). Total budget for the implementation of EMP during construction & operation phases of the project is estimated to

be Rs. 195.76crores (inclusive of GST @18%).

Refer Chapter 2 (Table 3), section 2.2 Description of the proposed project; Refer chapter 11, section 11.1 Budget for EMP

implementation.

51. Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including

Noted. The approved TOR is attached as


Environmental


Management Plan

N

anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative measures,

project proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry

website

Annexure – I.


Environmental Impact Assessment

and Environment Management Plan

i

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

0.1 INTRODUCTION

The Government of India (GoI) is aimed at improving the connectivity in border areas

under 'Bharatmala' Scheme. For which National Highways Authority of India (herein after

referred to as the “Authority” or “NHAI”) has been assigned the work of Project

Management Consultancy for the selected stretches/corridors of various roads in few

states across India. As a part of this endeavour, NHAI has decided to undertake the

project namely “Consultancy services for preparation of DPR for development of

Economic Corridors, Inter Corridors, Feeder Routes and Coastal Roads to improve the

efficiency of freight movement in India”,

In order to fulfil the above task, the NHAI has entrusted M/s Aarvee Associates Architects

Engineers & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (herein after referred to as the “Consultant”) to provide

services for Akkalkot – KN/TS Border greenfield stretch of Maharashtra Bharatmala

project. According to new EIA Notification issued on 14th September, 2006 by the

MoEF&CC, GoI and amended Notification on 22nd August 2013 on Highway projects,

“New, expansion or modernization of any activity falling within categories of

developmental and industrial activities shall be undertaken in any part of India only after

it has been accorded environmental clearance by the MoEF&CC in accordance with the

procedures specified in the Notification”. Among categories listed in Schedule of

Notification and amendments thereof, the proposed project stretch falls under Category-A

of the Schedule. Hence, Environmental Clearance is required for this project. Accordingly,

Form-1 was submitted to MoEFCC and obtained the Terms of Reference (ToR), MoEFCC

vide file no. 10-70/2020-IA.III, dated January 15, 2021 (Annexure – 1). Based on the

ToR issued by MoEFCC, the EIA Study has been conducted and detailed in the report.

0.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

0.2.1 Location

The proposed project stretch, Akkalkot - KN/TS Border is passing through Solapur district

in Maharashtra state and Kalaburagi (Gulbarga), Yadgir and Raichur districts in the state

of Karnataka and chosen as one of the important Economic corridor routes of Bharatmala

project. The proposed project corridor starts on NH-150 E at Kms 99+800 near Rampur

village in Solapur district and ends at Singnodi village or KN/TS Border in Raichur district

in Karnataka state. The project corridor is passing through the major settlements like

Akkalkot, Aland, Afzalpur, Gulbarga, Jevargi, Shahpur, Wadgera, Devdurga and Raichur

etc. Location map of the proposed project stretch is given in Figure 0.1.




ii

Figure 0.1: Location map of the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border project stretch

0.2.2 Description and Salient Features of the Proposed Project

The design chainage, existing chainage and length of the existing and proposed road

stretch are given in Table 0.1. The salient features and the engineering features of the

project stretch are given in Table 0.2 and Table 0.3 respectively.

Table 0.1: Details of Proposed Project Stretch

S. No. Design Chainage (Ch. Km.) Greenfield/

Realignment

Length

Remarks

Tentative

Scheme of

Widening From To

1 0.000 203.100 203.100 Akkalkot – KN/TS

Border Section

Greenfield

Alignment

Total length of the proposed project stretch = 203.100 Km




iii

Table 0.2: Salient Features of Proposed Project Stretch

S. No Particulars Details

1 Location

The project road starts on NH 150 E at Km 99.800 near

Rampur village in the state of Maharashtra, and ends at

KN/TS Border near Singnodi village in the State of

Karnataka. The corridor traverses through the districts of

Solapur in Maharashtra, Kalaburagi (Gulbarga), Yadgir and

Raichur in Karnataka.

2 Latitude and longitude 17°30'31.02"N, 76°13'38.21"E (near Rampur) to

16°12'11.12"N, 77°30'1.12"E (near Singoli)

3 Elevation above mean sea level 360m-620 m

4 Terrain Plain Terrain 98%, Rolling Terrain 2%

5 Major settlements along the proposed

project stretch

Akkalkot, Aland, Afzalpur, Kalaburagi, Jevargi, Shahpur,

Wadgera, Devdurga and Raichur etc.

6 Nearest National Highways NH-548B, NH-150 E, NH-50, NH-52, NH-150, NH-150A &

NH-167

7 Nearest railway stations

Nearest Railway Stations for proposed project Corridor are

furnished here under:

Gulbarga-43 Kms

Yadgir-13 Kms

Raichur-20Kms

Wadi Junction – 40 Kms

Solapur-42 Kms

8 Nearest Airports

Nearest Airports for proposed project Corridor are furnished

here under:

Gulbarga-55 Kms

Solapur – 45 Kms

Hyderabad-210Kms

Pune – 301 Kms

9 Nearest cities

Nearest Cities for proposed project Corridor are furnished

here under:

Gulbarga-40 Kms

Yadgir-11 Kms

Raichur-18Kms

Solapur-39 Kms

10 Rivers/streams Bori, Bheema and Krishna Rivers Crossing the alignment at

different locations

11 Hills/valleys --

12 Reserved forests/protected forest --




iv


13 National parks/wildlife sanctuary

/core biosphere reserve --

14 Archaeologically important places

Korangi Hanuman Temple near Gulbarga-43 Kms from

Stretch,

Gulbarga Fort – 48 Kms from stretch & built in 12th Century

Sharana Basaveswara Temple-53 Kms from stretch & built

in 12th Century

Saat Gumbaz (this is a series of seven tombs of Bahmani

military leaders built side-by-side in Gulbarga)-52 kms from

stretch

Venkateswara Temple with Devanagari Lipi Inscription in

Richur-28 kms from stretch

Sangameswar&Muralidhar Temple in Solapur-78 Kms from

akkalkot starting point

15 List of major industries

KPCL Raichur Thermal Power Station

ACC Cements pvt. ltd in Wadi, JP Cements in Shahabad, NSL

Sugars in Aland,

Table 0.3: Engineering features of the project stretch

S. No. Parameters Existing Proposed

1 Right of Way (m) - 60

2 Design speed (km/hr) - 100

3 Bridges Major Bridge - 9

Minor Bridge - 65

4 Railway Over Bridge (ROB) - 3

5 Railway Under Bridge (RUB) - -

6 No. of culverts Box/slab -

290 Pipe -

7 Causeways - -

8 LVUPs/SVUPs - 15/57

9 Vehicular underpasses/

overpasses - 5/0

10 Gradeseparated Intersections - 8

11 Toll Plazas - 10

12 Rest Areas - 4

13 Mini Nest Area - 1

14 Bypasses - 1 (203.1 kms)

15 Realignments/geometrical

improvements - -

16 Total number of trees affected - 4500 no's




v

S. No. Parameters Existing Proposed


17

Avenue & Median plantation

proposed (Avenue=199600 &

Median = 133200)

3,32,800 Nos.

18 Land to be acquired (hectares) 1980

19 Solid waste generated from the

workers camp (kg/day)

1000 Kg/Day

(Considering solid waste generation

of 0.5 Kg/day/person x 2000 nos.)

20 Project cost including GST (in crore) 4621.43 (4 Packages)

0.2.3 Details of salient features along the project stretch

The study has been conducted to know about proposed amenities along the project

stretch. The chainage wise details of junctions, settlements, cross drainage structures,

ROBs/RUBs etc., have been recorded.

Built-up Areas: The existing project stretch is passing through outskirts of many

towns and villages viz., Akkalkot, Jewargi, Wadgera, Baswanthpur, Bevinbenchi,

Chiksugur and Chandrabanda etc.

At grade intersections: Along the green field corridor, several access roads from

adjacent towns/villages lead to the proposed road, which may necessitate provision of

grade separated intersections. There are 10 major and a few minor intersections

along the project corridor.

Cross Drainage Structures: There are no existing cross drainage structures

observed all along the project corridor. During the reconnaissance survey it was

observed that the proposed alignment crosses river Bori, Bhima and Krishna at Km

1.800, Km 70.500 and Km 161.500.

Railway Crossings: The alignment of the project corridor crosses the existing

railway lines at three locations. The list of railway line crossings are given in Table

0.4.

Table 0.4: List of proposed Railway line crossings

S.No Chainage (Km) Railway Line Main Line

1 23.900 Solapur-Kalaburagi Mumbai-Secunderabad

2 180.300 Yadgir - Raichur Mumbai - Chennai

3 197.000 Raichur-Gadwal Mumbai-Secunderabad




vi

0.2.4 Traffic Analysis

Traffic projections are important in order to assess the amount of vehicles running on the

road in the future. It helps to estimate air and noise pollution in the nearby areas. The

project corridor is having tolling facility and projection of traffic is important for assessing

the toll revenue that could accrue in the coming years. The traffic growth is influenced by

several factors such as state economy, agricultural production, industrial production etc.

The traffic projection summary has been given in chapter 2.

0.2.5 Cost of The Project

Estimated cost for the construction of the proposed project stretch is around Rs.

4621.43 crores (4 Packages).

0.3 Approach and Methodology

The approach to carry out site specific EIA study is organized in four tasks and is based

on the field investigations and reconnaissance surveys in the project area, collection,

collation and analysis of secondary data and discussions with key stakeholders on the

potential impacts of the project. Information on various environmental components are

collected through survey-oriented screening, collection of data using questionnaire,

monitoring of air, noise, water and soil quality and collection of secondary data.

The screening exercise along the existing road pinpointed the environmental constraints.

The hot spots identified during the screening exercise are further assessed for their

criticality and impacts jointly by teams of environmental specialist, social impact

specialist, design engineers and surveyors. The proposed project stretch has been

examined in detail for any direct or indirect impact on environmental characteristics

during EIA report preparation. Mitigation measures have been included in road design to

minimize the adverse effects of proposed greenfield highway project from Akkalkot to

KN/TS Border.

0.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The proposed greenfield highway development project is attracting various National,

State, and World Bank environmental laws, rules and regulations. These regulations and

rules are helpful in impact mitigation and improvement of environment. The

environmental impact assessment study was carried out as per the requirement of the

National/State/World Bank environmental guidelines. The applicability of various

regulatory norms is given in Chapter 4.




vii

0.5 Analysis of Alternatives

The purpose of this chapter is to identify an environmentally feasible alignment for NH.

The assessment of alternative alignment for the proposed highway is very challenging

task due to presence of towns, villages, water bodies, homestead, agriculture lands, non-

agriculture areas, built-up areas, tin sheds etc. In order to choose the best alignment,

various alternatives are analysed using Environmental Impact Assessment Decision

Support System (EIADSS). The outcome of the EIADSS analysis is explained in detail in

Chapter 5.

0.6 BASE LINE STATUS OF PROJECT SITE

This chapter provides an overall description of the existing environmental status within

the study region. The primary baseline data within the RoW as well as the area falling

within 500 m on the either side of the RoW with the help of the NABL Approved

Laboratories M/s. Vison Labs, Hyderabad (Certificate No. TC-5064, Valid until

25.11.2021) from December 2020 to February 2021. The secondary data was collected

within 10 km radius of the project area. The site and its environs were analysed during

the field study to know the pre-existing status of the study area and the same is

described below.

0.6.1 Site and its environs

The reconnaissance survey and subsequent field studies were carried out in the study

area which falls in Solapur district in Maharashtra state and Gulbarga (Kalaburagi),

Yadgir and Raichur districts of Karnataka state. Major aspects emphasized with respect to

the geography, topography, soil, climate, drainage, demography etc., of the region were

collected and analysed. The details of the same are given in Chapter-6.

0.6.2 Air Environment

After a preliminary reconnaissance of the study region and taking into account the

meteorological, topographic conditions, major settlements & its traffic volume and details

on existing industrial activities in the study region, one (01) micro-meteorological station

and six (06) ambient air quality monitoring stations were identified in the study area

spread along Akkalkot to KN/TS Border. Ambient air quality of the project corridor was

assessed by collecting air data for 24 hours twice in a week from December 2020 to

February 2021 as per national guidelines.

Meteorological Parameters

Temperature: The mean temperature of the area is 15.5ºC minimum and 40.1ºC

maximum. During winter, temperature varies between 15.5ºC and 34.0ºC, in

summer 21.6ºC and 40.1ºC, and in autumn (post-monsoon) 17.9ºC and 32.5ºC.




viii

Relative Humidity: The yearly mean humidity of the area is varying from 22 –

82%. Variation in RH from 25 to 58% during winter to 22 to 56% during summer and

in autumn 38% to 68%.

Wind Speed: Wind speed normally is in the range of 7.6 to 11.3 Km/hr in the

project area and wind speed range was high during May, June, July and August due

to frequent dust storms

Wind Direction: As per IMD data, the predominant wind direction is towards NE, W,

NW. The Windrose Diagrams, Solapur (1981-2010) is presented in Figure 0.2.

Rainfall: The rainfall in this region, in general increases from the south-west towards

the north east. The maximum annual rainfall is received during the south-west

monsoon season. July & August are being the peak rainy months.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations Five (06) ambient air quality monitoring stations were identified & installed in Akkalkot -

KN/TS Border project corridor. The criteria followed for the selection of air quality

monitoring station is recommended by IS: 5182 and CPCB.

Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Data Ambient air quality was monitored for the presence of contaminants existing in air i.e.,

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5) and

Carbon Monoxide (CO).

Respirable Suspended Particle (PM10): PM10 values were observed in the

range of 33.6-83.2 µg/m3 as against the CPCB standard of 100 µg/m3 for

residential / industrial / rural. The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot (AAQ

6) and minimum value at Banderwad (AAQ 4).

Fine Suspended Particle (PM2.5): PM2.5 values were found in the range of 16.9-

33.8 µg/m3 as against the CPCB standard of 60 µg/m3 for

residential/industrial/rural. The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot (AAQ 6)

and minimum value at Banderwad (AAQ 4).

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): SO2 values were observed in the range of 4.1-10.6

µg/m3 as against the CPCB standard of 80 µg/m3 for residential/industrial/rural.

The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot (AAQ 6) and minimum values at

Sirwal (AAQ 2) and Dudhani (AAQ 5).

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2): NO2 values were observed in the range of 8.8-22.8

µg/m3 as against the CPCB standard of 80 µg/m3 for residential/industrial/rural.




ix

The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot (AAQ 6) and minimum value at

Sirwal (AAQ 2).

Carbon Monoxide (CO): CO levels were observed below 1.0 mg/m3 all

monitoring stations as against the CPCB standard of 4 mg/m3 for

residential/industrial/rural/areas other than ecologically sensitive areas.

As a whole, gaseous pollutant concentrations at all monitoring locations are well

below the National Ambient Air Quality standards for the study period. In general,

the ambient air quality of the study region is satisfactory.

0.6.3 Noise Environment

Keeping in view of the proposed improvement and widening project, field monitoring was

carried out at twenty-five (25) noise monitoring locations. The locations were selected

based on land use pattern, traffic intersections and diversions along the existing

alignment.

Analysis of Noise Data:

The daytime noise levels were observed to be in the range of 49.5 –60.5 dB (A).

Maximum noise level of 60.5 dB(A) was observed near to Chowdapur (NQ 19) and

minimum level of 49.5 dB(A) was observed Near to Srirangapatnam – Jevargi Road,

NH/SH -19 (NQ 14). The night time noise levels were observed to be in the range of 36.7

– 45.1 dB(A). Maximum noise level of 45.1 dB(A) was observed at junction on NH 34 –

near to Bhognalli-Sindhoor Road (NQ 20) and minimum level of 36.7 dB(A) was observed

near to Srirangapatna – Jevargi Road, NH/SH -19 (NQ 14).

0.6.4 Water Environment

Assessment of water quality in the study area includes.

• Surface Water Quality (IS: 2296)

• Ground Water Quality (IS: 10500)

Surface Water Quality

During the preliminary assessment, nine (09) surface water sampling locations were

identified and samples were collected for assessing the water quality for physico-

chemical and biological parameters.

pH values are varying between 7.42 to 7.98 which are well within the Class C limits

of 6.5-8.5 in all surface water samples.

Colour of water is varying between 10 – 100 Hazen units, which is well below the

Class C limit of 300 Hazen.

Total Hardness (TH) values are varying between 120-390 mg/L.




x

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentrations are varying from 302 mg/L to 1064 mg/L

which are well below the Class C limit concentration of 1500 mg/L.

BOD concentrations are varying from <1.0 mg/L to 6 mg/L. Higher BOD values may

be due to the intrusion of domestic waste water into the surface water body.

Concentrations of trace metals like Fe, Zn, As, Cr, Cd etc., are found to be well below

the Class C limits. Overall, surface water quality is found to be satisfactory.

Ground Water Quality

For assessing the ground water quality in the study area, eight (08) sampling

locations were identified (bore wells/dug wells). Ground water samples collected from

various sources were analysed for physico-chemical and biological parameters. The

results are compared with BIS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards. The brief description of

analysis is given below:

pH values are varying between 7.1 to 8.0 which are well within the desirable limit

of 6.5-8.5.

Odour of all samples are found to be un-objectionable.

Colour of all samples are less than 1 Hazen (desirable and permissible limit of

colour are 5 & 15 Hazen).

Total Hardness (TH) values are observed to be varying between 110 mg/L – 390

mg/L. Desirable and permissible limit of Total Hardness are 200 mg/L & 600 mg/L

respectively.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) values are observed to be varying between 280 mg/L

to 1043 mg/L.

Dissolved Iron values are observed to be varying between 0.06 – 0.24 mg/L.

Desirable limit of Dissolved Iron is 0.3 mg/L.

Data on trace metal concentrations are found to be well below the desirable limit.

The ground water quality in the study area is satisfactory as compared with BIS: 10500

standards. The water can be used for domestic, commercial and agriculture purposes. It

can also be used for drinking purpose after subjecting to relevant treatment.

0.6.5 Land Environment

Land Use: A buffer of 10 km was generated on both sides of the proposed alignment.

Overall land use/land cover statistics of the project corridor is given below in Table 0.5.

Table 0.5: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics

Landuse/Landcover Length (Km) Percentage (LU/LC)

Agricultural land 186.86 92.00




xi


Barren Land 10.16 5.00

Water body 1.22 0.60

roads 1.01 0.50

quarries 3.85 1.90

Soil Quality: The soil samples of different area along the project stretch were collected

from six (06) locations near agricultural areas for assessing the physic-chemical

characteristics of the soil. The results of soil quality analysis are provided below,

Soil along the study area is Sandy Clay in nature.

pH values are varying from 7.58 to 8.35.

EC of the analysed samples are varying between 110 μS/cm to 324 μS/cm.

Total available Nitrogen in the soil samples are varying between 340 mg/kg to 450

mg/kg.

Total Phosphates in the samples are varying between 54 mg/Kg to 74 mg/Kg.

Total Potassium in the samples are varying from 174 mg/Kg to 230 mg/Kg and are

found to be sufficient requirement for the plantation and agricultural purposes.

0.6.6. Biological Environment

Biological impact assessment generally includes listing of plants and animals present in

core and buffer areas of the project site. The identified species are then checked for their

status according to IUCN list of threatened categories viz., endemic, endangered,

vulnerable, rare, indeterminate and insufficiently known. In certain cases, it is also

considered desirable to conduct vegetation analysis using standard phyto-sociological

methods.

As part of this assignment, a flora and fauna study has been conducted for the project

road. The project corridor starts from NH-150E at Km 99.800 near Rampur village in

Maharashtra and ends near Singnodi village in Karnataka. The corridor traverses through

Solapur district of Maharashtra, Kalaburagi (Gulbarga), Yadgir and Raichur districts in

Karnataka. It traverses mostly through plain terrain and agricultural fields.

Study of Ecology & Biodiversity in the Project Area

The biological study of the area has been conducted in order to understand the ecological

status of the existing flora and fauna to generate baseline information and evaluate the




xii

probable impacts on the biological environment. The project road starts on NH 150 E at

Km 99.800 near Rampur village in the state of Maharashtra and ends at KN/TS Border

near Singnodi village in the State of Karnataka. The corridor traverses through the

districts of Solapur in Maharashtra, Kalaburagi (Gulbarga), Yadgir and Raichur in

Karnataka. It traverses mostly through plain terrain, with agricultural fields throughout

the alignment and constraints like wildlife, major hills are not anticipated. The Bori,

Bhima and Krishna are the major rivers crossing the alignment.

Floral Study

The vegetation sampling was carried out by using the least count quadrats method

across different habitats. The quadrats are useful for quantification of density and

abundance of the vegetation in the study area. The data collected for biodiversity

information were quantitatively analyzed for density, frequency, abundance and

Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index. The detailed assessment of Floral studies with respect

to tress , shrubs and herbs are given in Chapter 6.

Faunal Study

Rapid surveys were carried out at the site of intensive surveys were conducted at study

site, which would be subjected to higher degree of disturbance by project related

activities. Data on the presence/absence of the different animal species in the project

area was recorded largely based on direct and indirect evidence such as tracks, spoors,

dung and calls. Secondary information sources such as published information,

unpublished reports, personal communication and informal interviews with villagers were

also taken into account for supplementing primary data collected during field studies.

Avi-fauna study (Bird surveys) was conducted at the sampling points marked for

intensive study. While traversing the area, birds were identified either by direct sighting

or by calls. Casual observations were also recorded as and when the team moved

through the study area. The details are provided in the Chapter 6.

Endangered/ Threatened and Endemic Species

Faunal studies were also conducted during February 2019. During the survey of the

study site, no threatened/ endemic species in and around the study area were observed.

One of the most important animal species found in the area is the Mugger Crocodiles.

The Solapur district of Maharashtra, Raichur, Gulburga and Yadgir of Karnataka region of

the river Krishna is known for the semi aquatic Reptile, Crocodile. This region is also

considered as the breeding region for Crocodiles. Crocodiles comes under the VU

category of the IUCN or IW(P)A schedule. Hence an in depth study has been proposed to

develop a comprehensive conservation plan for Crocodiles in the region.




xiii

0.6.7 Socio Economic Environment

The project road runs through the districts of Solapur district in Maharashtra and

Gulbarga, Yadgir and Raichur districts of Karnataka state for about 203.1 kms. The

proposed road connects major town of Akkalkot, Aland, Shahpur, Gulbarga, Jevargi and

Raichur etc. Located in the Southeastern part of Maharashtra and Karnataka states. Brief

socio-demographic profile of the project districts is given in below Table 0.6.

Table 0.6: Socio-demographic Profile of the Project Districts

Items Solapur Gulbarga Yadgir Raichur

Population 951558 543147 1174271 234073

Sex Ratio 978 964 989 989

Child sex ratio 919 930 951 936

Literacy Rate (%) 82.80 82.30 51.83 77.65

0.7 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE

0.7.1 Impact on Soil Quality

The loss of fertile topsoil/humus may occur during excavation along the project corridor,

hence care and precaution need to be taken to preserve the layer and reuse the soil as it

contains the humus. Soil erosion may occur due to the rolling topography and intensity of

rainfall. Major problem of erosion may occur due to the removal of age-old trees along

the roadside within RoW. The removal will result in the instability of soil binding and soil

structure, as uprooting will make the soil loose. Erosion may occur due to the swift

velocities of drains inI monsoon season.

0.7.2 Impact on Water Resources and Water Quality

To prevent accumulation of water on the roadside, Nine (09) major bridges and Sixty-

five (65) minor bridges are proposed, No major and minor bridges will be dismantled and

reconstructed. In the case of culverts, 290 box culverts (new) are proposed. For the

above said cross drainage structures (bridges and culverts), care has been taken to the

safe flow of water towards the downstream. Cross drainage structures like bridges and

culverts are designed for 100 year return flood. During reconstruction of old cross

drainage structures and construction of new ones, diversion is required to aid

uninterrupted movement of traffic. Material will not be put in the drainage to avoid

blockage and prevent the erosion. This will help in protecting the aquatic ecology. For CD

structures, care has been taken for safe flow of water towards the downstream.

Construction activities may temporarily deteriorate surface water quality in terms of

increased turbidity and oil and grease concentration.




xiv

0.7.3 Impact on Air Quality

Road construction will involve earth excavation, backfilling and concreting. Impacts on air

during the construction phase could be due to earth excavation, backfilling and

transportation of construction materials etc., which may lead to rise in air pollution. The

predicted impacts during construction phase assessed using Fugitive Dust Emission (FDE)

Model and Operation phase using CAL3QHCR model developed by USEPA.

Fugitive Dust Emissions (FDE): Total reduction of 1001849 Tonnes/year

Tonnes/year of PM10 and 2226332 Tonnes/year of PM100 is anticipated with 95% EMP

efficiency for fugitive dust emissions from haulage roads, excavation and loading &

unloading activities during construction phase of the project.

CAL3QHCR Model: The model developed by USEPA was used for prediction of the air

quality in the operation phase of the project. The assessment of air quality was

performed for the project stretch considering worst case scenario for number of vehicles

expected on 2050 (ultimate year). The maximum concentration of CO predicted for the

year 2050 is 3.16 ppm (3.60 mg/m3) near KN/TS Border village. CO values are varying

between 0.40 ppm to 0.80 ppm (0.46 mg/m3 to 0.92 mg/m3) in most of the surrounding

areas of proposed road stretch. When compared with the National Ambient Air Quality

Standard (NAAQS) of 4 mg/m3 (3.49 ppm) for 1 hour, predicted values for the year 2050

are well below the prescribed standard limit near the project corridor. predicted values of

PM2.5 for year 2050 are varying from place to place. The maximum concentration of PM2.5

predicted for the year 2050 is 54.59 µg/m3 near KN/TS Border village. PM2.5 values are

varying between 20.21 to 28.15 µg/m3 in most of the surrounding areas of the proposed

project stretch. When compared with the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS)

of 60 µg/m3 for 24 hour, predicted values for the year 2050 are well below the prescribed

standard limit in the study corridor.

However, the impact on ambient air quality will not be significant, since the dust and

gases generated is confined to the proposed area and as it will be taken care of by

adopting suitable control measures as described in EMP. However, this impact is localized.

0.7.4 Impact on Noise Quality

The impact of noise levels from the project on the neighbouring communities would be

anticipated with the increase in vehicles and vary with vehicles speed. The major sources

for noise pollution during construction will be movement of vehicles transporting

construction material to the construction yard and the noise generating activities at the

yard itself. The construction equipment with high noise levels, loading and transportation

of material near the borrow areas will affect the construction personnel and other

humans in the area. The impact of the noise during operation phase is predicted using

FHWA Model.




xv

FHWA Noise Modelling: The future noise levels are predicted using Federal Highway

Administration (FHWA) noise modeling technique. The noise levels are predicted for two

stretch viz., Akkalkot-KN/TS Border Project for a length of 203.10Kms for different years

(2020, 2030, 2040 and 2050) with project scenario at 500 m distance from the either

side of the carriageway. Noise levels are predicted at 09 traffic sections of the project for

the ultimate year (2050), the predicted values are in the range of: Leq day:58.6 to 64.1

and Leq night: 58.5 – 61.4 dB(A). The predicted noise levels are well within the

stipulated CPCB standards (65 dB(A) for commercial area) and slightly exceeding the

standard (55 dB(A) during the night time. The avenue plantation in the project in three

rows are suggested will further reduce the noise upto 5 dB(A).

0.7.5 Socio-Economic Environment

Positive impacts are anticipated on the socio-economic environment during the project

construction and operation phases. A number of marginal activities and jobs would be

available to the locals near to the project area. The project will provide livelihood

opportunities to them during construction phase. The project will provide improvements

in road network leading to improved socio-economic status of the study area. The land

prices are anticipated to rise. Project will increase access to various places, investments,

jobs, education, and health services.

0.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

Based on the detailed evaluation of the likely impacts on various environmental

parameters, an environmental management plan is prepared. The mitigation measures

for minimization of adverse impacts, green belt development/plantation programme have

been incorporated in the chapter on environmental management plan. Post-project

monitoring and analysis shall be carried out as described in this report. The frequency,

methodology of sampling and testing for various pollutants specified by CPCB will be

followed. This plan also specifies the organizational requirements and institutional

strengthening necessary for sound environmental management of the project. The major

components of the EMP are:

• EMP implementing agency

• Monitoring of the EMP implementation

• Training on environmental management

• Budget for EMP implementation

Environmental Management Cell (EMC) of NHAI will supervise and implement the

mitigation measures as documented in the EMP. This EMC must also be adequately

empowered to discharge the responsibilities as outlined in the EMP. To ensure smooth

implementation of EMP, the project proponent will have to collaborate with various

government agencies like Public Works Department, Revenue Department, State Pollution




xvi

Control Board, State Forest Department, Police Department and other allied

departments.

0.9 COSTS TOWARDS IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The key provisions made towards the implementation of EMP are:

• During the construction phase of the project, air pollution will be increased due to

various construction activities i.e. excavation, loading, unloading, movement of

vehicles etc., and the same will be mitigated by sprinkling of water thrice in a day.

Budgetary provision of Rs. 21.90 Lakhs made in the EMP.

• Avenue Plantation: Three rows of avenue plantations are proposed all along the

project corridor as per IRC: SP-21: 2009. Around 1,99,600 nos. of trees as avenue

plantation need to be planted. The avenue plants proposed are Pongamia pinnata,

Albizia lebbeck, Albizia amara, Azadirachta indica, Mangifera indicate,

Peltophorum, Syzygium cumini, Delonex regia, Tectona grandis, Muntingia

calabura, Ficus benghalensis, Ficus religiosa etc. Budget allocaton for the avenue

plantation is 1896.20 lakhs.

• Median Plantation: Project median is also used for plantation (4 m median is

provided in all TCS). The median plantation is proposed in two rows and the

number of species proposed are around 1,33,200 Nos. The median plants

proposed in the project are Bougainvillea sp., Bauhinia purpurea, Cassia fistula,

Gmelina arborea, Polyalthia longifolia, Alstonia scholaris, Caesalpinia pulcherrima

etc. The budget allocation in EMP for the median plantation is 466.2 lakhs.

• Rain Water Harvesting (RWH): Around 812 nos. of RHW pits are proposed on

either side of the road at an interval of 500 m. The proposed RWHs are having dia.

of 1.5 m with a depth of 3.8 m. A budget provision of 162.4 lakhs is made for the

same in EMP.

• Muck/Debris/C & D Waste Disposal: The quantity of muck/surplus earth and C

& D waste generated from the project is 8,75,446 cum. The whole muck and C & D

waste are disposed in identified barren lands within 10 km of the project stretch.

An estimated amount of Rs. 1022.08 lakhs provision is made in the EMP for the

safe disposal of the muck and C & D waste.

• Fly Ash Utilisation: Fly Ash requirement for the project is estimated to be around

60,53,724cum, which is assessed duly adopting the Fly Ash Notification, 2016. The

fly ash will be available from Tuticorin Thermal Power Plant which is located 187

km away from Melur. A budget provision of 12,685.58 lakhs is made for the same

in EMP.




xvii

• The EMP Budgetary provision towards CSR activities allocated for Rs.100.0 Lakhs

and CER activities allocated for Rs.50.0 Lakhs

• Total budget for the implementation of EMP during construction & operation phases

of the project is estimated to be Rs. 195.76 crores (inclusive of GST @18%).




1

CHAPTER-01

INTRODUCTION

1.0 Introduction

Road projects are undertaken to improve the economic and social welfare of the people.

At the same time, they may also create an adverse impact on the surrounding

environment. People and property in the direct path of the road works are affected. The

environmental impact of road projects include damage to sensitive ecosystems, soil

erosion, changes to drainage pattern and thereby groundwater, interference with animal

and plant life, loss of productive agricultural lands, resettlement of people, disruption of

local economic activities, demographic changes, accelerated urbanization and increase in

air pollution. To minimize these adverse effects that may be created by Highway

development projects, the techniques of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

become necessary. EIA is a technique which is necessary for identification, quantification

and assessment of potential environmental impacts. Assessment of these impacts should

commence early in the planning process of the project to enable full consideration of

alternatives and to avoid later delays and complications in the proposed project.

The Government of India (GoI) is aimed at improving the connectivity in border areas

under 'Bharatmala' Scheme, for which National Highways Authority of India (herein after

referred to as the “Authority” or “NHAI”) plays a key role. NHAI has been assigned the

work of Project Management Consultancy for the selected stretches/corridors of various

roads in few states across India. As part of this endeavour, NHAI has decided to

undertake the project namely “Consultancy services for preparation of DPR for

development of Economic Corridors, Inter Corridors, Feeder Routes and Coastal Roads to

improve the efficiency of freight movement in India”, through Public Private Partnership

(PPP) on Design, Build, Finance, Operate and Transfer (DBFOT) basis or Engineering

Procurement Construction (EPC) mode. In order to fulfil the above task, the NHAI has

entrusted M/s Aarvee Associates Architects Engineers & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (herein

after referred to as the “Consultant”) to provide services for Akkalkot – KN/TS Border

greenfield stretch of Maharashtra Bharatmala project. Index map of the proposed

project stretch is given below in Figure 1.1.




2

Figure 1.1: Index map of the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border project stretch




3

1.1 Objectives

The major objective of this study is to establish present environmental condition along

the project corridor through available data/information supported by field studies to

evaluate the impacts on relevant environmental attributes due to the construction &

operation of the proposed project; to recommend adequate mitigation measures to

minimize/reduce adverse impacts and to prepare an Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) for timely implementation of the mitigation measures to ensure that the project

will result in a high quality and safe road to users in a sustainable and environment-

friendly manner. EIA study includes:

Establishment of the present environmental scenario;

Study of the specific activities related to the project;

Evaluation of the potential environmental impacts;

Undertake an analysis of alternatives by bringing in environmental considerations

into the upstream stages of sub-project planning and design;

Preparation of EMP specifies the measures to mitigate adverse impacts and enhance

positive impacts of the sub-project on the environment, along with the monitoring,

capacity building and institutional arrangements.

1.2 Scope of the study

An environmental screening and categorization framework for the proposed project

to identify the environmental analysis and planning aspects of the project as per

EIA guidelines, 2006 by Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change

(MoEF&CC) and subsequent amendments thereafter and World Bank (WB)

guidelines etc.

Review of national, state and local environmental regulatory requirements on

environmental aspects, including assisting NHAI for getting necessary approvals

from the funding agencies.

Establishing environmental baseline, covering the specific location of project sites

such as major towns, junctions, bypasses, forest stretches, borrow areas,

quarries, sensitive locations (schools, temples, hospitals, archaeological sites etc.).

Carry out environmental study in the light of baseline conditions and proposed

project activities to identify key environmental issues and defining the scope of

detailed environmental assessment to be carried out. During screening,

consideration shall be paid to:




4

Location of the project stretch with respect to environmentally sensitive

areas, and community concerns.

Volume, nature and technology of construction. The screening process shall

include stakeholder consultations.

Conduct environmental analysis of alternatives for roads and provide

specific inputs to technical analysis of alternatives.

The objectives of such analysis shall be to minimize environmental impacts

and provide specific inputs to feasibility analysis.

Impact assessment and prediction with respect to various environmental attributes

i.e., land, air, water, noise, soil, socio-economic, ecological & biodiversity aspects

of the project.

Preparation of implementable EMP with budgetary provisions and suggesting post

project monitoring plan.

1.3 Need for Environmental Impact Assessment study

Road developmental activities should be planned and executed after considering the

potential environmental impacts. To minimize these adverse impacts that may be created

by road development projects, the techniques of EIA become necessary. Identification

and assessment of potential environmental impacts should be an integral part of the

project life cycle. It should commence early in the planning process of the project to

enable a full consideration of alternatives and to avoid later delays and complications.

1.4 Project Proponent

National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) is an autonomous organisation under the

Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H) and was constituted by an act of

Parliament, the National Highways Authority of India Act, 1988. NHAI is responsible for

the development, maintenance, and management of National Highways and for matters

concerned thereto. The authority was made operational with the appointment of full-time

chairman and other members in the year 1995.

The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) has been entrusted with the assignment

of preparation of DPR for development of Economic Corridors, Inter Corridors and Feeder

Routes to improve the efficiency of freight movement in India under Bharatmala

Pariyojana (Lot -5). Under this scheme, the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border road is

proposed for the development.




5

1.5 Generic structure of EIA report

In terms of EIA Notification S.O.1533 (E), of 14th September 2006, the generic structure

of the EIA document shall be as under:

1. Introduction

2. Project Description

3. Approach and Methodology

4. Environmental Regulatory Framework

5. Analysis of Alternatives

6. Description of the Environment

7. Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures

8. Environmental Management Plan

9. Environmental Monitoring Plan

10.Environmental Cost Estimates

11.Summary & Conclusions

12.Disclosure of Consultants Engaged




6

CHAPTER-02

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 Project Location

The proposed project stretch, Akkalkot - KN/TS Border is passing through Solapur district

in Maharashtra state and Kalaburagi(Gulbarga), Yadgir and Raichur districts in the state

of Karnataka and chosen as one of the important Economic corridor routes of Bharatmala

project.

The proposed project corridor starts on NH-150 E at Kms 99+800 near Rampur village in

Solapur district and ends at Singnodi village or KN/TS Border in Raichur district in

Karnataka state. The project corridor is passing through the major settlements like

Akkalkot, Aland, Afzalpur, Gulbarga, Jevargi, Shahpur, Wadgera, Devdurga and Raichur

etc. Location map of the proposed project stretch is given in Figure 2.1.

Figure 2.1: Location map of the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border project stretch




7

2.1 Land Use

In terms of land use, majority of adjoining lands are observed to be used for agriculture

purpose, bushes, fallow lands and barren lands. Important crops grown along the project

stretch are Paddy, Sugarcane, Groundnut, Pulses, Millets, Banana, Cashew, Jack fruit,

Mango etc. A few residential/commercial structures (permanent/semi-permanent) are

noticed in the along the project corridor at intermittent sections.

2.2 Description of the proposed project

Details (design chainage, existing chainage and length) of the existing and proposed road

stretch are given in Table 2.1. Start and end of the proposed project stretch are shown in

Figure 2.2. Salient features and engineering features of the project stretch are given in

Table 2.2 and Table 2.3.

Table 2.1: Details of Proposed Project Stretch

S. No. Design Chainage (Ch. Km.) Greenfield/

Realignment Length

Remarks Tentative Scheme

of Widening From To

1 0.000 203.100 203.100 Akkalkot – KN/TS Border Section

Greenfield Alignment

Total length of the proposed project stretch = 203.100 Km

Figure 2.2: Start (Ch. Km. 0.000, near Akkalkot) and end (Ch. Km. 203.100, near KN/TS Border) of the proposed project stretch




8

Table 2.2: Salient features of proposed project stretch


1 Location

The project road starts on NH 150 E at Km 99.800 near

Rampur village in the state of Maharashtra, and ends at

KN/TS Border near Singnodi village in the State of

Karnataka. The corridor traverses through the districts of

Solapur in Maharashtra, Kalaburagi (Gulbarga), Yadgir and

Raichur in Karnataka.

2 Latitude and longitude 17°30'31.02"N, 76°13'38.21"E (near Rampur) to 16°12'11.12"N, 77°30'1.12"E (near Singoli)

3 Elevation above mean sea level 360m-620 m

4 Terrain Plain Terrain 98%, Rolling Terrain 2%

5 Major settlements along the proposed project stretch

Akkalkot, Aland, Afzalpur, Kalaburagi, Jevargi, Shahpur, Wadgera, Devdurga and Raichur etc.

6 Nearest National Highways NH-548B, NH-150 E, NH-50, NH-52, NH-150, NH-150A & NH-167

7 Nearest railway stations

Nearest Railway Stations for proposed project Corridor are furnished here under:

Gulbarga-43 Kms Yadgir-13 Kms Raichur-20Kms Wadi Junction – 40 Kms

Solapur-42 Kms

8 Nearest Airports

Nearest Airports for proposed project Corridor are furnished here under:

Gulbarga-55 Kms Solapur – 45 Kms Hyderabad-210Kms

Pune – 301 Kms

9 Nearest cities

Nearest Cities for proposed project Corridor are furnished here under:

Gulbarga-40 Kms Yadgir-11 Kms Raichur-18Kms Solapur-39 Kms

10 Rivers/streams Bori, Bheema and Krishna Rivers Crossing the alignment at different locations

11 Hills/valleys --




9


12 Reserved forests/protected forest --

13 National parks/wildlife sanctuary /core biosphere reserve

--

14 Archaeologically important places

Korangi Hanuman Temple near Gulbarga-43 Kms from Stretch,

Gulbarga Fort – 48 Kms from stretch & built in 12th Century

Sharana Basaveswara Temple-53 Kms from stretch & built in 12th Century

Saat Gumbaz (this is a series of seven tombs of Bahmani military leaders built side-by-side in Gulbarga)-52 kms from stretch

Venkateswara Temple with Devanagari Lipi Inscription in Richur-28 kms from stretch

Sangameswar&Muralidhar Temple in Solapur-78 Kms from akkalkot starting point

15 List of major industries

KPCL Raichur Thermal Power Station

ACC Cements pvt. ltd in Wadi, JP Cements in Shahabad, NSL

Sugars in Aland,

Table 2.3: Engineering features of the project stretch

S. No.

Parameters Existing Proposed


2 Design speed (km/hr) - 100

3 Bridges

Major Bridge - 9

Minor Bridge - 65

4 Railway Over Bridge (ROB) - 3

5 Railway Under Bridge (RUB) - -

6 No. of culverts

Box/slab -

290

Pipe -

7 Causeways - -




10

8 LVUPs/SVUPs - 15/57

9

Vehicular underpasses/

overpasses

- 5/0

10 Gradeseparated Intersections - 8

11 Toll Plazas - 10

12 Rest Areas - 4

13 Mini Nest Area - 1

14 Bypasses - 1 (203.1 kms)

15 Realignments/geometrical

improvements - -

16 Total number of trees affected - 4500 no's

17

Avenue & Median plantation

proposed (Avenue=168993 &

Median = 112662)

2,81,655 Nos.

18 Land to be acquired (hectares) 1980

19 Solid waste generated from the

workers camp (kg/day)

1000 Kg/Day

(Considering solid waste generation

of 0.5 Kg/day/person x 2000 nos.)

20 Project cost including GST (in crore) 4621.43 (3 Packages)

2.3 Typical Cross sections

The proposed highway is of 6-lane configuration and Typical Cross Sections are shown

below in Figure 2.3 – Figure 2.5.


Environmental Impact Assessment and Environment

Management Plan

11

Figure 2.3: TCS I



Management Plan

12

Figure 2.4: TCS III and TCS IV



Management Plan

13

Figure 2.5: TCS v and TCS vi




14

2.4 Details of salient features along the project stretch

The study has been conducted to know about proposed amenities along the project

stretch. The chainage wise details of junctions, settlements, cross drainage

structures, ROBs/RUBs etc., have been recorded.

2.4.1 Built-up areas

The existing project stretch is passing through outskirts of many towns and villages

viz., Akkalkot, Jewargi, Wadgera, Baswanthpur, Bevinbenchi, Chiksugur and

Chandrabanda etc. Hence, there are no built-up area coming under the Greenfield

corridor it is serving as a bypass for all the major cities in Raichur, Yadgir, Kalaburagi

and Akkalkot city in Solapur district. In the view of providing/improving the direct

connectivity in Indian port cities under Bharatmala Pariyojana, a green-field alignment

between Akkalkot to KN/TS border has been proposed as a part of Surat – Chennai

corridor.

2.4.2 At grade intersections

Along the green field corridor, several access roads from adjacent towns/villages lead

to the proposed road, which may necessitate provision of grade separated

intersections. There are 10 major and a few minor intersections along the project

corridor. Apart from these, there are local gravel and earthen roads leading to

clusters of houses, hamlets in villages and small towns. Details of the major junctions

are given in Table 2.4.

The crossroads at these junctions shall be re-graded and strengthened to have a crust

as same as of main carriageway and also at important places different types of

Underpasses are proposed as per the standards and specifications. The existing BT

crossroad is shown in Figure 2.6.

Table 2.4: Major junctions along the project stretch

S. No Chainage (Km)

LHS RHS Intersecting Road ype

1 0.000 Afzalpur Akkalkot NH 150 E x

2 10.640 Akkalkot Afzalpur NH 150 E near Maindargi X

3 41.070 Kalaburagi Afzalpur NH 150 E near Atnoor X

4 78.300 Kalaburagi Vijayapura NH-218 X

5 82.800 Kalaburagi Shahapur NH-150 A X

6 106.100 Wadi Shahapur SH 149 X

7 123.600 Yadgir Shahapur Km 98.900 of SH-15 X

8 138.550 Yadgir Wadgera SH X

9 180.420 Mahbubnagar Raichur NH-167 X




15

S. No Chainage (Km)

LHS RHS Intersecting Road ype

10 202.070 Gadwal Raichur SH – 22 X

Figure 2.6: Existing BT Crossroad

2.4.3 Cross Drainage Structures

There are no existing cross drainage structures observed all along the project

corridor. During the reconnaissance survey it was observed that the proposed

alignment crosses river Bori, Bhima and Krishna at Km 1.800, Km 70.500 and Km

161.500, apart from that there were a few canals observed.

2.4.4 Railway Crossings

The alignment of the project corridor crosses the existing railway lines at three

locations.

Table 2.5: List of proposed Railway line crossings

S.No Chainage (Km) Railway Line Main Line

1 23.900 Solapur-Kalaburagi Mumbai-Secunderabad

2 180.300 Yadgir - Raichur Mumbai - Chennai

3 197.000 Raichur-Gadwal Mumbai-Secunderabad




16

Figure 2.7: Railway Line Crossings

2.5 Traffic Analysis

An accurate estimation of traffic volume that is likely to be used by the proposed

project road is very important as it is the basic input for planning, designing,

operation and financing. A thorough knowledge of the travel characteristics of the

traffic likely to use by the project road as well as other major roads in the influence

area of the study corridor is essential for future traffic estimation. The estimation of

revenue through toll collection is important to assess the financial viability of the

project and to finalize the financial covenants for the concession agreement. Hence,

detailed traffic surveys are carried out to assess the baseline traffic characteristics on

the project road.

Traffic projections are important in order to assess the amount of vehicles running on

the road in the future. It helps to estimate air and noise pollution in the nearby areas.

Hence, mitigation measures can be taken to reduce the pollution levels. The project

corridor is having tolling facility and projection of traffic is important for assessing the

toll revenue that could accrue in the coming years. The traffic growth is influenced by

several factors such as state economy, agricultural production, industrial production

etc. Traffic projection summary has been given in Table 2.6.

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARATION OF DPR FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC CORRIDORS, INTER CORRIDORS AND FEEDER ROUTES TO IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF FREIGHT MOVEMENT IN INDIA UNDER BHARATMALA PARIYOJANA -LOT-5/PACKAGE- II : (AKKALKOT-KN/TS BORDER)


Management Plan

17

Table 2.6: Projected Traffic Volume (2020-2048)

Year

PASSENGER TRAFFIC GOODS TRAFFIC

To

tal

Traff

ic V

olu

me

2W

3W

Car/

Jeep

Tata

Mag

ic

R

TC

Bu

s

Priv

ate

Bu

s

Min

i B

us

Sch

oo

l

2 A

xle

3 A

xle

Mu

lti

Axle

Over s

ized

LG

V/

LC

V

Min

i LC

V

Tracto

r

Tracto

r w

ith

trail

er/

oth

ers

3W

Goo

ds

Calculated Growth Rates with 2% Induced Traffic

2020 0 0 2945 2 95 97 73 0 801 1317 2162 0 1059 517 0 0 0 9068

2030 0 0 10015 4 230 233 111 0 1790 2944 4834 0 2367 1157 0 0 0 23683

2040 0 0 28821 6 467 473 141 0 3376 5552 9116 0 4464 2181 0 0 0 54597

2050 0 0 75777 9 865 875 163 0 5793 9528 15644 0 7660 3743 0 0 0 120058




18

2.6 Requirement of the natural resources for the project

Natural resources such as borrow earth, aggregates, sand, water, fly ash etc., required

for the construction of the proposed road stretch are given in Table 2.7.

Table 2. 7: Requirement of the natural resources

S. No.

Construction Material

Quantity Unit

1 Borrow Earth 86,04,433 Cum

2 Aggregates 38,81,060 Cum

3 Sand 9,17,629 Cum

4 Cement 6,33,396 Tonnes

5 HYSD bars 20,034 Tonnes

6 Bitumen 4,472 Tonnes

7 Emulsion 537 Tonnes

8 Water 32,47,485 KL

Borrow earth, metal, sand and aggregate would be taken from operational licensed

borrow areas & quarries located around nearby areas of the project corridor. Steel,

cement, bitumen, emulsion etc., would be sourced from authorized vendors. Water will

be extracted from the nearest water bodies/ground water after getting formal approval

from the irrigation and ground water departments. The mass-haul diagram showing the

list of borrows areas, aggregates, metal and sand quarries are shown in Figure 2.8.




19

Figure 2.8: Mass-Haul Diagram Showing Borrows Areas, Aggregates, Metal and Sand Quarries




20

CHAPTER-03

APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY

3.0 Approach and Methodology The approach for the preparation of EIA involves the following steps:

A project specific Environmental Assessment study has been carried out for the proposed

six lane Akkalkot to KN/TS Border stretch in Maharashtra and Karnataka states in

accordance with Environmental Impact Assessment Manual on Highways, 2010 prepared

by ASCI as per directions of MoEF&CC.

The approach to carry out site specific EIA study is organized in four tasks and is based

on the field investigations and reconnaissance surveys in the project area, collection,

collation and analysis of secondary data and discussions with key stakeholders on the

potential impacts of the project. Information on various environmental components are

collected through survey-oriented screening, collection of data using questionnaire,

monitoring of air, noise, water and soil quality and collection of secondary data.

The screening exercise along the existing road pinpointed the environmental constraints.

The hot spots identified during the screening exercise are further assessed for their

criticality and impacts jointly by teams of environmental specialist, social impact

specialist, design engineers and surveyors. The proposed project stretch has been

examined in detail for any direct or indirect impact on environmental characteristics

during EIA report preparation. Mitigation measures have been included in road design to

minimize the adverse effects of road widening on environmental components. Task wise

activities for EIA study are given below:

3.1 Study Area

The direct corridor of impact has been considered 50 m on either side proposed center

line and 500m is the core study area for the proposed project corridor from Akkalkot to

KN/TS Border section. The sub-project influence area is considered as 10 km on either

side of the road. For eco-sensitive areas such as wildlife sanctuary, national parks, tiger

reserves, notified wetlands, elephant corridors etc., 10 km radius around the project area

is considered as study region.

3.2 Collection of Baseline Environmental data: Task 1

3.2.1 Secondary Baseline Data

Secondary data for the project area has been collected from secondary sources like

published literature of various government agencies or institutions on physical, biological




21

and social components of environment. The data are reviewed and verified for

establishing existing environmental and ecological status within the project area.

Following agencies are consulted for the collection of secondary baseline environmental

data. The source of secondary data is given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Sources of secondary data

S.No. Information Source

1 Topo sheets, district planning

maps etc. Survey of India, Hyderabad

2 Geological data Geological Survey of India

3 Reserved forests, protected forests wildlife sanctuaries, forests statistics etc.

Maharashtra Forest Department

Karnataka Forest Department

4 Land-use pattern National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC)

5 Air, water, noise & soil quality KSPCB & MHPCB/CPCB and other EIA reports

6 Wetland atlas MoEF&CC, New Delhi

7 Demographic profile District Statistical Handbook, Solapur, Maharashtra State

District Statistical Handbooks (Gulbarga, Yadgiri & Raichur), Karnataka State

8 Landscaping and tree plantation along roadside

Guidelines on landscaping and tree plantation (IRC: SP: 21, 2010)

3.2.2 Primary Baseline Data The primary baseline information on different environmental components were collected

through field survey. Field survey was carried out to collect information on the major

environmental features such as drainage pattern of the area, forest, trees within RoW of

the alignment, water bodies, river crossing, sensitive receptors, air, water, noise and soil

quality etc., and were studied in detail, which helped in identifying areas of concern along

the stretch and critical issues. Consultation with the local officials and public were carried

out on the salient environmental features of the project area. Further, primary sample

surveys of the environmental components, such as air, surface water, ground water,

noise and soil that are critical in the context of the project were carried out. The

monitoring was carried out in the month of December 2020 to February 2021.

3.2.2.1 Ambient Air Quality Ambient air quality monitoring stations were established at various locations along the

project corridor for accessing the ambient air quality in the project area. The air quality

parameters considered for the study are Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5), Nitrogen

Dioxide (NO2), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Carbon Monoxide (CO). The criteria for




22

selecting the sampling sites are based on type of area (residential, commercial &

industrial) and location of sensitive receptors. Monitoring was done within 500 m from

the central line of the existing roads. 24 hourly monitoring was carried out twice in a

week for one season (Winter).

3.2.2.2 Water Quality Grab samples were collected from streams/lakes/ponds in the study area to assess the

surface water quality in the project area. Ground water samples were collected from

hand pumps/bore wells. Water samples were tested for different physico-chemical and

biological parameters such as Temperature, pH, Turbidity, Electrical Conductivity (EC),

Colour, Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Odour, Dissolved

Oxygen (DO), Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Total

Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN), Total Hardness (TH), Sodium, Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium,

Ammonia, Chloride, Sulphate, Phosphate, Nitrate, Fluoride, Surfactants, Iron, Copper,

Zinc, Manganese, Arsenic, Lead, Mercury, Boron, Chromium, Phenols, Cadmium, Total

Coliform and Faecal Coliform using standard methods (APHA, 1998).

3.2.2.3 Soil Quality The composite soil samples were collected from different locations in the study area.

They were analysed for relevant physico-chemical parameters such as pH, Electrical

Conductivity (EC), Texture, Moisture Retention Capacity, Infiltration rate, Sodium

Adsorption Ratio (SAR), Bulk Density, Porosity, Organic Matter, Nitrogen, Potassium,

Phosphorous, Lead, Iron and Organic Carbon using standard analytical methods (Allen,

1989; Anderson and Ingram, 1993; Rowell, 1994) to assess the soil quality of the study

area.

3.2.2.4 Noise Level Ambient noise levels were measured for 24 hour using Noise Level Meter at various key

locations of study area during day and nighttime. The selection of sampling locations is

based on land use & categorization of the study area. The noise levels have been

expressed as equivalent noise level (Leq), which is the measurement of sound pressure

level as logarithmic averaging time.

3.3 Review of Policies, Regulations and Institutional Arrangements: Task 2 A review of all applicable operational policies/directives of MoEF&CC, state government

and environmental laws/regulations in India, are carried out in this task. In addition to

the above, the following key environmental regulations/policies in India that may

affect/influence the project environment during preparation and implementation stages

are also reviewed.




23

Other Indian Rules & Regulation and Polices:

EIA notification, 2006 and amendments thereafter

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

Water (Prevention & Control) Act, 1974

Air (Prevention & Control) Act, 1981

Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980

Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989

The Motor Vehicle Rule, 1983

3.4 Identification of Potential Environmental Impacts: Task 3 Based on the baseline environmental profile of the project area, impacts of the proposed

project on various environmental components are identified. The impacts are also

analysed with respect to pre-construction, construction and operation phases and are

categorized in terms of magnitude and significance.

3.5 Preparation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan: Task 4 Based on the nature and type of environmental impacts anticipated, mitigation measures

for preventing/minimizing the same are identified and an EMP has been formulated both

for the project execution and operation phases. Monitoring requirements and institutional

responsibilities for the implementation of the suggested management plan has also been

identified as part of this task. The cost for implementing the proposed environmental

mitigation measures has been worked out and presented in the report as part of the

project cost for getting necessary budgetary allocations. The methodology adopted is

presented in the form of a flow chart in Figure 3.1.




24

Figure 3.1: Flow chart showing the EIA methodology

Obtaining ToR from MoEFCC,

New Delhi




25

CHAPTER-04 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

4.0 Environmental Regulatory Framework

The increase of environmental concerns has necessitated appropriate tools to protect the

environment. India has developed a fairly comprehensive regulatory framework to

address environmental and social concerns in relation to development projects. It's wide

ranging enactments cover almost all major issues that need to be addressed in the

course of development of infrastructure from social and environmental perspective. The

following section briefly describes the institutional set-up and key legislation pertaining to

environmental issues.

4.1 Institutional Framework

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) serves as the focal

point in the administrative structure for the planning, promotion and coordination of

environmental and forestry programmes. The MoEF&CC has overall authority for the

administration and implementation of government policies, laws and regulations related

to the environment, including conservation, environmental assessment, sustainable

development and pollution control. MoEF&CC identifies the need to enact new laws and

amend existing environmental legislation when required, in order to continue to conserve

and protect the environment. At the state level, the MoEF&CC authority is implemented

by the Department of the Environment and the Department of Forest.

In 1976, the 42nd Constitutional Amendment created Article 48A and 51A, placing an

obligation on every citizen of the country to attempt to conserve the environment. As a

result,number of laws related to environmental conservation are passed to strengthen

existing legislation. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 is the landmark legislation as it

provides for the protection of environment and aims at plugging the loopholes in the

other related acts.

The Government of India (GoI) through specific legislation regulates the environmental

management system in India. The Ministries/Statutory Bodies responsible for ensuring

environmental compliance by project proponents include:

The Ministry of Environment & Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC)

Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB)

Department of Environment and Forest




26

4.2 Applicability of National, State and Local Environmental Norms The proposed greenfield highway development project is attracting various National,

State, and World Bank environmental laws, rules and regulations. These regulations and

rules are helpful in impact mitigation and improvement of environment. The

environmental impact assessment study will be carried out as per the requirement of the

National/State/World Bank environmental guidelines. The applicability of various

regulatory norms is given below in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Applicability of Environmental Regulatory Norms

Project Project

Components

Applicability of Environmental Laws, Policies

and Notifications

Remarks

Consultancy

services for

preparation of of

DPR for

development of

Economic

Corridors, Inter

Corridors, Feeder

Routes and

Coastal Roads to

improve the

efficiency of

freight movement

in India under

Bharatmala

Pariyojana

(Maharashtra-

Package-2-LOT-5)

– Akkalkot-KN/TS

Border greenfield

alignment

Right of Way

Land

acquisition

Protected

Social Forestry

throughout the

RoW

Borrow areas

and quarries

Utilisation of

waste materials

Establishmen

t of Hot Mix Plants

and Batch mix

Plants

Sensitive

locations (schools,

hospitals etc.,)

Archaeologic

al sites

The Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 and

further notifications issued

under this Act.

Any act during implementation causing

damage to environment.

Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Cess

Act, 1977 including Rules.

Applicable.

An Act to provide for the levy and

collection of a cess on water consumed

by persons carrying on certain

industries and by local authorities, with

a view to augment the resources of the

Central Board and the State Boards for

the prevention and control of water

pollution constituted under the Water

(Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1974.

Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act,

1974 and amendments in

1978 & 1988.

Applicable to all activities, which

discharge effluents as a result of

process or operations.

Section 3 (2) (a) of the Act and Cess to

the Govt. of India as per Schedule-I &

II for consumption of water for

domestic, commercial and industrial




27

Project Project

Components

Applicability of

Environmental Laws, Policies

and Notifications

Remarks

purposes.

Forest (Conservation) Act,

1980 and amendment in

1988.

Not Applicable.

An Act to provide for the conservation

of forests and for matters connected

therewith or ancillary or incidental

thereto.

The project does not involve any

activities in the reserved forests, village

forests, protected forests and other

areas as declared by the state

Government.

The Ancient Monuments

and Archaeological Sites

and Remains Act, 1958 and

amendment in 2010.

Ancient Monuments and

Archaeological Sites and

Remains Rules, 1959.

Not Applicable.

An Act that provides for the

preservation of ancient and historical

monuments and archaeological sites

and remains of national importance, for

the regulation of archaeological

excavations and for the protection of

sculptures, carvings and other like

objects.

There are no archaeological sites or

historical/ancient monuments are

coming within the proposed Right of

Way (60m). However, nearby important

archaeological places or sites are given

for ready reference.

(1). Korangi Hanuman Temple near

Gulbarga-43 Kms from Stretch,

(2). Gulbarga Fort – 48 Kms from




28

Project Project

Components

Applicability of


and Notifications

Remarks

stretch & built in 12th Century

(3). Sharana Basaveswara Temple-53

Kms from stretch & built in 12th Century

(4). Saat Gumbaz (this is a series of

seven tombs of Bahmani military

leaders-built side-by-side in Gulbarga)-

52 kms from stretch

(5). Venkateswara Temple with

Devanagari Lipi Inscription in Richur-28

kms from stretch

(6). Sangameswar & Muralidhar Temple

in Solapur-78 Kms from Akkalkot

starting point.

Wildlife Protection Act,

1972 and amendment in

2002.

The Wildlife (Protection)

Rules, 1995.

Not Applicable.

The Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 is

enacted for protection of plants and

animal species. The Act established

schedules of protected plant and animal

species; hunting or harvesting these

species was largely outlawed. The Act

provides for the protection of wild

animals, birds and plants; and for

matters connected therewith or

ancillary or incidental thereto.

No Wildlife/Bird life sanctuaries

affecting because of proposed

alignment.

Coastal Regulation Zone

(CRZ) Notification, 1991

and amendment in 2011.

Not Applicable.




29

Project Project

Components

Applicability of


and Notifications

Remarks

Hazardous Wastes

(Management and

Handling) Rules, 1989 and

subsequent amendments

thereof till date.

Applicable

Materials such as heavy metals, toxic

inorganic, oils, emulsions, spent

chemicals and metal finishing wastes

emanating during construction and

operation shall be stored and disposed

of as per the Rules.

Rule 17, 18 & 19 of the Act.

The Public Liability

Insurance Act, 1991 and

amendment in 1992.

Applicable.

Act enables the people to access legal

aid to claim compensation in the event

of an accident occurred while handling

any hazardous substance. So, insurance

needs to be taken up by the project

implementing agencies or contractors.

PLI Act: Act 6 of 1991 as amended by

Act 11 of 1992.

EIA Notification issued by

MoEF&CC on 14th

September, 2006 and

subsequent amendments

thereof till date.

Applicable.

The MoEF&CC uses EIA Notification

2006 as a major tool for minimizing the

adverse impact of rapid industrialization

on environment and for reversing those

trends which may lead to climate

change in long run.

Among categories listed in Schedule of

the Notification and amendments

thereof, the proposed project stretch

falls under Category-A. Hence,




30

Project Project

Components

Applicability of


and Notifications

Remarks

Environmental Clearance is to be

obtained for this project.

Provision for utilization of

Fly Ash is to be made as

per the IRC SP:58-2001

and Fly Ash Notification,

1999 and the subsequent

amendments thereof till

date.

Applicable.

Central Government issued Fly Ash

Notification for restricting the

excavation of topsoil for manufacture of

bricks and promoting utilization of Fly

Ash in the manufacture of building

materials and in construction activities

with a specified radius of 300 kms from

coal or lignite based Thermal Power

Plants.

KPCL Raichur Thermal Power Plant is

located 10 kms away from Raichur city

from proposed greenfield/bypass road

near Raichur.




31

Project Project

Components

Applicability of


and Notifications

Remarks

World Bank Operational

Directive and Operational

Policies.

OP 4.01: Environmental

Impact Assessment

OP 4.04: Natural Habitats

OP 4.36: Forests

OP 4.11: Cultural property

OP 4.12: Involuntary

resettlement for roads &

highways projects

ADB Environmental

safeguard policy statement

2009:

49: Screening &

categorisation

50: Categorisation

51: Involuntary

Resettlement

52: Indigenous People

53: Information Disclosure

Applicable in preparation of

Environmental Assessment report,

protection of cultural property, forest

clearances etc.

Noise Pollution (Regulation

and Control) Rules, 2000

Applicable.

It is considered necessary to regulate

and control noise producing and

generating sources with the objective of

maintaining the ambient air quality




32

Project Project

Components

Applicability of


and Notifications

Remarks

standards in respect of noise.

Under Rule 3(1) & 4 (1)

Land Acquisition Act, 1894

Land Acquisition Act, 1989

RFCTLARR Act, 2013

Applicable.

These Acts regulate land acquisition and

lays down the procedure and rules for

granting compensation, rehabilitation

and resettlement to the affected

persons in India.

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988

Rules of Road Regulations,

1989

Applicable.

The Act provides legislative provisions

regarding licensing of

drivers/conductors, registration of

motor vehicles, control of motor

vehicles through permits, special

provisions relating to state transport

undertakings, traffic regulation,

insurance, liability, offences and

penalties, etc.

To enforce urban roads/highway codes

during construction and operation.

Brief description of relevant laws are given below:

EIA Notification, 2006:

This is the Indian Government’s Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment

governing all of the development interventions that takes place within the boundaries of

India. The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI through Notification number

S.O.1533 (E), dated 14th September 2006 issued the Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA) Notification, directed that on and from the date of its publication, the required

construction of new project or activities or the expansion or modernization of existing

projects or activities listed in the Schedule to the said Notification entailing the capacity

addition with change in process or technology and/or product mix shall be undertaken in




33

any part of India only after Prior Environmental Clearance (PEC) from the Central

Government or as the case may be, by the State level Environmental Impact Assessment

Authority (SEIAA), duly constituted by the Central Government. The objective of the

Notification is to formulate a transparent, decentralized and efficient regulatory

mechanism to:

Incorporate necessary environmental safeguards at planning stage;

Involve stakeholders in the public consultation process;

Identify developmental projects based on impact potential instead of the

investment criteria;

As per EIA Notification 2006 and subsequent amendment made through Notification

S.O.2559 (E) dated 22nd August 2013 stated that expansion of National Highway projects

up to 100 km length and involving additional RoW or land acquisition up to 40 m on

existing alignments and 60 m on re-alignments or bypasses are exempted from the

purview of the Notification.

Summary of EIA Notification and amendments on Highway projects is given in Box-1.




34

Box-1

Categorization of projects and activities as per EIA Notification 2006

All projects and activities are broadly categorized into two categories – Category A

and Category B.

a) Category A: New National Highways and Expansion of National Highways greater

than 30 km, involving additional RoW greater than 20 m involving land acquisition

and passing through more than one State.

b) Category B: New State Highways and Expansion of National/State Highways

greater than 30 km involving additional RoW greater than 20 m involving land

acquisition.

All projects or activities included as Category A shall require prior environmental

clearance from the Central Government in the MoEF&CC on the recommendations of

an Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC).

All projects or activities included as Category B will require prior environmental

clearance from the State/Union territory Environment Impact Assessment Authority

(SEIAA).

General Condition:

Any project or activity specified in Category B will be treated as Category A, if

located in whole or in part within 10 km from the boundary of: (i) Protected Areas

notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, (ii) Critically Polluted areas as

notified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, (iii) Notified Eco-

sensitive areas, (iv) inter-State boundaries and international boundaries.

Amended Notification:

As per the amended Notification of the MoEF&CC on 22nd August 2013 on Highway

projects - “Expansion of National Highways greater than 100 Km involving additional

RoW or land acquisition greater than 40 m on existing alignment and 60 m on re-

alignments or bypasses” may require clearance from EAC, MoEF&CC.

Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980: The Forest Conservation Act, 1980 is a Central Act of Parliament with a view to provide

for the conservation of forest and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or

incidental thereto. The act extends to the whole of India except the state of Jammu and

Kashmir. Section 2 of the act makes a provision of a prior approval of the Central

Government necessary before a State Government or any other authority issues direction

for de-reservation of reserved forests (which have been reserved under the Indian Forest




35

Act 1927), use of forest land for non – forest purpose, assigning forest land by way of

lease or otherwise to any private person or to any authority, corporation, agency or any

other organization not owned, managed or controlled by the government and clear felling

of naturally grown trees. The term “forest land” mentioned in Section 2 of the Act refers

to reserved forest, protected forest or any area recorded as forest in the government

records. Lands which are notified under section 4 of the Indian Forest Act would also

come within the purview of the Forest Conservation Act 1980.

Submission of the proposals seeking approval of the Central Government under section 2

of the Act:

(1) Every user agency, who wants to use any forest land for non-forest purposes shall

make his proposal in the appropriate Form appended to these rules, i.e. Form A for

proposals seeking first time approval under the Act and Form B for proposals seeking

renewal of leases where approval of the Central Government under the Act had already

been obtained earlier, to the concerned nodal officer authorized in this behalf by the

State Government, along with requisite information and documents, complete in all

respects, well in advance of taking up any non-forest activity on the forest land.

(2) Every State Government or other authority, after having received the proposal under

sub-rule (1) and after being satisfied that the proposal requires prior approval under

section 2 of the Act, shall send the proposal to the Central Government in the

appropriate forms, within ninety days of the receipt of the proposal from the user agency

for proposals seeking first time approval under the Act and within sixty days for

proposals seeking renewal of leases where approval of the Central Government under the

Act had already been obtained earlier: Provided that all proposals involving clearing

naturally grown trees in forest land or portion thereof for the purpose of using it for re-

afforestation shall be sent in the form of Working Plan or Management Plan.

(3) The proposal referred to in sub-rule (2) above, involving forest land of more than

forty hectare shall be sent by the State Government to the Secretary to the Government

of India, Ministry of Environment and Forests, Paryavaran Bhavan, CGO Complex, Lodhi

road, New Delhi-110 003, with a copy of the proposal (with complete enclosures) to the

concerned Regional Office.

(4) The proposal referred to in sub-rule (2) above, involving forest land up to forty

hectares shall be sent to the Chief Conservator of Forests or Conservator of Forests of

the concerned Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests.

(5) The proposal referred to in sub-rule (2) above, involving clearing of naturally grown

trees in forest land or portion thereof for the purpose of using it for re-afforestation shall




36

be sent to the Chief Conservator of Forests or Conservator of Forests of the concerned

Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests.

Committee to advice on proposals received by the Central Government:

(1) The Central Government shall refer every proposal, complete in all respects, received

by it under sub-rule (3) of rule 6 including site inspection report, wherever required, to

the Committee for its advice thereon.

(2) The Committee shall have due regard to all or any of the following matters while

tendering its advice on the proposals referred to it under sub-rule (1), namely: a)

Whether the forests land proposed to be used for non-forest purpose forms part of a

nature reserve, national park wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve or forms part of the

habitat or any endangered or threatened species of flora and fauna or of an area lying in

severely eroded catchment; b) Whether the use of any forest land is for agricultural

purposes or for the rehabilitation of persons displaced from their residences by reason of

any river valley or hydro-electric project; c) Whether the State Government or the other

authority has certified that it has considered all other alternatives and that no other

alternatives in the circumstances are feasible and that the required area is the minimum

needed for the purpose; and d) Whether the State Government or the other authority

undertakes to provide at its cost for the acquisition of land of an equivalent area and

afforestation thereof.

(3) While tendering the advice, the Committee may also suggest any conditions or

restrictions on the use of any forest land for any non-forest purpose, which in its opinion,

would minimize adverse environmental impact.

Wildlife Protection Act, 1972:

The Wildlife Act was passed in 1972 to protect the wildlife and their habitats. The habitat

destruction due to agriculture, industries, urbanization and other human activities had

led to the erosion of the country’s wildlife.

The major activities and provisions in the act can be summed up as follows:

1. It defines the wildlife related terminology.

2. Enactment of an All India Wildlife Protection Act (1972).

3. It provides for the appointment of wildlife advisory Board, Wildlife warden, their

powers, duties etc.

4. Becoming a party to the Convention of International Trade in Endangered Species of

Fauna and Flora (CITES, 1976).




37

5. Launching National component of UNESCO’s ‘Man and Biosphere Programme’ (1971).

6. Under the Act, comprehensive listing of endangered wildlife species was done for the

first time and prohibition of hunting of the endangered species was mentioned.

7. Protection to some endangered plants.

8. The Act provides for setting up of National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries etc.

9. The Act provides for the constitution of Central Zoo Authority.

10. There is provision for trade and commerce in some wildlife species with license for

sale, possession, transfer etc.

11. The act imposes a ban on the trade or commerce in scheduled animals.

12. It provides for legal powers to officers and punishment to offenders.

13. It provides for captive breeding programme for endangered species. Several

Conservation Projects for individual endangered species like Lion (1972), Tiger (1973),

Crocodile (1974) and Brown antlered Deer (1981) were stated under this Act. The Act is

adopted by all states in India except J & K, which has its own Act.

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974: The act resulted in the establishment of the Central and State level Pollution Control

Boards whose responsibilities include managing water quality and effluent standards, as

well as monitoring water quality, prosecuting offenders and issuing licenses for

construction and operation of any facility. This will include generation of liquid effluent

during construction of road from civil engineering activities or from domestic activities in

workers colony. There are specific penalties for violation, which include imprisonment for

responsible officials.

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981:

The act empowers Central and State Pollution Control Boards for managing air quality

and emission standards, as well as monitoring air quality, prosecuting offenders and

issuing licenses for construction and operation of any facility. Air quality includes noise

level standards. There are specific penalties for violation, which include imprisonment for

responsible officials. This act has notified National Ambient Air Quality Standard for

different regions e.g. Industrial, Residential and Sensitive. Air quality during construction

and operation phases will be guided by this specific act.

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986: This act was passed as an overall comprehensive act “for protection and improvement of

environment”. Under this act rules have been specified for discharge/emission of

effluents and different standards for environmental quality. These include Ambient Noise




38

Standard, Emission from Motor Vehicles, Mass Emission standard for Petrol Driven

Vehicles, General Effluent Standards etc., especially important for road project.

Fly ash Notification, 2016: According to the Notification No. S.O. 763 (E), dated 14.09.1999 and its amendment

thereafter on 27.08.2003 and notification S.O. 2804 (E) dated 3rd November 2009 by

Ministry of Environment and Forests, it is mandatory to use fly ash within a radius of 300

kilometers of Thermal Power Plant. No agency, person or organization shall within a

radius of 300 kilometre of Thermal Power Plant undertake construction or approve design

for construction of roads of flyover embankments in contravention of the

guidelines/specification issued by the Indian Road Congress (IRC) as contained in IRC

specification No. SP: 58: 2001. Any deviation from this direction can only be agreed to a

technical reasons if the same is approved by Chief Engineer (Design) or Engineer-in-chief

of the concerned agency or organization or on production of certificate of “Pond ash not

available” from the Thermal Power Plant located within 100 kilometers of the site

construction. This certificate shall be provided by TPP within two working days from the

date of making request for fly ash.

Soil required for top or side cover of embankment of roads or flyovers shall be excavated

from the embankment site and it is not possible to do so, only the minimum quantity of

the soil required for the purpose shall be excavated from soil borrow area. In either case,

the topsoil should be kept or stored separately. Voids created due to soil borrow area

shall be filled up with ash with proper compaction and covered with topsoil kept

separately as mentioned above.

No agency, person or organization shall within a radius of 100 kilometers of coal or lignite

based Thermal Power Plant allow reclamation and compaction of low-lying areas with soil.

Only pond ash shall be used for compaction. They shall also ensure that such reclamation

and compaction is done in accordance with the bye-laws, regulation and specification laid

down by Authorities. All agencies undertaking construction of roads or fly over bridges

including Ministry of Shipping Road Transport and Highways (MoSRTH), National

Highways Authority of India (NHAI), Central Public Works Department (CPWD), State

Public Works Department and other State Government Agencies, shall within three

months from the 1st day of September 2003 make provision in their documents,

schedules of approved materials and rates as well as technical documents; including

those related to soil borrow area or pits. Make necessary specifications/guidelines for

road or fly over embankments that are not covered by the specification laid down by the

Indian Road Congress (IRC).




39

Statutory Clearance for Borrow Area and Stone Quarry:

Mining of minor minerals such as sand, gravel, clay, marble and other stones will not be

allowed in the country without the approval of the Central government. The Hon’ble

Supreme Court, vide its order dated 27.02.2012 in I.A.No. 12-13 of 2011 in SLP (C) No.

19628-19629 of 2009 titled Deepak Kumar etc. Vs. State of Haryana & Ors. has inter alia

ordered those leases of minor mineral including their renewal for an area less than 5 ha

be granted by the State/Union Territory only after getting environment clearance (EC)

from the MoEF&CC. In order to ensure compliance of the aforesaid order of the Hon’ble

Supreme Court, MoEF&CC issued an OM No. L-11011/47/2011-IA.II (M) dated

18.05.2012 stating inter alia that all mining projects of minor minerals including their

renewal, irrespective of the size of the lease would require prior EC and that the projects

of minor minerals with lease area less than 5 ha would be treated as Category B as

defined in EIA Notification, 2006 and will be considered by the respective State

Environment Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAAs) notified by MoEF&CC and following

the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006. The mining projects having

more than 5 Ha of lease area will be categorised as Category A project and will be

appraised by Central Committee of MoEF&CC.

Regarding the borrow area for ordinary soil, the Contractor has to obtain environmental

clearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) of MoEF&CC in

compliance to the Supreme Court’s order and MoEF&CC conditions vide their circular no.

L-11011/47/2011-IA.II (M) dated 20th June, 2013. If the area of a borrow area is less

than 5 Ha then this will be treated as Category B2 Project and will be appraised and

approved based of only Form 1. No EIA study will be required for such area. However, if

the size of the borrow area is more than 5 Ha then it will be categorized as “Category B1”

and therefore will require EIA study, based on which the SEIAA will give clearance for the

same.

4.3 Applicability of Clearances

4.3.1 Environmental Clearance The proposed Akkalkot-KN/TS Border stretch of 203.1 km length in both Maharashtra

and Karnataka states, starts near Akkalkot in Solapur district and ends near Singnodi

village in Raichur district). According to new EIA Notification issued on 14th September,

2006 by the MoEF&CC, GoI and amended Notification on 22nd August 2013 on Highway

projects, “New, expansion or modernization of any activity falling within categories of

developmental and industrial activities shall be undertaken in any part of India only after

it has been accorded environmental clearance by the MoEF&CC in accordance with the

procedures specified in the Notification”. Among categories listed in Schedule of

Notification and amendments thereof, the proposed project stretch falls under Category-A




40

of the Schedule. Hence, Environmental Clearance is required for this project. Accordingly,

Form-1 was submitted to MoEFCC and obtained the Terms of Reference (ToR), MoEFCC

vide file no. 10-70/2020-IA.III, dated January 15, 2021. Based on the ToR issued by

MoEFCC, the EIA Study has been conducted and detailed in the report.

4.3.2 Wildlife Clearance The proposed project stretch from Akkalkot to KN/TS Border for a length of 203 Kms is

not passing through any of the wildlife sanctuary or its environmental sensitive zone.

4.3.3 Forest Clearances Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (amended in 1988) enacted by Government of India,

restricts the diversion of forests for use of non-forest purposes. As per the Act, State

Government requires prior approval of GoI for the use of forest land for non-forest

purposes (means the breaking up or clearing of any forest land) or for assigning lease to

any private person or agency not controlled by Government. The Forest (Conservation)

Rules, 2003 issued under this Act, provide specific procedures to be followed for

conversion of forest land for non-forest purposes. The forest land conversion will follow

the “Guidelines for Diversion of Forest Lands for Non-Forest Purpose” under Forest

(Conservation) Act, 1980. Compensatory afforestation is one of the most important

conditions stipulated for diversion of forest land.

Cutting of trees in non-forest land (cutting of trees in the RoW of the proposed project

stretch), irrespective of land ownership, also requires permission from the State Forest

Department. As per Forest Conservation Act, afforestation to the extent of two trees per

each tree felled is mandatory. The Maharashtra and Karnataka High Courts on 7th

February 2014 ordered the National Highways Authority of India to plant 10 saplings for

every tree cut for the six lane Project by NHAI's Implementation Unit in Maharashtra and

Karnataka states.

4.3.4 Other Permissions/Clearances The project implementing agency will ensure the following clearances before initiating the

works.

Permission from Water Resources Department for new and widening cases and to

draw water during the construction period.

All the borrow areas, quarries, sand mines proposed to be utilized in the project

shall get the permissions from respective departments/owners.

Permission and clearance from electricity board for shifting/moving of

transformers, electric poles during construction of road.




41

CHAPTER-05

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.0 Analysis of Alternatives

The proposed Akkalkot – KN/TS stretch is green field project. The construction of this

stretch will reduce the distance by 100 Km as compared with the existing road. The

purpose of this chapter is to identify an environmentally feasible alignment for NH. The

assessment of alternative alignment for the proposed highway is very challenging task

due to presence of towns, villages, water bodies, homestead, agriculture lands, non-

agriculture areas, built-up areas, tin sheds etc. In order to choose the best alignment,

various alternatives are analysed using Environmental Impact Assessment Decision

Support System (EIADSS). The EIADSS analysis of the same is explained in detail in

successive sections.

5.1 Bypasses and Realignments

Bypass/Realignment are proposed keeping in view the following objectives:

Avoid funeral grounds, mosques, temples or any religious places along proposed

bypass alignment to the possible extent.

Feasibility of acquiring land.

Avoid marshy ground, steep terrain, hillocks to reduce the cost of construction.

The length should be as short as possible.

It should have minimum impact on the existing public utilities and settlements.

It should not disturb the existing drainage system.

The alignment should be devoid of sharp curves and it should bear ideal geometric

elements.

The alignment should be located away from the existing built-up area and should

not conflict with future development.

Traffic capacity and safety should be optimized.

The alignment should preserve the surrounding environment and maintain

ecological balance.

Avoid reserved/protected/social forest areas.

5.2 Alternative Analysis Using EIADSS

Through analysis of the alternatives for alignment is evaluated using Environmental

Impact Assessment Decision Support System (EIADSS). The alternative analysis is

mainly aimed to mitigate the adverse social & environmental impacts in the project and




42

make technically feasible and economic & financially viable alternative. The

Environmental Impact Assessment Decision Support System assists decision-makers to

opt for Alternative Routes in Railways/Highway projects. The criteria used for comparing

the project alternative routes are not limited to the impacts of the project on the physical

environment such as natural resources and biological life, but also include the impacts on

socio-economics, political affairs as well as financial and economics. Thus method is

flexible enough to account for the user’s preferences in weighing the main categories of

impacts criteria. The first step behind the conceptual basis of the EIADSS was to identify

the environmental criteria that are susceptible to change due to proposed project

construction or operation, and then categorize these criteria under main headings. The

Physical factors that are known to be responsible for changing the criteria conditions are

then identified. All the possible conditions of these factors are determined and compiled

in a questionnaire. The Impact criteria are mainly categorized in to five groups (viz.

Natural Resource Impacts, Ecological impacts, Socio-Economic Impacts, Political Impacts,

and Financial & Economic Impacts). The weightage percentage could be finalized using

Data Capturing Instrument (DCI) and for the proposed road connectivity project of this

nature, the weight-age percentage is shown in Table 5.1.

Table 5.1: Weighed percentage of various environmental categories

Sl No. Environmental Category/Group Weighted

Percentage

1 Natural resource impacts 15

2. Ecological impacts 30

3. Socio-economic impacts 15

4. Political impacts 15

5. Financial & economic impacts 25

Total 100

Each group again is sub-divided into different environmental aspects, which will be

evaluated by using ‘Environment Impact Score’ instrument, which is given in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2: Environmental Impact Score Instrument

Sl. No. Description Points

1 No occurrence 10

2 No adverse impacts 9-6

3 Negligible impact (low impact & low probability of occurrence) 5-1




43

Sl. No. Description Points

4 Minor impact (abnormal conditions which causes breach to statutory

regulations, effect and probability of occurrence are low) (-)1 to (-)3

5

Significant impact (the activity has an effect under normal operating

conditions and leading to breach of the statutory regulations. Effects and

probability of occurrence are moderate)

(-)4 to (-)6

6

Major impact (the activity has a major effect under regular operating

conditions and leading to major breach of the statutory regulations. Effects

and probability of occurrence are extensive)

(-)7 to (-)10

The score of environmental aspects of each group is evaluated by using the ‘Environment

Impact Score Instrument’. The expected positive and negative impacts to be relatively

associated with the different factors and conditions are integrated in the EIADSS

worksheets and the overall impact for the project alternative is calculated. Based on the

highest marks scored, the project alternative shall be finalized.

5.3 Selection of sustainable alternative route for the Project

The project stretch Akkalkot to KN/TS border is new green field alignment. To identify

feasible alternative, alternatives routes are studied and detailed descriptions of the

alternatives identified for the alignment is discussed in this section. The proposed

alignment traverses mostly through agricultural and barren lands. Comparison of existing

road with alternative from Akkalkot-KN/TS Border greenfield alignment is given in Table

5.3 and google earth image of alignments is shown in Figure 5.1. Feedback analysis

using DCI for various environmental and project attributes is given in Table 5.4. The

detailed analysis of alternatives using EIADSS and Abstract statement for evaluating

feasible alternative route are shown in Table 5.5 and Table 5.6 respectively.

Table 5.3: Comparison of existing road with alternatives

S. No. Description Green Field Alignment Existing alignment

1 Existing Chainage - -

2 Design Chainage Km. 0.000 to Km. 203.100 -

3 Length in Km 203.100 271.000

4 LVUPs/SVUPs 15/56 42/21

5 VUPs/VOPS 5/2 22

6 Fly overs 1 Nil




44

S. No. Description Green Field Alignment Existing alignment

7 Interchange 8 Nil

8 ROBs 3 Nil

9 Major Bridges 9 14

10 Minor Bridges 65 75

11 Land to be Acquired (Ha.) 2509.98 1650.00

12 Civil Cost Cr. per Km 22.500 11.73

13 Total Cost in Cr. Per Km 26.69 16.13




45

Figure 5.1: Index map of the proposed Akkalkot - KN/TS Border project stretch




46

Table 5.4: Feedback analysis using DCI for various environmental and project attributes

Impact on Environmental Attributes Maximum score


Existing Road

Natural resources impacts

Natural resources utilization (optimum

conservation) 10 -6 -4

Soil erosion and fertility 10 -5 -3

Soil pollution 10 -4 -2

Surface water quality and quantity 10 -2 -2

Ground water level, quality and quantity 10 -2 -1

Air pollution 10 -2 -6

Geo-graphical & Topographical features 10 -2 -1

Ecological Impacts

Flora 10 -4 -3

Fauna 10 -4 -3

Aquatic life 10 -2 -2

Deforestation 10 -2 -4

Traffic congestion and Accidents mitigation 10 -1 -7

Public Health 10 -1 -4

Sites of special importance (Archaeological sites &

Historical protected monuments) 10 10 10

Socio-Economic Impacts

Resettlement & Rehabilitation 10 -1 -8

Land use & Land pattern 10 -3 -6

Job opportunities (short & long term) 10 9 6

Land price 10 9 6

Change of life style pattern 10 9 4

Political Impacts

Infrastructure development (region wise) 10 9 6

Reaction from locals 10 2 -8

Interests of the public 10 8 -5

Political leaders support 10 9 -2

Political rift/legal snags 10 9 -3

Financial & Economic Impacts

Cost of the project 10 -4 -3




47

Impact on Environmental Attributes Maximum score


Existing Road

Regional business activity 10 9 5

Table 5.5: Detailed analysis of alternatives using EIADSS

Impact on Environmental Attributes

Weighted %(Set by

the user)

Alternative-1 Existing Route

% scored Weighted

% points % scored

Weighted %

points

Natural resources impacts

Natural resources utilization (optimum conservation) -60 -40

Soil erosion and fertility -50 -30

Soil pollution -40 -20

Surface water quality and quantity -20 -20

Ground water level, quality and quantity -20 -10

Air pollution -20 -60

Geo-graphical & Topographical

features -20 -10

Average percentage 15 -32.857 -492.857 -27.142 -407.142

Ecological Impacts

Flora -40 -30

Fauna -40 -30

Aquatic life (Wet lands) -20 -20

Deforestation -20 -40

Traffic congestion and Accidents mitigation -10 -70




48


Weighted %(Set by the user)


% scored Weighted % points

% scored Weighted %

points

Public Health -10 -40

Sites of special importance (Archaeological sites & Historical

protected monuments) 100 100

Average percentage 30 -5.714 -171.428 -18.571 -557.142

Socio-Economic Impacts

Resettlement & Rehabilitation -10 -80

Land use & Land pattern -30 -60

Job opportunities (short & long term) 90 60

Land price. 90 60

Change of life style pattern 90 40

Average percentage 15 46 690 4 60

Political Impacts

Infrastructure development (region wise) 90 60

Reaction from locals 20 -80

Interests of the public 80 -50

Political leaders support 90 -20

Political rift / legal snags 90 -30

Average percentage 15 74 1110 -24 -360

Financial & Economic Impacts

Cost of the project -40 -30

Regional roadside business activity 90 50

Average percentage 25 25 625 10 250




49


Weighted %(Set by the user)


% scored Weighted % points

% scored Weighted %

points

Cumulative Weighted Percentages 100 17.61 -10.14

Table 5.6: Abstract statement for evaluating feasible alternative route

S. No.

Impact on

Environmental

Attributes

Weighted %

(Set by the

user)

Green Filed Alignment Existing Route

%

scored

Weighted

component

%

scored

Weighted

component

1 Natural resources impacts 15 -32.85 -492.85 -27.14 -407.142

2 Ecological Impacts 30 -5.71 -171.42 -18.57 -557.14

3 Socio-Economic Impacts 15 46 690 4 60

4 Political Impacts 15 74 1110 -24 -360

5 Financial & Economic

Impacts 25 25 625 10 250

100

Weighted percentages 17.61 -10.14

Conclusion:

In Green field Alignment the cumulative weighted percentage is worked out to be 17.61.

In existing route. The cumulative weighted percentage is worked out to be (-)10.14.

Negative impacts are found to be more compared to positive impacts in case of existing

road. The maximum weighted percentage indicates the best alternative route and the

minimum weighted percentage indicates the poor alternative route. Hence, existing road

is not recommended due to the negative impacts on various parameters. So, it is

concluded that the maximum weighted percentage obtained to Green Field alignment

and is recommended for this project which will have social & environmental acceptability,

technically viability and economic & financial feasibility.




50

CHAPTER-06

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

6.0 Description of the Environment

This chapter provides an overall description of the existing environmental status within

the study region. Studies are undertaken to generate baseline data within a 10 Km

radius of the study region along the proposed project on micro-meteorology, air quality,

ground and surface water quality, noise levels, land environment including soil quality,

geomorphology, land-use pattern, forest cover, biological environment, socio-economic

status of the population etc. From these inputs, possible significant impacts are

identified. Impacts are quantified and an appropriate Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) is prepared to manage and mitigate these impacts.

As a primary requirement of EIA process, the EIA report has been prepared based on the

standard ToR issued by MoEFCC and given in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Highways

(ASCI)” by MoEFCC, dated February 2010. The consultant collected the primary baseline

data within the RoW as well as the area falling within 500 m on the either side of the

RoW with the help of the NABL Approved Laboratories M/s. Vison Labs, Hyderabad

(Certificate No. TC-5064, Valid until 25.11.2021) from December 2020 to February 2021.

The secondary data was collected within 10 km radius of the project area. The site and

its environs were analysed during the field study to know the pre-existing status of the

study area and the same is described below.

6.1 Site and its environs

The reconnaissance survey and subsequent field studies were carried out in the study

area which falls in Solapur district in Maharashtra state and Gulbarga (Kalaburagi),

Yadgir and Raichur districts of Karnataka state. Major aspects emphasized with respect to

the geography, topography, soil, climate, drainage, demography etc., of the region were

collected and analysed. The details of the same are given below.

6.1.1 Geography

Solapur District:

Solapur District is situated in the South East edge of the state and lies entirely on

Bheema and Seena river basins. It is the 43rd largest in populous (43,17,756) district of

the country. The city of Solapur serves as the district headquarters and houses the

world-famous Shri Swami Samarath and is situated in Akkalkot. At the time of the 2011

Census of India, 73.13% of the population in the district spoke Marathi, 9.28% Kannada,




51

7.80% Hindi, 5.04% Telugu and 3.94% Urdu as their first language. The district lies

between 17010" and 18032" of the North latitude and between 750 and 770 of the East

longitude. It has an area of 14,844 Sq. Km and is bounded on the west by Satara and

Pune districts, on the north by Ahmednagar and Osmanabad districts, on the east by

Osmanabad and Gulbarga (Karnataka state) districts and on the south by Sangli and

Bijapur (Karnataka State) districts. The district has got 2 revenue divisions, 13

municipalities and 11 taluks respectively. The district is endowed with a semi-arid

tropical climate with normal rainfall of 524.61 mm as against 939 mm for the state. The

proposed project stretch which starts in Akkalkot taluka which falls in the eastern region

of Solapur district.

Gulbarga (Kalaburagi) District:

Gulbarga (Officially known as Kalaburagi) is one of the 30 districts of Karnataka state

and it is located in Southern India. Gulbarga city is the administrative headquarters of

the district. Sivaganga district is having administrative divisions of 11 taluks. This

district is situated in north Karnataka between 76°.04' and 77°.42 east longitude, and

17°.12' and 17°.46' north latitude, covering an area of 10,951 km². This district is

bounded on the west by Bijapur district and Solapur district of Maharashtra state, on the

north by Bidar district, Osmanabad district and Latur district of Maharashtra state, on the

south by Yadgir district, and on the east by Ranga Reddy district and Medak district of

Telangana state. The proposed project stretch falls in the northern region of Gulbarga

district. In 2006 the Ministry of Panchayati Raj named Gulbarga one of the country's 250

most backward districts. It is one of the five districts in Karnataka currently receiving

funds from the central government. According to the 2011 census, 65.7% of the

population spoke Kannada, 18.15% Urdu, 6.98% Lambadi, 4.08% Telugu, 2.47%

Marathi and 2.05% Hindi as their first language

Yadgir District:

Yadgir District is one of the 30 districts of Karnataka state in southern India.This district

was carved out of Gulbarga district as the 30th district of Karnataka on 10 April 2010.

Yadgir town is the administrative headquarters of the district. The district occupies an

area of 5,160.88 km².

Yadgir district is the second smallest district in the state, area wise is very rich in cultural

traditions. The vast stretch of fertile black soil of the district is known for bumper red

gram and jowar crops. The district is the Daal bowl of the state. The district is also

known for cluster of cement industries and a distinct stone popularly known as

"Malakheda Stone".




52

Two main rivers, Krishna and Bhima, and a few tributaries flow in this region.Yadgir

which is known the cement, textile, leather, and chemical production in the industrial

sectors. The district comprises six taluks.

Raichur District:

Raichur District is an administrative district in the Indian state of Karnataka. It is located

in the northeast part of the state and is bounded by Yadgir district in the north, Bijapur

and Bagalkot district in the northwest, Koppal district in the west, Bellary district in the

south, Jogulamba Gadwal district of Telangana and Kurnool district of Andhra Pradesh in

the east. The district is bounded by the Krishna River on the north and the Tungabhadra

River on the south. Raichuru District has seven taluks. Among the historical attractions in

the district is the Raichur Fort, built in 1294. Also notable is the nearby town of

Anegundi, which has a number of monuments from the Vijayanagara empire, including

the Ranganatha temple, Pampa Lake and Kamal Mahal.

The Raichur Thermal Power Station at Shaktinagar and Yaramaras Thermal Power Station

at Yaramaras, generate electricity for Karnataka. Raichur District is one of few places in

India with gold resources. Hatti Gold Mines are situated in Raichur District, around 90 km

away from Raichur city. All the five talukas mentioned above are well irrigated, with

water from the Tungabhadra Dam on the Tungabhadra River, and the Narayanpura Dam

on the Krishna River.

6.1.2 Topography

Solapur District:

The prominent geomorphic units in the Solapur district are structural and denudated land

forms such as structural and denudational hills, residual wells, linear ridges, uplands and

barred pediments. The district is predominantly by crystalline formations and alluvium is

found along the courses of the river. Ground water occurs under phreatic conditions in

weathered residuum and interconnected shallow fractures and under semi-confined to

confined conditions in deeper fractures. There is no important hill system in the district.

Only in the north of Barshi Taluka several spurs of Balaghat range pass south for a few

kilometres. There are also a few scattered hills in Karmala, Madha and Malshiras Talukas.

The district in general has flat or undulating terrain. The low table land and small

separate hills in Karmala and Madha Talukas act as a Watershed between Bhima and

Sina rivers.

Eastern Zone : This comprises of Barshi, North Solapur, South Solapur and Akkalkot

Talukas. The soil is medium to deep black and of rich quality. Jawar, Bajra and Pulses are

the main crops of this zone.




53

Central or Transitional Zone: Mohol, Mangalwedha, eastern part of Pandharpur and

Madha Taluka are covered by this zone. Like to moderate soil and uncertain rainfall

marks this zone. Both Kharip and Rabbi crops are grown in this part.

Western Zone: Karmala, Sangola and Malshiras Talukas and western parts of

Pandharpur comes under this zone. Shallow and poor type of soil, not retentive of

moisture marks this part. Scanty and uncertain rainfall. Rabbi crops mainly grown in

Karmala, Pandharpur and Madha Talukas while Kharip crops like Bajra and Groundnut are

grown in Sangola and parts of Malshiras talukas.

Gulbarga District:

The northern part of the district represents a plateau, typical of Deccan Trap terrain and

is deeply indented with ravines. The southern part represents undulating terrain with

sparsely distributed knolls & tors. The prominent hill ranges in the district at Gulbarga

and Aland have an altitude of 567 & 604 m (amsl=above mean sea level) respectively.

The ground elevation varies significantly from 340 m amsl in southeast to 618 m amsl in

the north. The regional slope is towards south and southeast.

Yadgir District:



sparsely distributed knolls & tors. The prominent hill ranges in the district at Shorapur

and Shahpur have an altitude of 545 & 618 m (amsl=above mean sea level) respectively.

The ground elevation varies significantly from 329 m amsl in southeast to 620 m amsl in

the north. The regional slope is towards south and southwest.

Raichur District:

Few clusters of hills are seen towards east, west, northwest, centre, and southwest.

Raichur district can be broadly classified into three major zones viz,

(a) The northern rugged plateau,

(b) The southern lower plains with hill clusters and isolated hillocks and

(c) Valley fills.

The general slope of the terrain is towards the Krishna River in the northern part of the

district, and towards the Tungabhadra River in the southern part. One hill range extends

from west of Raichur towards Yergara for about 20 km, and another runs in the Raichur

and Manvi taluks for about 15 km, and a third hill range extends south of Raichur




54

towards Alampur in Kurnool district of Andhra Pradesh. Most of these hillocks are

composed of granitic gneisses and partly schist.

6.1.3 Geology

In order to bring out detailed geological setup and geomorphological features along the

alignment, Satellite Imagery data and published geological maps and reports of G.S.I

and CGWB have been studied. Further, field traverses have been taken along the

alignment to collect field geological data as relevant to the DPR of the proposed road

alignment.

Geomorphology:

In any civil engineering project planning, knowledge of the land mosaic of the area is

necessary, in order to locate ground water potential zones, to identify quarry sites, to

locate dumping locations and to identify sites for development of greenery.

Geomorphology, having genetic relationship with lithology and structural set up,

describes such landscape which is carved out by different weathering agencies. The area

is predominantly an undulatory terrain dotted with detached or scattered or isolated

rocky mounds.

Geology:

The area forms part of Southern Crystalline belt and occupied by metamorphic and

igneous rocks. Broad stratigraphic succession of the area, as given by GSI is given below

(Table 6.1):

Table 6.1: Geological Succession

Period Age Group/Formation Lithology

Quaternary Holecene to Recent

Alluvium Colluvium

Fluvial and Fluvial marine sediments

Terttiary Miopliocene Cuddalore Formation

Panampari Formation Sandstone and Clay

Mesozoic Lower Cretaceous

Sathaveedu formation Shale, Limestone and Conglomerate

Archaeans Precabrian

Crystalline Complex Migmatite Complex Peninsular Gneissic Complex Charnockite Group

Older granites/granitoids, pink

migmatite, pink augen gneiss, hornblende gneiss, hornblende biotite gneiss, garnetiferousquartzofelspathic gneiss, garnet biotite gneiss, basic and ultrabasic rocks, magnetite quartzite, pyroxenite granulite and charnockite




55

The area is predominantly occupied by lithological units belonging to crystalline complex

which are formed 2000 m. years back. Of these, granitic varients are predominant.

Charnockite and pullangnichchi granite occurs south of alignment. These rock types are

intruded by younger granites, dolerite dykes, quartz reefs and veins, at places. The strike

of gneissic rocks is along E-W, ENE-WSW with southerely dips of 75-90. The strike of the

rocks is almost perpendicular to the alignment, as such different lithological assemblages

occur along the alignment. However, the outcrops are scattered. The General subsurface

profile along alignments is inferred as:

Top soil: maximum 7 m

Weathered zone: 0.5-55 m

Fractured zone:

Hard rock:

These granitoids form good aggregates and the granites and leptiniets are being quarried

at Ch. Km. 26.000, Ch. Km. 90.000 and Ch. Km. 147.300 are being quarried for

dimensional stones. These quarries are located 10.5 - 14.0 away from the highway

alignment. The highway road passes through safe distance from blasting operations and

fly rock ejections. The granites are being quarried as undamaged dimensional stones

without involving deep hole drilling and heavy blasting. It is reported that fragmentation

and generation of lumps, fines or dust is negligible, and water is being sprinkled for the

suppression of air borne dust from mine approach roads, water dumps on regular

intervals using water tankers. These multi coloured granite quarries are being operated

for a maximum depth of 22 m, below soil cover.

It is reported that after completion of quarry operation the quarry out land will be fenced

and maintained with barbed wire to prevent entry of the cattle and public. Garland drains

will be constructed around the quarry to prevent surface run off and rainwater. The

quarrying is being carried out by open cast, semi mechanized method 3.0 m bench at

regular interval of 6.0 m vertical cut.

As the alignment runs through undulatory terrain, devoid of high hillocks bordering the

highway path, problems due to any type of landslides are expected in the area. The area

is not located in the seismic hazard zone and neo tectonic activity is not reported along

the alignment. The area falls in seismic zone as per Seismic zonation map of India

(IS1893-2014).




56

6.1.4 Soil

Solapur District:

The district is comprised of Bhima sub-basin and has undulating topogragraphy. The

elevation in the district ranges from 400 to 600m amsl. The district is typically

characterized by the morphology of Deccan basaltic flows. Dendritic drainage has been

observed only in the vicinity of major Rivers where alluvial deposits or thick soil cover is

present. However, all the streams and Rivers which flow in the district are effluent in

nature. The soil prevailing in Solapur district is mainly derived forms Deccan basalts. The

soil of the district is underlain by partially decomposed basaltic rock locally known as

“Murum” which overlies parent rock. Due to more of less complete absence of leaching,

the soils are base-saturated.

Gulbarga:



sparsely distributed knolls & tors. The ground elevation varies significantly from 340 m

amsl in southeast to 620 m amsl in the north. The regional slope is towards south and

southeast. The soil types in the district are deep black, medium black soil, shallow soil

and lateritic soil. The deep & medium black soil covers practically the entire district's

area, except a small portion towards the northern part of the district.

Yadgir:



sparsely distributed knolls & tors. The ground elevation varies significantly from 340 m

amsl in southeast to 620 m amsl in the north. The regional slope is towards south and

southeast. The soil types in the district are deep black, medium black soil, shallow soil

and lateritic soil. The deep & medium black soil covers practically the entire district's

area, except a small portion towards the northern part of the district. Black soil has been

derived from basaltic rocks and varies in colour from medium to deep black. Its thickness

varies from 0.5 to 3.6 m. Lateritic soil occurs in small extent towards the northern part of

the district and its thickness varies from 1.0 to 5.0 m. It has moderate to good

infiltration characteristics.

Raichur:

Geomorphologically, Raichur district can be broadly classified into three major zones viz,

(a). The Northern rugged plateau, ii. (b) The Southern lower plains with inselbergs and

isolated hillocks and (c) Valley fills. The general slope of the terrain is towards the

Krishna River in the northern part of the district and towards the Tungabhadra River in




57

the southern part. The soils of the district can be classified broadly into the following four

types namely: Mixed red and black soils, Medium black soils, Deep black soils and Red

sandy soils.

6.1.5 Drainage

Solapur

The river Bhīma originates from the Bhima shankar plateau of Ambegaon tahsil in Pune

district. After leaving the Solapur district, it enters into Karnataka state and meets with

the Krishna river. The right bank tributaries of Bhīma are Nira and Man, while left bank

tributary is the Sina. Besides, a good number of lesser streams in the Solapur district

which form the tributaries of the Bhīma and Sina are the local feeders. The Bhīma and

the Sina flow, roughly south easterly direction, while the Nira east and the Man north

east direction. Most of these rivers are non-perennial in nature and flow only during the

rainy season. In order to understand, their detail characteristics, it is most appropriate to

discuss them one by one into consideration.

Gulbarga:

Krishna and Bhima Rivers drain the district. They constitute the two major river basins of

the district. Kagna and Amarja are the two sub - basins of Bhima River, which occur

within the geographical area of the district.

Yadgir:

Krishna and Bhima Rivers drain the district. They constitute the two major river basins of

the district. Kagna and Amarja are the two sub - basins of Bhima River, which occur

within the geographical area of the district.

Raichur:

Raichur district forms part of Krishna catchment in northern part, while southern part

forms the Lower Tungabhardra catchment area. The two important rivers in the district

are the Krishna and the Thungabadra, which form the northern and southern boundary of

the district respectively and are perennial in nature. River Bhima is an important

tributary of the river Krishna. The drainage pattern is highly dendritic in nature. The

drainage pattern in the area has been altered due to the irrigation practices in the area.

6.1.6 Climate & Rainfall

Solapur:

Solapur falls under the category of dry (arid and semiarid) climate according to the

Koppen climate classification. Climate of the district is characterized by high humidity

throughout the year, an oppressive summer followed by well distributed and heavy




58

rainfall during the southwest monsoon season. The cold season starts from December to

February followed by summer from March to May. The mean daily maximum temperature

is 40°C and mean daily minimum temperature is 13°C. Rainfall all over the district is

uncertain and scanty with an annual average of 625 mm. Only in Barshi taluka which is

nearer to Balaghat range it averages to 725 mm. The district gets rain from south-west

as well as from north-east monsoon. The main precipitation during June to August is

rather precarious. The normal rainfall for the monsoon 8 period, i.e., June-September is

425.9 mm. which is 73.6 per cent of the total annual rainfall.

Gulbarga:

The southwest monsoon sets in the middle of June and extends till the end of

September. Bulk of the annual rainfall occurs during this season, which constitutes over

75% of the annual rainfall. Significant rainfall occurs during 7 the winter monsoon owing

to northeastern monsoon, which constitutes 15% of the annual rainfall. Normal Rainfall

of the district is 777 mm (1901 - 70) and actual rainfall is 881.10 mm (2005). Normal

rainy days (as per 1901 - 70) are 46. Although, consistent normal rainfall is prevalent,

Sedam, Chincholi & Chitapur taluks experience mild drought conditions. Gulbarga district

lies in the northern plains of Karnataka and has semi - arid type of climate. Dry climate

prevails for most part of the year. December is the coldest month with mean daily

maximum and minimum temperatures being 29.5oC & 15o to 10oC respectively. During

peak summer, temperature shoots up to 45oC. Relative humidity varies from 26% in

summer to 62% in winter.

Yadgir:

The southwest monsoon sets in the middle of June and extends till the end of

September. Bulk of the annual rainfall occurs during this season, which constitutes over

77% of the annual rainfall. Significant rainfall occurs during the winter monsoon owing to

north eastern monsoon, which constitutes 7% of the annual rainfall. Yadgir district lies in

the northern plains of Karnataka and has semi - arid type of climate. Dry climate prevails

for most part of the year. December is the coldest month with mean daily maximum and

minimum temperatures being 29.5oC & 15o to 10oC respectively. During peak summer,

temperature shoots up to 45oC. Relative humidity varies from 26% in summer to 62% in

winter.

Raichur:

Raichur district is located in the northern Maidan Region of Karnataka State, which is

drought prone and falls in the arid tract. The normal annual rainfall of the district is 621

mm. The annual number of the rainy days is about 49 days. Nearly 67% of the rain is

received during the southwest monsoon period (June - Sept) and the northeast monsoon




59

contributes about 24%. The climate of the district can be termed as mild to severe, with

mild winters and hot summers. December is the coldest month with mean daily minimum

of 17. 7º C, while May is the hottest month with mean daily maximum temperature of

39.8º C. The day temperature in May often touches 45.0º C. Relative humidity of over

75% is common during monsoon period. Wind speeds exceeding 15 km/h are common

during the months of June and July

6.1.7 Minerals

Solapur District:

The district as a whole is monotonously covered by Deccan trap basaltic lava flows which

are spread out in the form of horizontal sheets or beds. These trap rocks are generally

barren which are economically useful as well as important minerals. They being hard,

dense and durable are most suitable for building purposes and road metals. Calcareous

Kankar and nodules are commonly found in the soil which on burning yields good lime.

Gulbarga District:

The major minerals available in the district are Limestone, Moulding Sand and Gypsum.

The minor minerals are Building Stone, Banded Agate, Sand Stone and ordinary sand.

Limestone deposits are extensively found in Sedam, Chitapur, Chincholi, Gulbarga and

Jevargi. It is used in manufacturing of cement and is being exploited over the decades.

Good quality of quartz is available in Sedam and Chitapur. Fuller’s earth is available in

Chincholi taluk. This earth has the unique property of bleaching vegetables and mineral

oils. Fuller’s earth is mainly used by the petroleum refining industry for filtering and

clarifying lubricants. It is also being used for deodorization of oily waste material and

purification of water. The other minerals available in abundance like ordinary sand,

moulding sand and building stone which is used as flooring and roofing material are

being exploited for economic purposes.

Yadgir District:

The major minerals available in the district are Calcareous earth, Clay, Copper, Feldspar,

Gold, Gypsum, Lime stone, Quartz, Tourmaline and moulding sand. The minor minerals

are building stone, ornamental stone and ordinary sand. Copper is available in Shorapur.

It is also being used for deodorization of oily waste material and purification of water.

The other minerals available in abundance like ordinary sand, moulding sand and building

stone which is used as flooring and roofing material are being exploited for economic

purposes.




60

Raichur District:

The Dharwar rocks of the district are fairly rich in economic minerals. This mineral wealth

includes gold, silver, copper, iron, galena, quartz, mica, feldspar, ochre, limenite,

soapstone and granites. This is the second district in the State, next to Kolar, in

producing gold. Gold occurs in reefs of quartz in the belts of Dharwar schists found at

many places in the district. Copper is being exploited in Raichur, Lingsugur and Manvi

taluks. A number of white quartz reefs, suitable for glass and ceramic industries, occur in

the district, especially in Raichur and Sindhnur taluks. Also found are potash feldspar in

the neighbourhood of Parthipalli, Turkandona, Matmari and few other places.

Figure 6.1: Granite quarry at Kilavalavu

6.1.8 Transport

Solapur

Solapur, which is the headquarters of Solapur district in Maharashtra, is a famous pilgrim

city. It is also known for various Sugarcane and Cotton mills and their related industries.

Solapur serves as a base to reach pilgrimage spots in Osmanabad, Ahmednagar, Pune,

Satara and Sangli districts of Maharashtra, Bijapur and Kalaburagi districts of Karnataka

State. Solapur shares its borders with famous cities in Maharashtra as well as with the

Karnataka state. All these reasons make Solapur the main transportation hub connecting

Maharashtra and Karnatak States. The district is well connected by train and bus services

with the adjoining districts of Pune, Satara, Osmanabad, Ahmednagar and Sangli

dustricts as well as other neighbouring states like Karnataka and Telangana.

The state government is making a lot of efforts to strengthen the road network as a

result of the total road length in the district is 15,197 Km. The district's road network

consists of National Highways, State Highways, Major District Roads, Other District Roads

being maintained by Public Works Department of the state. Seven National Highways




61

e.g., NH-52, NH-65, NH-150E, NH-166, NH-204A, NH-465 and NH-548C passes through

the district.

Solapur, which is one of the largest train junctions on the Mumbai –Hyderabad and

Mumbai-Chennai lines, is also one of the five divisions of the Central Railway Zone

(CRZ). Solapur is also a terminal point of the Solapur–Bijapur line. The Solapur Railway

Division is an important division that connects South India to North Western India and

Western India. The local and out-station trains from Solapur railway station connect the

city with all important towns within and outside Maharasthra. Regular trains are available

to Pune, Mumbai, Hyderabad and other parts of the state and the country from Solapur

railway station.

Pune International Airport in Maharashtra is the nearest international airport from

Solapur. Even though there is an airport on the Southeast side of Solapur city, currently

no commercial flights provides services here.

Gulbarga:

The district has fairly good rail communication facility. The Raichur-Solapur line passes

through Wadi, Shahabad and Gulbarga. The Wadi-Secunderabad line passes through the

towns of Chitapur and Sedam. These two lines provide vital link between Hyderabad,

Chennai and Mumbai. The road communication during the pre-independence period was

very poor in the district. Special attention was paid to the development of roads under

the Five-Year Plans. The Rural Communication Programmers launched by the State

Government in 1959-60, focused its attention to provide all weather roads in rural areas,

construction of missing links and construction of culverts. Since then, the district

witnessed improvements in road communications. The roads in the district are classified

as National Highways (NHs), State Highways (SHs), Major District Roads (MDRs), Other

District Roads (ODRs), Villages Roads, TDB Roads, Municipality Roads, Forest Roads and

Irrigation Department Roads. The district also lacks adequate infrastructure which is one

of the basic causes of long economic stagnation in the district. The total length of surface

roads is only 28.26 kms. The length of village roads is 6372.6 km. The total length of

railway line is 225 kms. The districts headquarter lies on the main National Network. But

the internal network availability is very low. Only 4 talukas Afzalpur, Chittapur, Gulbarga

and Sedam are connected by a railway line.

Yadgir :

Yadgir has its own railway station and it has broad gauge railway which lies between

Mumbai and Chennai. The city is connected to Gulbarga, 71 km away by both road and

rail. The road communication during the pre-independence period was very poor in the

district. Special attention was paid to the development of roads under the Five Year




62

Plans. The roads in the district are classified as National Highways, State Highways,

Major District Roads, Other District Roads and Villages Roads. The total road length of

the district is 5,100 kms.

Raichur :

In the matter of road and railway communication, Raichur district does not hold any

envious position. The total length of railway line in the district is 151 km. The only line

between Raichur-Solapur sections was laid during 1861-1871. The purpose of laying this

line was to connect the then Bombay and Madras presidencies. With regard to roads, few

roads which existed formerly were of a poor standard and the two rivers as well as

several streams hindered the development of proper road network. The total road length

of the district is 7,458 km.

6.1.9 National Parks/Wild life Sanctuaries

No National Parks / Wildlife sanctuaries coming in the vicinity of proposed project

corridor.

6.1.10 Demography

Solapur District:

According to 2011 census, the population of Solapur was 43,15,756 of which male and

female were 22,27,852 and 20,89,904 respectively. It constitutes 3.84 percent of total

population of the state. The census data shows that the density of project district is 290

people per sq. km. Average literacy rate of Solapur was 76.79 compared to 70.92 of

2001. Total literate in Solapur district were 29,10,676 of which male and female were

16,51,266 and 12,59,410 respectively. With regards to Sex Ratio in district, it stood at

938 per 1000 male which is lower than national average sex ratio-940. The working

population of the district engaged in different activities. The working population statistics

shows that a large chunk main worker (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) in

Solapur district accounts for 40.85 percent of the total population followed by 5,08,141

people were engaged in agricultural activities.

Gulbarga District:

As per 2011 census, Gulbarga had population of 25,66,326 of which male and female

were 13,01,755 and 12,64,571 respectively. Whereas in 2001, Gulbarga had a

population of 21,74,742 of which males were 11,10,442 and remaining 10,64,200 were

females. Its 4.20 percent of total Karnataka population. 5th most populous and 2nd

biggest district by area in the state. Population density of the district is 234 persons per

km2. There are 7 sub districts in the district, among them Gulbarga is the most populous

sub district with population of about 8.3 lakh and Sedam is the least populous sub district




63

with population of about 2.2 lakh. The total literacy rate of Gulbarga district is 64.85

percent. The male literacy rate is 63.63 percent and the female literacy rate is 47.37

percent in Gulbarga district. As per Census 2011 out of total population, 32.6 percent

people lives in Urban areas while 67.4 percent lives in the Rural areas. The average

literacy rate in urban areas is 78.6 percent while that in the rural areas is 58.1 percent.

Gulbarga has 42 percent (about 10.9 lakh) population engaged in either main or

marginal works. 52 percent male and 32 percent female population are working

population. 44 percent of total male population are main (full time) workers and 8

percent are marginal (part time) workers. For women 21 percent of total female

population are main and 11 percent are marginal workers.

Yadgir District:

In 2011, Yadgir had population of 11,74,271 of which male and female were 5,90,329

and 5,83,942 respectively. Whereas in 2001, population is 9,56,180 of which males were

4,82,347 and 4,73,933 were females. This district population constituted 1.92 percent of

total Karnataka population. The population density of the district is 223 people per km2

compared to 2001 it is 183. Average literacy rate is 51.83 compared to 39.90 of 2001.

Sex ratio is 989 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of 983 which is more

than average national sex ratio of India. Out of the total population 81.21 percent people

lives in rural areas.

Raichur District:

In 2011, Raichur has population of 19,28,812 of which male and female were 9,64,511

and 9,64,301 respectively. This district population constituted 3.16 percent of total

Karnataka population. The population density is 228 people per sq.km. Average literacy

rate is 59.56 percent compared to 48.81 percent of 2001. Total literates in Raichur

district were 9,79,769 of which male and female were 5,77,213 and 4,02,556

respectively. Sex ratio is 1000 females per 1000 males indicates women in the district

enjoy equal share in demographic composition and which is also more than national

average sex ratio. Out of the total population, 25.42 percent (4,90,348) live in urban

regions of the district. About 74.58 percent population of Raichur district live in rural

areas. Main source of income in the district is earned from the agriculture sector and per

capita income is Rs. 76,498. Out of total population, 7,25,985 were engaged in main

work (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) while 1,77,428 were involved in

Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Out of total workers,

2,45,299 were cultivators (owner / co-owner) and 3,83,526 were agricultural labourer.




64

6.2 Air Environment

Standard methods/procedures are adopted during environmental monitoring analysis.

After a preliminary reconnaissance of the study region and taking into account the

meteorological (predominant wind directions, wind speed), topographic conditions, major

settlements & its traffic volume and details on existing industrial activities in the study

region, one (01) micro-meteorological station and six (06) ambient air quality monitoring

stations were identified in the study area spread along Akkalkot to KN/TS Border. Micro-

meteorological station gives climatological condition of the study area by giving

temperature, relative humidity, wind direction, wind speed and rainfall data.

6.2.1 Micro-Meteorological Station

The climate of the region is characterized as tropical. The climate, wind and wave pattern

are governed by the annually changing monsoons and transition periods between them

dividing the year into four seasons as given in Table 6.2.

Table 6.2: Seasons of the region

Season Months Characteristics

Summer March - May Hottest part of the year, occurrence of dust storms

South-West

monsoon June-Sep

Characterised by predominantly SW winds. Generally strong

and persistent winds prevail.

North-East

monsoon Oct-Nov

Characterised by predominantly NE winds. Fair weather with

variable winds.

Winter Dec-Feb Cool season of the year

Cyclonic storms/depressions do occur in Maharashtra state mainly due to disturbances

occurring in Bay of Bengal and partly due to disturbances occurring in Arabian Sea.

However, the impact from these is minimal.

In order to analyze the past meteorological data near to the proposed project site, data

from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Solapur Station is considered. The

selected stations are located within the project site and the data collected for a period of

30 years (1981 – 2010). The meteorological data summary for the same period is given

in Table 6.3.




65

Table 6. 3: Comparison of Mean Monthly Meteorological Parameters for IMD, Solapur Station

(1981– 2010)

Month

Temperature

(0C)

Relative

Humidity

(%)

Wind

Speed

(Km/hr)

Wind Direction

(Degrees) Rainfall

(mm)

Max Min Max Min Mean Predomina

nt

Calm

(%)

January 30.9 16.0 54 32 7.6 SE, NE 19.5 2.2

February 34.0 18.0 44 25 7.6 NE, SE 19.0 4.6

March 37.4 21.6 39 22 7.7 NE, SE 16.5 3.8

April 39.7 24.8 45 24 8.9 NE, SE 12.5 11.2

May 40.1 25.3 56 28 11.0 SW, NW 7.5 36.9

June 35.0 23.4 75 51 11.3 W, NW 5.0 111.5

July 31.7 22.4 81 63 11.3 W, NW 6.5 138.8

August 31.0 21.9 82 62 10.2 W, NW 5.5 137.3

Septembe

r

31.8 21.6 80 58 8.5 W, NW 10.5 179.8

October 32.5 20.9 68 46 8.1 NE, N 13.5 97.4

November 31.0 17.9 60 38 8.8 NE, SE 13.5 23.2

December 30.0 15.5 58 36 7.9 SE, NE 16.0 4.8

Source: IMD, Hyderabad

Temperature

Mean temperature of the area is 15.5ºC minimum and 40.1ºC maximum. During winter,

temperature varies between 15.5ºC and 34.0ºC, in summer 21.6ºC and 40.1ºC, and in

autumn (post-monsoon) 17.9ºC and 32.5ºC.

Relative Humidity

The yearly mean humidity of the area is varying from 22 – 82%. Variation in winter as

from 25 to 58% in summer from 22 to 56% and in autumn 38% to 68%. The humidity

figure shows that area is semi-arid.




66

Wind Speed

Wind speed normally is in the range of 7.6 to 11.3 Km/hr in the project area and wind

speed range was high during May, June, July and August due to frequent dust storms

Wind Direction

As per IMD data, the predominant wind direction is towards NE, W, NW. Following are

the season wise predominant wind directions during winter – Southeasterly, summer –

Northeasterly and in post monsoon season – Northeasterly. Windrose Diagrams of

Solapur for the period 1981-2010 is shown in Figure 6.2.

Rainfall

The rainfall in this region, in general increases from the south-west towards the north

east.

The maximum annual rainfall is received during the south-west monsoon season. July &

August are being the peak rainy months. The cold weather commences towards the end

of November when the temperature begins to fall rapidly.

Cloudiness

In the south-west monsoon season and for brief spells of a day or two in winters in

association with passing western disturbances, heavily clouded or overcast skies

generally prevail. The skies are mostly clear or lightly clouded during rest of the year.




67

Figure 6.2: Windrose Diagrams, Solapur (1981-2010)




68

On Site Meteorological Conditions

As a part of the EIA study, an automatic weather station at Jevargj has been installed

and monitored for the months of December – February 2021. The micro-meteorological

parameters observed are Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind speed, Wind direction

and Rainfall. The summary of meteorological conditions observed is presented in Table

6.4.

Table 6.4: On-site meteorological conditions

Parameter Jevargi

Max Min

Temperature, 0C 32.8 17.7

Relative Humidity, % 70 35

Wind Speed, Km/hr. 10.8 2.5

Wind Direction, degrees Southeasterly, Southwesterly

and Calm: 4.2%

Rainfall (mm) 18.0

The following observations are made from the generated micro-meteorological for project

area:

Temperature: Maximum 32.8 0C and Minimum 17.7 0C

Relative Humidity: Maximum 70%, Minimum 35%

Mean wind speed observed as 2.5 Km/hr with a maximum of 10.8 Km/hr.

The predominant wind directions are Northeasterly and Southeasterly

Micro-meteorological station gives climatological condition of the study area by recording

temperature, relative humidity, wind direction, wind speed and rainfall data. The station

was installed at Jevargi and data recorded for Winter Season for three months

(December 2020 to February 2021). The location map of weather station and Windrose

Diagram generated during the study at Jevargi are shown in Figure 6.3. Micro-

meteorological location details and photographs are given in Table 6.5 and Figure 6.4

respectively.

Table 6.5: Micro-meteorological location

Location Code Location Latitude and Longitude

MM Jevargi 17° 0'33.28"N 76°46'23.36"E




69

Figure 6.3: Location Map of Weather Station and Windrose Diagram generated during the study at

Jevargi




70

MM Data - Jevargi- 1 MM Data - Jevargi

Figure 6.4: Photographs of Micro-meteorological station

6.2.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Six (06) ambient air quality monitoring stations were identified & installed in Akkalkot -

KN/TS Border project corridor and details of those locations are given below in Table 6.6.

Photograph of monitoring locations is given in Figure 6.5. The criteria followed for the

selection of air quality monitoring station is recommended by IS: 5182 and CPCB.

Site selection criteria:

Monitoring location should be representative of whole area i.e. data generated

from the site reflects the concentrations of various pollutants and their variations

in that area.

Public buildings like schools, laboratories, police stations, hospitals, municipal and

government offices are more suitable because of the easy accessibility and

security.

Monitoring site should be sufficiently away from direct emission sources and other

interferences (inlet should be atleast 15 m away from source/traffic).

Distance of the sampler to any air flow obstacle like buildings or trees must be

more than two times the height of the obstacle above the sampler.

The instrument must be located in a place where free flow of air is available. The

instrument should not be located in a confined place, corner or a balcony.

Monitoring stations should be located in areas that are downwind from the

pollution sources.

Height of the inlet should be > 3 m (preferably 3-10 m) to protect the sampling

intake from vandalism.

Elevation angle should be less than 30 degree from inlet to top of the building.




71

Sampling criteria:

The sampling equipment to be used for air sampling will consists of a standard

impinger of 35 ml capacity, 22 cm in length and 2.6 cm wide.

Place around 30 ml of absorbing media and ice should be kept in the sampling tray

during sampling to avoid evaporation loss and for better absorption.

Distilled water must be used in manometer tube and water must be changed every

two weeks and zero level must be checked every time.

Air flow rate should be between 0.1 to 2 L/min (sampling rate which gives

minimum of evaporation is recommended).

Duration of sampling – 6×4 hourly samples per day (exact period shall vary with

the purpose of sampling programme and expected concentration of pollutant).

The interval between sample collection and analysis should be as short as possible

to protect the samples from light and heat.

Gaseous samples must be preserved properly in an ice box or refrigerator (below

5°C) prior to analysis.

Before analysis of sample, replace any water lost by evaporation during sampling

by adding distilled water.

Table 6.6: Ambient air quality monitoring locations

Location

Code Location Latitude and Longitude

AAQ -1 Badiyal 16°29'30.52"N, 77°16'33.68"E

AAQ -2 Sirwal 16°48'35.17"N, 76°53'15.18"E

AAQ -3 Jevargi 17° 0'33.28"N, 76°46'23.36"E

AAQ -4 Banderwad 17°10'41.75"N, 76°34'58.71"E

AAQ -5 Dudhani 17°21'32.74"N, 76°22'9.61"E

AAQ -6 Akkalkot 17°31'26.85"N, 76°12'17.84"E




72

Figure 6.5: Ambient air quality monitoring locations

6.2.3 Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Data Ambient air quality of the project corridor was assessed by collecting air data for 24

hours twice in a week from December 2020 to February 2021 as per national guidelines.

Fine Dust Sampler (FDS) was used for ambient air sampling of selected parameters.

Ambient air quality was monitored for the presence of contaminants existing in air i.e.,

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5) and

Carbon Monoxide (CO). This data was used not only to evaluate the air quality of the

study region but also as the basis to develop programs aiming at preventing the spread

of pollutants, which can harm human health and environment. The analysis of the

selected parameters was done based on the methods given in IS: 5182. The existing

baseline levels obtained during the study period at 5 monitored locations are presented

in Table 6.7. The recorded concentrations are compared with the national ambient air

quality standards as notified on 16.11.2009 by MoEF&CC. The Ambient Air quality

analysis report is included in this report as Annexure – II.

Table 6.7: Ambient air quality in the project area

Location code Result CPCB

standard Avg. Max. Min. 75th percentile 98th Percentile

PM 10 (µg/m3)

AAQ-1 48.2 55.3 38.4 51.9 54.8 100

AAQ-2 44.6 51.4 35.6 47.9 50.8 100

AAQ-3 57.4 65.8 48.8 61.4 65.6 100




73

Location code Result CPCB

standard Avg. Max. Min. 75th percentile 98th Percentile

AAQ-4 39.5 45.3 33.6 42.3 45.1 100

AAQ-5 49.0 56.2 41.7 52.4 55.9 100

AAQ-6 72.5 83.2 61.7 77.5 82.8 100

PM 2.5 (µg/m3)

AAQ-1 26.60 30.70 21.20 28.7 30.3

60

AAQ-2 24.6 28.4 19.6 26.6 28.0 60

AAQ-3 31 34.7 24.6 33.0 34.7 60

AAQ-4 21.3 23.9 16.9 22.7 23.9 60

AAQ-5 26.4 29.6 21 28.1 29.6 60

AAQ-6 39.1 43.8 31.1 41.5 43.8 60

SO2 (µg/m3)

AAQ-1 6 7.8 4.5 6.9 7.6 80

AAQ-2 5 6 4.1 5.4 5.8 80

AAQ-3 7.2 9.1 5.5 7.9 8.8 80

AAQ-4 5 6 4.3 5.4 6.0 80

AAQ-5 5.4 6.7 4.1 6.0 6.5 80

AAQ-6 8.4 10.6 6.3 9.2 10.2 80

NO2 (µg/m3)

AAQ-1 13.9 16 11.4 14.8 15.8 80

AAQ-2 10.8 12.3 8.8 11.5 12.3 80

AAQ-3 17 19.7 14.5 18.2 19.3 80

AAQ-4 11.2 12.9 9.5 11.9 12.6 80

AAQ-5 12.5 14.4 10.6 13.3 14.1 80

AAQ-6 19.8 22.8 16.7 21.0 22.3 80

CO (mg/m3)

AAQ-1 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 4

AAQ-2 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 4

AAQ-3 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 4

AAQ-4 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 4

AAQ-5 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 4

AAQ-6 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 4

CO: 1 hourly monitored data, PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NO2: 24 hourly monitored data

As can be seen from the above Table 21:

Respirable Suspended Particle (PM10) values were observed in the range of 33.6-

83.2 µg/m3 as against the CPCB standard of 100 µg/m3 for residential / industrial / rural /

areas other than ecologically sensitive areas. The values were found to be well below the

stipulated limit in all monitoring locations. The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot

(AAQ 6) and minimum value at Banderwad (AAQ 4).




74

Fine Suspended Particle (PM2.5) values were found in the range of 16.9-33.8 µg/m3

as against the CPCB standard of 60 µg/m3 for residential/industrial/rural/areas other than

ecologically sensitive areas. All the values were found to be well below the stipulated

limit in all monitoring locations. The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot (AAQ 6)

and minimum value at Banderwad (AAQ 4).

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) values were observed in the range of 4.1-10.6 µg/m3 as

against the CPCB standard of 80 µg/m3 for residential/industrial/rural/areas other than

ecologically sensitive areas. The values were found to be well below the stipulated limit in

all monitoring locations. The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot (AAQ 6) and

minimum values at Sirwal (AAQ 2) and Dudhani (AAQ 5).

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) values were observed in the range of 8.8-22.8 µg/m3 as

against the CPCB standard of 80 µg/m3 for residential/industrial/rural/areas other than

ecologically sensitive areas. The values were found to be well below the stipulated limit in

all monitoring locations. The maximum value was recorded at Akkalkot (AAQ 6) and

minimum value at Sirwal (AAQ 2).

Carbon Monoxide (CO) levels were observed below 1.0 mg/m3 all monitoring

stations as against the CPCB standard of 4 mg/m3 for residential/industrial/rural/areas

other than ecologically sensitive areas. The values were found to be well below the

stipulated limit in all monitoring locations.

As a whole, gaseous pollutant concentrations at all monitoring locations are well below

the National Ambient Air Quality standards for the study period. In general, the ambient

air quality of the study region is satisfactory. The construction of the road will be having

substantial economic benefits in improving accessibility, reduced journey time & ease the

vehicle movement, which may lead to reduction in the pollution levels. The photographs

of the Ambient Air Quality for the 6 locations are given in Figure 6.6. The graphs showing

concentrations of PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, and NO2 are shown in Figure 6.7 - Figure 6.10.




75

AAQ -1 Badiyal AAQ -2 Sirwal

AAQ - 3 Jevargi AAQ-4 Banderwad




76

AAQ - 5 Dudhani AAQ - 6 Akkalkot

Figure 6.6: Photographs showing the AAQ Monitoring Locations

Figure 6.7: Graph showing PM10 concentration in the study area




77

Figure 6.8: Graph showing PM2.5 concentration in the study area

Figure 6.9: Graph showing SO2 concentration in the study area




78

Figure 6.10: Graph showing NO2 concentration in the study area

6.3 Noise Environment

Keeping in view of the proposed improvement and widening project, field monitoring was

carried out at twenty-five (25) noise monitoring locations. The locations were selected

based on land use pattern, traffic intersections and diversions along the existing

alignment. Precision integrated sound level meter having statistical unit with digital

display would be using for 24-hour noise level monitoring in the present study. The noise

quality monitoring would be planned and executed as per protocol for ambient level noise

monitoring. Noise levels are recorded as Leq day and Leq night. Noise level monitoring

locations are presented in Table 6.8 and Noise levels recorded i.e., Leq day, Leq night, at

all locations are presented in Table 6.9. The noise level monitoring locations are shown in

Figure 6.11.

Table 6.8: Ambient Noise Level monitoring locations


NQ-1 Near to Badiyal 16°29'31.57"N, 77°16'40.10"E

NQ-2 Near to Mungal 16°31'37.34"N, 77°15'23.65"E

NQ-3 Near to Belgunda village 16°33'7.40"N, 77°13'17.87"E

NQ-4 Near to Sawoor village 16°36'25.07"N, 77°12'8.90"E

NQ-5 Near to Kumnoor village 16°37'24.67"N, 77°10'13.64"E

NQ-6 Wadgera Road, Near to Halgera village

16°38'21.86"N, 77° 6'54.89"E




79


NQ-7 Near to Malhalli village 16°40'36.84"N, 77° 3'55.98"E

NQ-8 Near to Naikal village 16°43'26.22"N, 77° 3'55.08"E

NQ-9 Near to Khanapur village, SH-15 16°42'41.26"N, 77° 0'48.34"E

NQ-10 Near to Karangi village 16°43'52.91"N, 77° 0'15.50"E

NQ-11 Near to Ibrahimpur Road 16°46'3.92"N, 76°57'29.84"E

NQ-12 Near to Sirwal village 16°48'29.09"N, 76°53'13.65"E

NQ-13 Near to Ganwar village 16°54'29.97"N, 76°49'23.10"E

NQ-14 Near to Srirangapatna – Jevargi

Road, NH/SH -19 16°58'52.01"N, 76°46'19.80"E

NQ-15 Near to Herur B 17° 5'30.21"N, 76°40'5.72"E

NQ-16 Near to Jogur 17° 7'20.27"N, 76°38'8.09"E

NQ-17 Near to Huvinhalli 17°10'6.21"N, 76°36'27.63"E

NQ-18 Near to Banderwad 17°10'45.16"N, 76°35'1.64"E

NQ-19 Near to Chowdapur 17°12'43.84"N, 76°32'44.50"E

NQ-20 NH 34 – Near to Bhognalli-Sindhoor Road

17°14'45.98"N, 76°29'48.17"E

NQ-21 Near to Badadal 17°18'52.31"N, 76°24'57.16"E

NQ-22 Near to Mhetre Bhognalli-Ravoor-Dudhani Road

17°21'0.74"N, 76°23'43.93"E

NQ-23 Near to Dudhani 17°21'44.33"N, 76°22'53.46"E

NQ-24 Cross Road -Near to Maindargi village

17°27'20.57"N, 76°18'1.23"E

NQ-25 Near Rampur – Main Road 17°30'45.88"N, 76°13'22.14"E




80

Figure 6.11: Ambient Noise Level monitoring locations

Table 6.9: Ambient Noise Levels in Study Area

Location Code

Leq day dB(A)

Leq night dB(A)

Standard in dB(A) for day and night

NQ-1 57.6 43.8 65 & 55

NQ-2 56.3 42.9 65 & 55

NQ-3 55.3 42.1 65 & 55

NQ-4 57.1 42.9 65 & 55

NQ-5 56.3 43.8 65 & 55

NQ-6 58.3 43.8 65 & 55

NQ-7 56.9 42.1 65 & 55

NQ-8 55.1 42.4 65 & 55

NQ-9 58.1 43 65 & 55

NQ-10 56.3 43.3 65 & 55

NQ-11 53.6 39.7 65 & 55

NQ-12 58.1 43 65 & 55

NQ-13 56.3 43.3 65 & 55

NQ-14 49.5 36.7 65 & 55

NQ-15 57.4 44.2 65 & 55




81

Location Code

Leq day dB(A)

Leq night dB(A)

Standard in dB(A) for day and night

NQ-16 59.3 43.8 65 & 55

NQ-17 59.3 43.8 65 & 55

NQ-18 57.4 44.2 65 & 55

NQ-19 60.5 44.7 65 & 55

NQ-20 58.6 45.1 65 & 55

NQ-21 50.6 37.5 65 & 55

NQ-22 56.4 41.7 65 & 55

NQ-23 54.6 42 65 & 55

NQ-24 57.5 42.6 65 & 55

NQ-25 55.7 42.9 65 & 55

6.3.1 Analysis of Noise Data The daytime noise levels were observed to be in the range of 49.5 –60.5 dB (A).

Maximum noise level of 60.5 dB(A) was observed near to Chowdapur (NQ 19) and

minimum level of 49.5 dB(A) was observed Near to Srirangapatna – Jevargi Road, NH/SH

-19 (NQ 14). Both are commercial areas and all daytime noise values are well below the

limit (65 dB(A)) given by Noise Pollution (Control and Regulation) Rules, 2000.

The nighttime noise levels were observed to be in the range of 36.7 – 45.1 dB(A).

Maximum noise level of 45.1 dB(A) was observed at junction on NH 34 – near to

Bhognalli-Sindhoor Road (NQ 20) and minimum level of 36.7 dB(A) was observed near to

Srirangapatna – Jevargi Road, NH/SH -19 (NQ 14). Both are commercial areas and all

night time noise values are well below the limit (55 dB(A)) given by Noise Pollution

(Control and Regulation) Rules 2000.

At most of the locations, noise levels are found to be well below the National Ambient

Noise Level Standards for daytime & night time according to the category of the

monitoring location. The photographs showing the noise quality monitoring locations are

presented in Figure 6.12. Graph of equivalent noise levels at all locations is given below

in Figure 6.13. The Ambient Noise quality report is included in this report as Annexure –

II.




82

N1 Near to Kumnoor village N2 Wadgera Road N3 - Near to Belgunda village

N7-Near to Malhalli N8 -Near to Naikal N9 - Near to Khanapur

N10 - Near to Karangi village N11 -Near to Ibrahimpur N12 Near to Sirwal village




83

N13 - Near to Ganwar village N16 Near to Jogur N17 - Near to Huvinhalli

N 20-NH-34 Near Bhognalli N 22-Near to Mhetre Bhognalli N23 Near to Dudhani

Figure 6.12: Photographs Showing the Noise Quality Monitoring Locations




84

Figure 6.13: Ambient Noise Levels in Study Area

6.3.2 National Ambient Noise Level Standards

The CPCB has specified ambient noise levels for different land use for day and night time.

Importance was given to the timing of exposure and areas designated as sensitive. The

national ambient noise level standards are given below in Table 6.10.

Table 6.10: National Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Code Category Noise Level Limits *dB(A)

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial 75 70

B Commercial 65 55

C Residential 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 40

Note: 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.

2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.

3. Silence zone is defined as an area comprising not less than 100 meters around

hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are zones, which are

declared as such by the competent authority.

4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned

categories by the competent authority.

*dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale

A which is relatable to human hearing.

A “decibel” is a unit in which noise is measured.

“A” in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and

corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear.




85

[Reference: The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules published in Gazette of

India vide number S.O.123(E), dated 14th February 2000]

6.4 Water Environment

Selected physico-chemical and biological indicators of pollution have been used for

describing the baseline status of water environment. Generation of baseline data for

water quality covers sources of ground and surface water. Assessment of water quality in

the study area includes:

Surface Water Quality (IS: 2296)

Ground Water Quality (IS: 10500)

6.4.1 Surface Water Quality During the preliminary assessment, nine (09) surface water sampling locations were

identified for assessing the water quality. These monitoring locations were identified by

considering proximity to the project site, their activities and depending upon its utility by

the people in the region. Table 6.11 presents surface water quality parameter values and

Table 6.12 represents the analysis results of various physico-chemical and biological

parameters. The surface water sampling locations are presented in Figure 6.14.

Table 6.11: Surface water sampling locations


SW-1 Bidrani 16°45'50.81"N, 76°57'0.06"E

SW-2 Sirwal 16°48'48.37"N, 76°53'16.97"E

SW-3 Jevargi 17° 0'46.05"N, 76°46'13.96"E

SW-4 Sannati 16°49'39.49"N, 76°54'21.69"E

SW-5 Harwal 17° 3'43.39"N, 76°41'13.79"E

SW-6 Mirajgi 17°28'40.85"N, 76°15'4.69"E

SW-7 Lingera 16°38'19.50"N, 77°10'4.60"E

SW-8 Khanpur 16°42'24.19"N, 77° 0'49.39"E

SW-9 Near Badiyal (Gudur) 16°28'49.46"N, 77°14'45.25"E




86

Figure 6.14: Surface water sampling locations


Environmental Impact

Assessment and Environment Management Plan

87

Table 6.12: Surface water quality status in the project area

Sl. No

Parameter Units Method SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8 SW-9

1 pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983 7.6 7.7 7.52 7.68 7.56 7.42 7.6 7.66 7.98

2 Color Hazen IS:3025 (Part 4) 1983 30 100 20 50 50 10 30 50 10

3 Conductivity at 25 oC µS/cm IS:3025 (Part 14)1984 952 652 547 694 1042 1542 695 700 437

4 Turbidity (NTU) NTU IS 3025 (Part 10) 1984 68.3 42.4 25.2 30.4 28.3 15.6 22.4 15.4 4.6

5 Total Dissolve solids mg/L IS:3025 (Part 16) 1984 656 450 377 478 718 1064 480 483 302

6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 21) 2009 240 170 120 150 250 390 160 160 110

7 Total Alkalinity mg/L IS 3025 (Part 23) 1986 260 140 100 110 210 270 110 140 60

8 Calcium as Ca mg/L IS 3025 (Part 40) 1991 48 36 28 36 56 96 40 40 24

9 Magnesium as Mg mg/L IS 3025 (Part 46) 1994 28.8 19.2 12 14.4 26.4 36 14.4 14.4 12

10 Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984 120 65 50 70 115 200 75 80 45

11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 34 78.6 87.4 117 120.9 184 108.8 77.5 70.7

12 Fluorides as F- mg/L IS 3025 (Part 60) 2008 0.35 0.28 0.3 0.29 0.29 0.3 0.36 0.32 0.22

13 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 34) 1988 6.6 7.2 7 9.7 13.8 16.7 11 9.7 12.9

14 Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 104 68 66.5 86 119.4 168.8 80 82.1 43.9

15 Potassium as K mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 2.7 2.3 2.7 3.1 3.7 4.7 4.5 3.7 4.3

16 Iron as Fe mg/L IS 3025 (Part 53) 2014 0.1 0.12 0.08 0.1 0.14 0.18 0.12 0.16 0.12

17 Zinc as Zn mg/L IS 3025 (Part 49) 1994 0.074 0.06 0.032 0.044 0.092 0.104 0.052 0.044 0.036

18 Chemical Oxygen

Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006 10 20 <02 10 <02 <02 20 10 <02

19 Silica as SiO2 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 35) 1988 5.3 6.3 6 8.2 9.4 10.4 7.9 7 8.8




88

Sl. No

Parameter Units Method SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8 SW-9

20 Temperature at site oC IS 3025 (Part 9) 1984 26.4 27.2 26.8 27.4 27.8 26.9 26.8 27.2 26.2

21 Total Suspended Solids mg/L IS 3025 (Part 17) - 1984 28.4 22.4 14 16.4 13.2 10.2 8.4 15.4 2.4

22 Ammoniacal Nitrogen as

N mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 0.14 0.28 0.2 0.22 0.2 0.24 0.42 0.32 0.14

23 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 1.04 0.62 0.48 0.94 1.12 0.92 1.24 1.04 0.28

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L IS 3025 (Part 38) 1989 4.3 4 4.8 4.4 4.8 4.9 4.8 4.2 4.4

25 Biochemical oxygen

Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) 1993 <01 6 <01 4 <01 <01 6 3 <01

26 Phosphate as PO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

27 Oil & grease mg/L IS 3025 (Part 39) 1991 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

28 Phenolic Compounds mg/L IS 3025 (Part 43) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

29 Boron as B mg/L IS 3025:(Part-57) 2005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

30 Lead as Pb mg/L IS 3025 (Part 47) 1994 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

31 Arsenic as As mg/L IS 3025 (Part-37) 1988 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

32 Mercury as Hg mg/L IS 3025(Part-48) 1994 <0.0001 <0.000

1 <0.000

1 <0.000

1 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001

33 Cadmium as Cd mg/L IS 3025 (Part 41) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

34 Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 23rd Ed 3111-B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

35 Total Chromium mg/L IS 3025 (Part 52) 2003 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

36 Copper as Cu mg/L IS 3025 (Part 42) 1992 0.033 0.02 0.018 0.026 0.038 0.102 0.066 0.092 0.042

37 Coliform MPN/

100 ml APHA 23rd Ed 9221 B 540 920 180 350 220 140 920 180 350

38 Faecal Coliforms MPN/

100 ml APHA 23rd Ed 9221 B 140 220 63 170 49 31 280 26 46


Environmental


Management Plan

89

Analysis of Surface Water Samples:

The surface water collected from various sources were analysed for physico-

chemical and biological parameters. The results are compared with BIS: 2296

Class C Limit (Drinking water source after conventional treatment). The analysis

report of surface water samples is included in this report as Annexure – II. The

detailed description of sample analysis is given as below:

pH values are varying between 7.42 to 7.98 which are well within the Class

C limits of 6.5-8.5 in all surface water samples. Colour of water is varying

between 10 – 100 Hazen units, which is well below the Class C limit of 300

Hazen.

Total Hardness (TH) values are varying between 120-390 mg/L. The

contribution of calcium is more than magnesium to Total Hardness in all

samples, which is reflected clearly in calcium and magnesium

concentrations (Calcium values are varying between 24 – 96 mg/L and

Magnesium between 12 – 36 mg/L).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentrations are varying from 302 mg/L to

1064 mg/L which are well below the Class C limit concentration of 1500

mg/L.

BOD concentrations are varying from <1.0 mg/L to 6 mg/L. Samples at SW

2, SW 4 & SW 7 are showing BOD values slightly higher than the Class C

limit of 3 mg/L. Higher BOD values may be due to the intrusion of domestic

waste water into the surface water body.

Dissolved Oxygen (DO) in the samples are varying from 4.0 mg/L to 4.9

mg/L which are above the minimum requirement of 4 mg/L, shows

sustainability of aquatic life in the lakes/ponds/streams.

Chlorides concentrations are varying from 45 mg/L to 200 mg/L and well

below the Class C limit of 600 mg/L.

Sulphate values are varying from 34 mg/L to 184 mg/L and well below the

Class C limit of 400 mg/L.

Nitrate concentrations are varying from 6.6 mg/L to 16.7 mg/L and values

are well below the Class C limit of 50 mg/L.

Fluoride values are observed between 0.22 – 0.36 mg/L and well below the

Class C limit of 1.5 mg/L.


Environmental


Management Plan

90

Concentrations of trace metals like Fe, Zn, As, Cr, Cd etc., are found to be well

below the Class C limits.

Overall, surface water quality is found to be satisfactory. The Photographs of

surface water quality sampling locations are given in Figure 6.15. The graphs

showing BOD, DO, Chloride, Sulphate, Fluoride, Nitrate, TDS and pH values in the

study region are presented in Figure 6.16 - Figure 6.23.

SW - 3 Pond near to Bidrani SW - 11 Pond near to Naikal

Figure 6.15: Photographs Showing the Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations

Figure 6.16: Graph showing BOD concentrations of surface water samples in the study area


Environmental


Management Plan

91

Figure 6.17: Graph showing DO concentrations of surface water samples in the study area

Figure 6.18: Graph showing Chloride concentrations of surface water samples in the study

area

Figure 6.19: Graph showing Sulphate concentrations of surface water samples in the

study area


Environmental


Management Plan

92

Figure 6.20: Graph showing Fluoride concentrations of surface water samples in the study

area

Figure 6.21: Graph showing Nitrate concentrations of surface water samples in the study

area


samples in the study area


Environmental


Management Plan

93

Figure 6.23: Graph showing pH Values at 25OC of Surface water samples in the study area

6.4.2 Ground Water Quality Groundwater is one of the main sources of water in the project corridor for

domestic, commercial and other irrigation use hence the rate of extraction of

ground water is at a massive scale. For assessing the ground water quality in the

study area, eight (08) sampling locations were identified (bore wells/dug wells) as

shown in Figure 23. Selection of samples considered as per the utilization of the

people along the proposed widening and improvement project. Ground water

quality sampling locations and analysis data are given in Table 6.13 and Table

6.24 respectively. The ground water samples analysis report is included in this

report as Annexure – II.

Table 6.13: Ground water sampling Locations


GW-1 Badiyal 16°29'30.97"N, 77°16'29.75"E

GW-2 Sirwal 16°48'37.08"N, 76°53'11.54"E

GW-3 Jevargi 17° 0'40.93"N, 76°46'31.12"E

GW-4 Banderwad 17°10'41.62"N, 76°35'1.00"E

GW-5 Dudhani 17°21'37.64"N, 76°22'24.97"E

GW-6 Akkalkot 17°31'37.84"N, 76°12'9.24"E

GW-7 Hursgundgi 16°47'24.56"N, 76°57'21.62"E

GW-8 Ganwar 16°54'23.36"N, 76°49'20.08"E


Environmental


Management Plan

94

Figure 6.24: Ground water sampling locations




95

Table 6.14: Ground water quality status in the project area

Parameter Unit Method Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8

pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983

6.5 – 8.5

NR 7.65 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.98 8 7.65 7.1

Color Hazen IS:3025 (Part 4) 1983

5 15 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01

Odor - IS:3025 (Part 5) 1983

A A A A A A A A A A

Conductivity at 25 oC

µS/cm IS:3025 (Part 14)1984

-- -- 582 1512 1312 605 422 412 582 410

Turbidity (NTU) NTU IS 3025 (Part

10) 1984 1 5

1.45 1.36 1.88 1.22 1.66 1.8 1.66 1.3

Total Dissolve solids mg/L IS:3025 (Part 16) 1984

500 2000 402 1043 906 418 290 284 402 280

Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L IS 3025 (Part 21) 2009

200 600 140 390 330 130 110 110 160 110

Total Alkalinity mg/L IS 3025 (Part 23) 1986

200 600 140 250 220 130 60 80 140 90

Calcium as Ca mg/L IS 3025 (Part 40) 1991

75 200 32 84 84 32 28 28 36 24

Magnesium as Mg mg/L IS 3025 (Part 46) 1994

30 100 14.4 43.2 28.8 12 9.6 9.6 16.8 12

Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984

250 1000 60 220 180 60 40 50 60 45

Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986

200 400 56.1 175.2 160.7 73.4 61.6 43.7 62.3 38




96


Permissible

Limit


Fluorides as F- mg/L IS 3025 (Part

60) 2008 1 1.5

0.34 0.4 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.36 0.4 0.3

Nitrates as NO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 34) 1988

45 NR 4.4 7.9 8.8 6.6 6 5.6 7 6.1

Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993

-- -- 66 162.6 144.6 5.9 43.4 40.9 56.1 39.7

Potassium as K mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993

-- -- 2.1 4.1 3.7 2.14 1.7 2 2.7 2

Iron as Fe mg/L IS 3025 (Part 53) 2014

0.3 NR 0.12 0.22 0.24 0.14 0.12 0.14 0.08 0.06

Zinc as Zn mg/L IS 3025 (Part 49) 1994

5 15 0.086 0.108 0.14 0.044 0.036 0.024 0.044 0.018

Chemical Oxygen Demand

mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006

-- -- <02 <02 <02 <02 <02 <02 <02 <02

Silica as SiO2 mg/L IS 3025 (Part

35) 1988 -- --

3.2 6.2 7.2 5.2 4 4.2 6.2 4.9

Temperature at site oC IS 3025 (Part 9) 1984

-- -- 25.6 26 25.6 26.6 26.8 27.1 25.9 26.3

Total Suspended Solids

mg/L IS 3025 (Part 17) - 1984

-- -- <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01

Ammoniacal Nitrogen as N

mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988

-- -- <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen

mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988

-- -- <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Dissolved Oxygen mg/L IS 3025 (Part 38) 1989

-- -- <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2




97


Permissible

Limit


Bio chemical oxygen

Demand mg/L

IS 3025 (Part

44) 1993 -- --

<01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01

Phosphate as PO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988

-- -- <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

Oil & grease mg/L IS 3025 (Part 39) 1991

-- -- <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Phenolic Compounds mg/L IS 3025 (Part 43) 1992

0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Boron as B mg/L IS 3025:(Part-

57) 2005 0.5 1

<0.02 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Lead as Pb mg/L IS 3025 (Part 47) 1994

0.01 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Arsenic as As mg/L IS 3025 (Part-37) 1988

0.01 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Mercury as Hg mg/L IS 3025(Part-48) 1994

0.001 NR <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001

<0.0001

<0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001

Cadmium as Cd mg/L IS 3025 (Part 41) 1992

0.003 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 23rd Ed 3111-B

0.1 0.3 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Total Chromium mg/L IS 3025 (Part

52) 2003 0.05 NR

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Copper as Cu mg/L IS 3025 (Part 42) 1992

0.05 1.5 0.014 0.036 0.044 0.014 0.02 0.044 0.062 0.012




98


Permissible

Limit


Total Plate Count CFU/ml IS: 5402:2012 -- -- ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Coliform CFU/100ml IS 15185: 2016 Must not be

detected

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Faecal Coliforms MPN/100 IS 1622: 1981 -- -- <02 <02 <02 <02 <02 <02 <02 <02

*A: Agreeable; U: Unobjectionable; SR: No Relaxation; ND: Not Detected


Environmental


Management Plan

99

Ground Water Quality Analysis: Ground water samples collected from various sources were analysed for physico-

chemical and biological parameters. The results are compared with BIS: 10500

Drinking Water Standards. The detailed description of analysis is given below:

pH values are varying between 7.1 to 8.0 which are well within the desirable

limit of 6.5-8.5. Odour of all samples are found to be un-objectionable. Colour

of all samples are less than 1 Hazen (desirable and permissible limit of colour

are 5 & 15 Hazen).

Total Hardness (TH) values are observed to be varying between 110 mg/L –

390 mg/L. Desirable and permissible limit of Total Hardness are 200 mg/L &

600 mg/L respectively. Samples at GW 2 and GW 3 are showing Total Hardness

values greater than the Desirable limit of 200 mg/L (rest of the samples are

well within desirable limits) and well within permissible value of 600 mg/L.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) values are observed to be varying between 280

mg/L to 1043 mg/L. Desirable and permissible limit of TDS are 500 mg/L &

2000 mg/L respectively. All samples are showing TDS values well below the

permissible limit. Samples at GW 2 and GW 3 are showing TDS values greater

than the Desirable limit of 500 mg/L (rest of the samples are well within

desirable limits) and well within permissible value of 2000 mg/L.

Dissolved Iron values are observed to be varying between 0.06 – 0.24 mg/L.

Desirable limit of Dissolved Iron is 0.3 mg/L. All sample values are well below

the desirable limit.

Data on trace metal concentrations are found to be well below the desirable

limit.

The ground water quality in the study area is satisfactory as compared with BIS:

10500 standards. The water can be used for domestic, commercial and agriculture

purposes. It can also be used for drinking purpose after subjecting to relevant

treatment. The photographs showing the GW sampling locations are presented in

Figure 6.25. Graphs showing the concentrations of Total Hardness, Total Dissolved

Solids and pH are shown in Figure 6.26 to Figure 6.28.


Environmental


Management Plan

100

GW - 1 Badiyal GW - 3 Jevargi

GW - 4 Banderwad GW - 5 Dudhani

GW - 6 Akkalkot

Figure 6.25: Photographs Showing the GW Sampling Locations


Environmental


Management Plan

101

Figure 6.26: Graph showing Total Hardness CaCO3 concentrations of surface water samples in the study area

Figure 6.27: Graph showing Total Dissolved Solids concentrations of surface water samples in the study area


Environmental


Management Plan

102

Figure 6.28: Graph showing pH Values at 25OC of Surface water samples in the study area

6.5 Land Environment

6.5.1 Land Use

The land use map was generated from the open source satellite images. The images

were rectified with WGS 84, UTM, Zone 43. Before classification of the satellite image,

initial ground visits were took place with geo-tagged photographs. These photographs

were used as reference during the digital image classification process. A buffer of 10

km was generated on both sides of the proposed alignment. Overall land use/land

cover statistics of the project corridor is given below in Table 6.15. The photographs

of Land Use Pattern along the Proposed Road is presented in Figure 6.29

Table 6.15: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics


Agricultural land 186.86 92.00

Barren Land 10.16 5.00

Water body 1.22 0.60

roads 1.01 0.50

quarries 3.85 1.90


Environmental


Management Plan

103

Figure 6.29: Land Use Pattern along the Proposed Road

6.5.2 Soil Quality

The soil samples of different area along the project stretch would be collected from six

(06) locations near agricultural areas for assessing the physic-chemical characteristics

of the soil in the project area which are indicated in Table 6.16 and locations are

shown in Figure 6.30. The quality parameters will include pH, electrical conductivity,

sand, silt, clay, texture, moisture retention capacity, infiltration rate, bulk density,

porosity, organic matter, Nitrogen, potassium, phosphorous, iron and organic carbon.

The activities around the sampling sites were also taken into consideration to

understand the sources of pollution if any. Meticulous attention was paid to collect

adequate amount of composite soil samples at three depths for analysis. The samples

were collected and stored in dependable and waterproof containers and marking of

the samples were done accurately. Soil sample analysis results are presented in Table

6.17. The Photographs showing the soil quality monitoring locations are presented in

Figure 6.31. The analysis report of soil samples is included in this report as Annexure

– II.

Table 6.16: Soil quality monitoring locations


S-1 Badiyal 16°29'30.97"N, 77°16'20.42"E

S-2 Sirwal 16°48'22.01"N, 76°53'3.41"E

S-3 Jevargi 16°59'50.22"N, 76°46'18.00"E

S-4 Banderwad 17°10'35.53"N, 76°35'10.32"E

S-5 Dudhani 17°21'17.00"N, 76°22'6.22"E

S-6 Akkalkot 17°31'2.20"N, 76°12'56.51"E


Environmental


Management Plan

104

Figure 6.30: Soil quality monitoring locations




105

Table 6.17: Soil Quality status in the Study Area

Parameter Unit Method S 1 S 2 S 3 S 4 S 5 S 6

Texture --- --- Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay Sandy Clay

Sand % FAO Method 2007 52 54 49 45 48 52

Silt % FAO Method 2007 18 20 18 22 20 20

Clay % FAO Method 2007 30 26 33 33 32 28

pH at 25 oC (1:5 Slurry) - IS 2729(Part 26):1987 7.58 8.15 8.24 8.24 8.35 8.25

Conductivity at 25 oC (1:5 Slurry) µs/cm IS 14767:2000 110 284 324 130 267 198

Bulk Density g/cc FAO Method 2007 1.22 1.66 1.88 1.32 2.42 1.48

Available Nitrogen mg/kg IS 14684: 1999 340 430 450 396 414 430

Available Phosphorus as PO4 mg/kg FAO Method 2007 54 62 58 58 74 68

Available Potassium as K mg/kg FAO Method 2007 214 210 230 174 218 230

Exchangeable Ca meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 12 10.4 10.62 8.12 10.6 12

Exchangeable Mg meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 1.28 1.8 1.92 1.88 2.36 3.02

Exchangeable Na meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 4.12 4.2 5.2 2.3 2.96 3.28

Organic Carbon % FAO Method 2007 4.4 3.68 4.8 3.72 4.6 4.2

Manganese as Mn meq/100gr EPA 3050B – 1996 0.16 0.14 0.18 0.2 0.18 0.14

Zinc as Zn meq/100gr EPA 3050B – 1996 4.22 3.44 4.8 2.4 3.66 2.88

Boron as B meq/100gr USEPA 6010 B Dec.1996 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.14 0.16 0.12

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARATION OF DPR FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC

CORRIDORS, INTER CORRIDORS AND FEEDER ROUTES TO IMPROVE THE EFFI CIENCY OF

FREIGHT MOVEMENT IN INDIA UNDER BHARATMALA PARIYOJANA-LOT-5/PACKAGE- II :

(AKKALKOT-KN/TS BORDER)



106

Soil Quality Analysis:

As we can see from the above table,

Soil along the study area is Sandy Clay in nature.

pH values are varying from 7.58 to 8.35.

If soil’s electrical conductivity (EC) is falling below 1000 micro Siemens, then

soil can be classified as normal soil. EC of the analysed samples are varying

between 110 μS/cm to 324 μS/cm.

Total available Nitrogen in the soil samples are varying between 340 mg/kg to

450 mg/kg. These are found to be average/sufficient requirement for the

plantation.

Total Phosphates in the samples are varying between 54 mg/Kg to 74 mg/Kg,

and are found to be average requirement for the plantation and agricultural

purposes.

Total Potassium in the samples are varying from 174 mg/Kg to 230 mg/Kg and

are found to be sufficient requirement for the plantation and agricultural

purposes.







107

S1 - Badiyal S2 - Sirwal

S3 - Jevargi S4 - Banderwad

S5 – Dudhani S6 - Akkalkot

Figure 6.31: Photographs Showing the Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

Environmental Baseline Map showing all air, water, noise & soil locations are given

below in Figure 6.32.







108

Figure 6.32: Environmental Baseline Map of Akkalkot - KN/TS Border stretch

6.6 Biological Environment

Biodiversity is often taken to refer mainly the diversity of species, especially where

conservation is under discussion. Biotic component comprises of both plant and

animal communities which interact not only within and between them self but also

with abiotic i.e. physical and chemical components of the environment. Generally, a

biological community is being dependent on the environmental conditions and

resources of its location. It may change if there are any major changes in the

environment. A number of variables maintain the homeostasis of the environment

and a change in any one or more of these variables may tend to destabilize the

ecosystem. In such cases the change may be mostly irreversible. Therefore, the

need to assess the changes of the animal and plant resources is primary requisite as

these living things determine the environmental health of any given ecosystem or

environment.

Biological impact assessment generally includes listing of plants and animals present

in core and buffer areas of the project site. The identified species are then checked for

their status according to IUCN list of threatened categories viz., endemic,

endangered, vulnerable, rare, indeterminate and insufficiently known. In certain

cases, it is also considered desirable to conduct vegetation analysis using standard

phyto-sociological methods.

As part of this assignment, a flora and fauna study has been conducted for the project

road. The project corridor starts from NH-150E at Km 99.800 near Rampur village in







109

Maharashtra and ends near Singnodi village in Karnataka. The corridor traverses

through Solapur district of Maharashtra, Kalaburagi (Gulbarga), Yadgir and Raichur

districts in Karnataka. It traverses mostly through plain terrain and agricultural fields.

Based on the secondary data collected from the respective District Forests Officers of

Solapur, Gulbarga, Yadgiri and Raichur Districts, the floral species are given in the

Tables 6.18.

Table 6.18: Floral Species in the Study Area

Botanical Name Family Local Name IUCN Category

Trees

Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae Vagai Not yet assessed

Peltophorum inerme Caesalpinaceae Perunkonnai Not yet assessed

Acacia leucopholea Mimosaceae Vel velam Not yet assessed

Acacia arabica Mimosaceae Karuvelam Not yet assessed

Acacia chundra Mimosaceae Karungali Not yet assessed

Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Vembu Not yet assessed

Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Vilvam Not yet assessed

Cocos nucifera Palmae Tenga Not yet assessed

Anona squamosa Annonaceae Sitaphalam Not yet assessed

Eucolyptus globulus Myrtaceae Karupuramaram Not yet assessed

Artocarpus heterophyllus Moraceae Palaasu Not yet assessed

Borassus flabelliformis Palmae Panei Not yet assessed

Ficus bengalensis Moraceae Al Not yet assessed

Ficus religiosa Moraceae Arasu Not yet assessed

Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Mamaram Data deficient

Phyllanthus emblica Euphorbiaceae Peru Nelli Not yet assessed

Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpinaceae Atthi Not yet assessed

Phoenix sylvestris Palmae-bold Icham Not yet assessed

Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Pungam Least Concern

Tamarindus indica Caesalpinaceae Puli Not yet assessed

Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Murungai Not yet assessed

Carica papaya Caricaceae Pappali Data deficient

Butea monosperma Fabaceae Elaiporasu Not yet assessed

Casuarina equesetifolia Casuarinaceae Savukku Not yet assessed

Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Koyya Not yet assessed

Ficus racemosa Moraceae Atthi Not yet assessed

Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Vellai Maruthu Not yet assessed

Albizia amara Mimosaceae Usilam Not yet assessed

Morinda pubescens Rubiaceae Mannanunai Not yet assessed

Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Naval Not yet assessed

Thespesia populnea Malvaceae Puvarasu Least concerned

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eucalyptus_tereticornis







110

Botanical Name Family Local Name IUCN Category

Shrubs

Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae Erukkalai Not yet assessed

Nerium odorum Apocyanaceae Arali Not yet assessed

Cassia auriculata Caesalpinaceae Avaram Not yet assessed

Agave Americana Agavaceae Agave Not yet assessed

Prosopis juliflora Mimosaceae Parambai Not yet assessed

Lantana camara Verbenaceae Puchedi Not yet assessed

Carissa spinarum Apocynaceae Chiru kila Not yet assessed

Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae Tiravaadi Not yet assessed

Ixora coccinea Rubiaceae Telli Not yet assessed

Zizyphus species Rhamnaceae Ilanthei Not yet assessed

Herbs

Mimosa pudica Mimosaceae Thottai surungi Least concern

Argemone mexicana Papavaraceae Kurukkumuthu Not yet assessed

Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae Kolukkai velai Not yet assessed

Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae Congress grass Not yet assessed

Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Thuthi Not yet assessed

Leucas aspera Lamiaceae Thumbai Not yet assessed

Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae Indian acalypha Not yet assessed

Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Nayurivi Not yet assessed

Clitoria ternata Fabaceae Kakkattan Not yet assessed

Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae Amman Pacharisi Not yet assessed

Crotalaria retusa Fabaceae Golden yellow

sweetpea Not yet assessed

Duranta repens Verbenaceae Sky flower Not yet assessed

Climbers

Abrus precatorius Fabaceae Kundumani Not yet assessed

Cissus quadragularis Vitaceae Pirandel Not yet assessed

Aristolochia bracteolate Aristolochiaceae Not yet assessed

Aquatic Flora

Pistia stratiotes Arecaceae Kodi tamarai Least Concern

Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbonaceae Tamaray Not yet assessed

Nymphea lotus Nymphaeaceae Water lily Not yet assessed

Typha angustifolia Typhaceae Sambu Not yet assessed

Aquatic Flora and Fauna of the Project Area

Around 10 km radius of the project site, there are few water bodies present. Based on

the secondary data, it is noticed that during monsoon period, major aquatic flora

found in waterbodies/ponds/streams includes Pistia, Eichornia, Nymphia, Nelumbo

etc., and benthic flora like diatoms are also present in the waterbodies. Few common







111

aquatic birds like Little Egret, Cormarant, Duck, Red Wattled Lapwing etc., are found

in these water bodies.

Survey of Fauna for entire study area

Since animals with the exception of a few sedentary species and a few residents move

from place to place either for feeding or breeding or for shelter etc., it may not be

possible to prepare separate lists of fauna for entire project area. The mere absence

of a species at the time of sampling does not rule out its presence. In order to

overcome such problems, a list is prepared based on both primary survey and

secondary data. The primary survey takes into account both direct evidence and

indirect evidence. During site visit, it was found that not many of the wild animals

were present, however the list was prepared based on consultation with the local

villagers. All relevant scientific documents such as research publications, scientific

publications, documents and reports are referred for inclusion of such species which

were not seen directly during the site visit. Recent reports were taken into

consideration. Due attention is paid to rare or endangered or endemic or threatened

(REET) species. In order to find out whether a species comes under any of the REET

categories, references are made to IUCN Red Data, Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act,

1972 and its amendments thereof, Botanical Survey of India (BSI) and Zoological

Survey of India (ZSI). The details of fauna are placed in the following Table 6.19.

Table 6.19: Fauna present in the study area

Scientific Name of the Animal

Local Name Family

Belongs to which

Schedule as per Wildlife Act

Classification

as per IUCN Redbook

Mammals

Sus scorfa Wild boar Suidae III Least Concern

Canis aureus Jackal Canidae I Least concern

Felis chaus Jungle cat Felidae II Least Concern

Funambulus palmarum Squirrel Sciuridae IV Least concern

Hyaena hyaena Hyenas Hyaenidae III Near threatened

Melursus ursinus Sloth bear Ursidae I Vulnerable

Viverricula indica Indian civet cat Viverridae II Least Concern

Axis axis Spotted deer Cervidae III Least concern

Lepus nigricollis Hare Leporidae IV Least concern

Pteropus giganteus Indian Flying fox Pteropodidae V Least Concern

Antilope cervicapra Black buck Bovidae I Near threatened

Hystrix indica Indian porcupine Hystricidae III Least concern

Melursus ursinus Bear Ursidae II Vulnerable

Vulpes benghalensis Fox Canidae II Least concern

Macaca radiata Bonnet Macaque Cercopithecidae II Least concern

Semnopithecus priam Grey langur Cercopithecidae II Near threatened

Reptiles

Calotes versicolor Garden lizard Agamidae II Not assessed

Varanus bengalensis Monitor lizard Varanidae I Least concern

Bungarus coeruleus Common krait Elapidae IV Not assessed

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leporidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leporidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agamidae







112

Scientific Name of the Animal

Local Name Family Belongs to which Schedule as per

Wildlife Act

Classification as per IUCN

Redbook

Ptyas mucosus Rat snake Colubridae II Not assessed

Python molurus Rock python Pythonidae I Near Threatened

Naja naja Indian cobra Elapidae II Not assessed

Amphibians

Rana hexadactyla Aquatic frog Dicroglassidae IV Not assessed

Bufo melanostictus common Frog Bufonidae IV Least concern

Rana tigrina Rock Frog Dicroglassidae IV Least concern

Birds (Avi Fauna)

Corvus splendens Common Crow Corvidae V Least concern

Francolinus pondicerianus

Grey patridge Phasianidae - Least concern

Pavo cristatus Pea Fowl Phasianidae I Least concern

Himantopus himantopus

Black winged stilt Recurvirostridae IV Least Concern

Psittacula krameri Parrot Psittaculidae Least concern

Treron affinis Green Pigeon Columbidae IV Least concern

Gallinula chloropus Moorhen Rallidae - Least Concern

Chalcophaps indica Emerald dove Columbidae IV Least Concern

Anastomus oscitans Asia open bill Ciconiidae - Least Concern

Amaurornis phoenicurus

Water hen Rallidae - Least concern

Oriolus kundoo Golden Oriole Oriolidae IV Least Concern

Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV Least concern

Ardea cinerea Grey heron Ardeidae - Least concern

Anas crecca Common teal Anatidae IV Least concern

Dinopium benghalense Woodpecker Picidae IV Least concern

Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Coraciidae IV Least concern

Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Pycnonotidae IV Least concern

Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Ardeidae IV Least concern

Egretta garzetta Little egret Ardeidae IV Least concern

Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing Charadiidae - Least concern

Gallus gallus Red jungle fowl Phasianidae IV Least concern

Passer domesticus Sparrow Passeridae - Least concern

Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sturnidae IV Least Concern

Alcedo atthis Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV Least concern

Cinnyris asiaticus Purple sunbird Nectariniidae IV Least concern

Mycteria leucocephala Painted stork Ciconiidae IV Near threatened

Tachybaptus ruficollis Little grebe Podicipedidae IV Least concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phasianidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Recurvirostridae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Psittaculidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ciconiidae







113

6.6.1 Study of Ecology & Biodiversity in the Project Area

The biological study of the area has been conducted in order to understand the

ecological status of the existing flora and fauna to generate baseline information and

evaluate the probable impacts on the biological environment. The project road starts

on NH 150 E at Km 99.800 near Rampur village in the state of Maharashtra and ends

at KN/TS Border near Singnodi village in the State of Karnataka. The corridor

traverses through the districts of Solapur in Maharashtra, Kalaburagi (Gulbarga),

Yadgir and Raichur in Karnataka. It traverses mostly through plain terrain, with

agricultural fields throughout the alignment and constraints like wildlife, major hills

are not anticipated. The Bori, Bhima and Krishna are the major rivers crossing the

alignment.

The present scope of work was undertaken with the following objectives:

To collect the baseline terrestrial biodiversity status regarding flora and fauna

in the project area.

To assess the frequency, density, abundance, Importance Value Index (IVI)

and Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index (flora).

To evaluate the dominant species among plants and animals. Secondary data

also be collected from the local residents and authenticated list of flora and

fauna by the Department of Forest, Govt. of Karnataka for districts of Yadgiri,

Gubarga and Raichur and Maharashtra for districts of Solapur.

To identify the endangered / threatened / scheduled species in the study area

(both flora and fauna). The conservation plan will be given if any wildlife

species of schedule I is present there.

To map the wetlands and other ecologically sensitive areas such as national

parks/ sanctuaries.

To provide the conservation plan and recommendations for social forestry as a

green belt / plantation.

To assess the effect of construction and operation of the project on existing

ecology.

On the basis of onsite observations, a checklist of flora and fauna was prepared.

To achieve the above objectives, a detailed study of the area was undertaken in 500m

radius around project road duly considering core impact area. The field sampling was

conducted during the period of February 2021. The details of the floral species

present in the project impact area.

Floral Study

The vegetation sampling was carried out by using the least count quadrats method

across different habitats. The quadrats are useful for quantification of density and

abundance of the vegetation in the study area. The size and number of quadrats

needed were determined using the species area curve (Mishra, 1968) and the running

mean method (Kershaw, 1973). Summarization of previously used methods and

recommendations led to the use of more than often (10x10m) quadrats laid out for

sampling the tree stratum and 1x1m quadrats for herbs and grasses. GBH of trees

was also determined. All individuals > 10 cm GBH (Girth at Breast Height) were







114

included in tree category. However, for examining the shrub species 3x3m sample

plots were laid out.

The data collected for biodiversity information were quantitatively analyzed for

density, frequency, abundance and Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index. The relative

values of frequency, density and dominance of all the species were summed up to

represent Importance Value Index (IVI). The followings are the formulae to derive

frequency, density, abundance, Importance Value Index (IVI) etc.

Total number of quadrats in which species occurred

Frequency = ————————————————————————------ x 100

Total number of quadrats studied

Total number of individuals of a species

Density = —————————————————----------------------------

Total number of quadrats studied

Total number of individuals of species in all quadrats

Abundance = —————————————————————————

Total number of quadrats in which species occurred

Total Basal Area

Dominance = ——————————————

Total area sampled

Frequency of the species

Relative Frequency = —————————————— x 100

Total frequency of all species

Relative Density = —————————————x 100

Total density of all species

Abundance of the species

Relative Abundance = —––———————————— x 100

Total abundance of all species

Dominance of the species

Relative Dominance = —––———————————— x 100

Total Dominance of all species







115

Importance Value Index (IVI) = Relative frequency + Relative density +Relative

dominance

Shanon – Weaver Index (1948):

The number of species and number of individuals in a community is measure of

species diversity which depends on stability of the habitat. Vegetation of the study

area was assessed by determining Shannon – Weaver diversity index (1948).

D = -Σ (ni / n) log2 (ni / n)

ni = Number of individuals of each species in the sample

n = Total number of individuals

The detailed assessment of Floral studies with respect to tress , shrubs and herbs are

given in Table 6.20.

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARATION OF DPR FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC CORRI DORS, INTER CORRIDORS AND

FEEDER ROUTES TO IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF FREIGHT MOVEMENT IN INDIA UNDER BHARATMALA PARIYOJANA -LOT-

5/PACKAGE- II : (AKKALKOT-KN/TS BORDER)


Management Plan

116

Table 6.20: Assessment of Floral Studies (Tree, Shrubs & Herbs)

Tree (10 x 10m)

S.

No

Species

name

Botanical

name

Total No of

quadrats

studied

Total no of quadrats in which species

occurred

Total no of

individual

of species

in all quadrats

Density

Relative

Densit

y

Frequ

ency

Relative

Freque

ncy

Basal area (m2)

Relative

Domin

ance

Importance Value Index

(IVI)

SWD Index

H= - ∑ Pi

( lnPi)

1 Neem Azadirachta

indica 20 8 11 0.55 9.02 40 8.6 0.78 9.02 26.63 -0.22

2 Shisham Dalbergia

sissoo 20 5 5 0.25 4.1 25 5.38 0.35 4.1 13.57 -0.13

3 Karanj Pongamia pinnata 20 4 4 0.2 3.28 20 4.3 0.28 3.28 10.86 -0.11

4 Shiras

Albizia

lebbeck 20 6 7 0.35 5.74 30 6.45 0.49 5.74 17.93 -0.16

5 Indian Banyan

Ficus

benghalensis 20 3 5 0.25 4.1 15 3.23 0.35 4.1 11.42 -0.13

6

Khair or

Babool

Acacia

catechu 20 7 12 0.6 9.84 35 7.53 0.85 9.84 27.2 -0.23

7 Peepal Ficus

relegiosa 20 5 7 0.35 5.74 25 5.38 0.49 5.74 16.85 -0.16

8 Kashid Cassia siamea 20 11 14 0.7 11.48 55 11.83 0.99 11.48 34.78 -0.25

9 Nilagiri

Eucalyptus

hybrid 20 8 11 0.55 9.02 40 8.6 0.78 9.02 26.63 -0.22

10 Anjan Hardwickia

binata 20 5 7 0.35 5.74 25 5.38 0.49 5.74 16.85 -0.16

11 Chinch Tamarindus

indica 20 4 4 0.2 3.28 20 4.3 0.28 3.28 10.86 -0.11

12 Sitaphal Anona

squamosa 20 12 16 0.8 13.11 60 12.9 1.13 13.11 39.13 -0.27





Management Plan

117

13 Jamun Syzygium

cumini 20 10 14 0.7 11.48 50 10.75 0.99 11.48 33.7 -0.25

14 Kawath

Feronia

elephantum 20 5 5 0.25 4.1 25 5.38 0.35 4.1 13.57 -0.13

2.53

Shrub (5 x5m)

S. No

Species name

Botanical name

Total No

of quadrate studied

Total no of

quadrate in which species occurred

Total no of individual of species in all

quadrate

Density

Relative Density

Frequency

Relative Frequency

Abundance

Relative Abundance

Importance Value Index

(IVI)

SWD Index H= - ∑ Pi ( lnPi)

1 Vilayati Babool

Prosopis juliflora 20 16 45 2.25 7.63 80 5.99 2.81 6.73 20.35 -0.2

2 Kair

Capparis

decidua 20 11 28 1.4 4.75 55 4.12 2.55 6.09 14.95 -0.14

3 Jungli Tulsi Ocimum

tenuiflorum 20 12 18 0.9 3.05 60 4.49 1.5 3.59 11.13 -0.11

4 Bor Zyzipus jujuba 20 14 17 0.85 2.88 70 5.24 1.21 2.9 11.03 -0.1

5 Khimp Leptadenia

pyrotechnica 20 10 35 1.75 5.93 50 3.75 3.5 8.37 18.05 -0.17

6 Gokharu Tribulus terrestris 20 15 20 1 3.39 75 5.62 1.33 3.19 12.2 -0.11

7 Kaner

Nerium

indicum 20 11 11 0.55 1.86 55 4.12 1 2.39 8.38 -0.07

8 Saniya

Crotalaria

juncea 20 17 32 1.6 5.42 85 6.37 1.88 4.5 16.29 -0.16

9 Babool Acacia arabica 20 16 29 1.45 4.92 80 5.99 1.81 4.34 15.24 -0.15

10

Wild oats

grass Avena fauta 20 16 61 3.05 10.34 80 5.99 3.81 9.12 25.45 -0.23





Management Plan

118

S. No

Species name

Botanical name

Total No of quadrat

e studied

Total no of quadrate in which

species occurred

Total no of individual of species in all quadrate

Density

Relative Density

Frequency

Relative Frequency

Abundance

Relative Abundance

Importance Value Index (IVI)

SWD Index H= - ∑ Pi ( lnPi)

11 Munja grass

Saccharum

munja 20 18 45 2.25 7.63 90 6.74 2.5 5.98 20.35 -0.2

12 Gajar grass

Parthenium

hysterophorus 20 18 45 2.25 7.63 90 6.74 2.5 5.98 20.35 -0.2

13 Aak Calotropis procera 20 11 28 1.4 4.75 55 4.12 2.55 6.09 14.95 -0.14

14 Sarphonka Tephrosia purpurea 20 14 32 1.6 5.42 70 5.24 2.29 5.47 16.13 -0.16

15 Bui Aerva

tomentosa 20 8 21 1.05 3.56 40 3 2.63 6.28 12.83 -0.12

16 Bhokar Cardia myxa 20 12 14 0.7 2.37 60 4.49 1.17 2.79 9.66 -0.09

17 Dhawada Anogeissus

latifolia 20 16 38 1.9 6.44 80 5.99 2.38 5.68 18.11 -0.18

18 Bahava Cassia fistula 20 17 43 2.15 7.29 85 6.37 2.53 6.05 19.71 -0.19

19 Palas Butea frondosa 20 15 28 1.4 4.75 75 5.62 1.87 4.46 14.83 -0.14

2.86





Management Plan

119

Herb(1x1m)

S.

No

Species

name

Botanical

name

Total No of

quadrat

e studied

Total no of

quadrate

in which species

occurred

Total no of individual of species

in all quadrate

Density Relativ

e

Density

Freque

ncy

Relativ

e

Frequency

Abunda

nce

Relativ

e

Abundance

Importance

Value

Index (IVI)

SWD Index H= - ∑

Pi ( lnPi)

1 Bermuda

Grass Cynodon dactylon 20 15 28 1.4 4.35 75 4.79 1.87 2.98 12.12 -0.14

2 Barrut grass Sorghum halepense 20 14 34 1.7 5.29 70 4.47 2.43 3.87 13.63 -0.16

3 Sorghum Sorghum bicolor 20 15 41 2.05 6.38 75 4.79 2.73 4.35 15.52 -0.18

4 Jola or Pearl

Millet Pennisetum

glacum 20 12 22 1.1 3.42 60 3.83 1.83 2.92 10.17 -0.12

5 Spiny

amaranth Amaranthus

spinosus 20 9 10 0.5 1.56 45 2.88 1.11 1.77 6.21 -0.06

6 Jangli chaulai

Amaranthus viridis 20 9 12 0.6 1.87 45 2.88 1.33 2.12 6.87 -0.07

7 Lolesara Aloe vera 20 11 11 0.55 1.71 55 3.51 1 1.59 6.81 -0.07

8 Siris, Bage Albizzia lebbek 20 7 9 0.45 1.4 35 2.24 1.29 2.06 5.7 -0.06

9 Indian

Licorica, Gulaganj

Arbus

precatorius 20 3 7 0.35 1.09 15 0.96 2.33 3.71 5.76 -0.05

10 Ban-

tambakhu Elephantopus

scaber 20 4 9 0.45 1.4 20 1.28 2.25 3.59 6.27 -0.06





Management Plan

120

S. No

Species name

Botanical name

Total No

of quadrat

e studied

Total no of

quadrate in which species

occurred

Total no of

individual of species

in all quadrate

Density Relativ

e Density

Frequency

Relative

Frequency

Abundance

Relative

Abundance

Importa

nce Value Index (IVI)

SWD

Index H= - ∑

Pi ( lnPi)

11

Bakri gass or rami buah

Phyllanthus niruri 20 4 10 0.5 1.56 20 1.28 2.5 3.99 6.83 -0.06

12 Tangadi Cassia

auriculeta 20 12 21 1.05 3.27 60 3.83 1.75 2.79 9.89 -0.11

13

Jasmine,

Kumbala

Nyctanthus

arbortrisitis 20 7 9 0.45 1.4 35 2.24 1.29 2.06 5.7 -0.06

14 Dhatura Datura

stramonium 20 12 15 0.75 2.33 60 3.83 1.25 1.99 8.15 -0.09

15 Ber, Jujube Zizyphus

mauritiana 20 13 13 0.65 2.02 65 4.15 1 1.59 7.76 -0.08

16 Vilayati babul

Prosopis juliflora 20 11 11 0.55 1.71 55 3.51 1 1.59 6.81 -0.07

17 Tulsi Oscimum sanctum 20 13 15 0.75 2.33 65 4.15 1.15 1.83 8.31 -0.09

18

Parthenium, Congress

grass Parthenium

histerophorus 20 14 38 1.9 5.91 70 4.47 2.71 4.32 14.7 -0.17

19 Smut grass Ischaemum

indicum 20 10 41 2.05 6.38 50 3.19 4.1 6.54 16.11 -0.18

20 Broom grass

Aristida

setacea 20 14 58 2.9 9.02 70 4.47 4.14 6.6 20.09 -0.22

21 Lesser

Fimbristylis Fimbristylis

milicea 20 11 34 1.7 5.29 55 3.51 3.09 4.93 13.73 -0.16

22 Corn

Spurrey Spergula arvensis 20 9 12 0.6 1.87 45 2.88 1.33 2.12 6.87 -0.07





Management Plan

121

S. No

Species name

Botanical name

Total No

of quadrat

e studied

Total no of

quadrate in which species

occurred

Total no of

individual of species

in all quadrate

Density Relativ

e Density

Frequency

Relative

Frequency

Abundance

Relative

Abundance

Importa

nce Value Index (IVI)

SWD

Index H= - ∑

Pi ( lnPi)

23

Pigeon grass or foxtail

grass Setaria glauca 20 14 27 1.35 4.2 70 4.47 1.93 3.08 11.75 -0.13

24 Indian

goosegrass Eleusine indica 20 7 31 1.55 4.82 35 2.24 4.43 7.06 14.12 -0.15

25 Chakvad Cassia Tora 20 10 13 0.65 2.02 50 3.19 1.3 2.07 7.28 -0.08

26 Bug-seed

grass Alloteropsis

cimicina 20 6 8 0.4 1.24 30 1.92 1.33 2.12 5.28 -0.05

27

Cocklebur or chota

gokhuru

Xanthium

strumarium 20 4 6 0.3 0.93 20 1.28 1.5 2.39 4.6 -0.04

28 Indian

comet grass Perotis indica 20 11 18 0.9 2.8 55 3.51 1.64 2.61 8.92 -0.1

29 Jungle Rice Echinochloa

colona 20 12 56 2.8 8.71 60 3.83 4.67 7.45 19.99 -0.21

30 Prickly Chaff

Flower Achyranthes

aspera 20 13 15 0.75 2.33 65 4.15 1.15 1.83 8.31 -0.09

31 Yellow vetch

ling Lathyrus aphaca 20 7 9 0.45 1.4 35 2.24 1.29 2.06 5.7 -0.06

3.24


CORRIDORS, INTER CORRIDORS AND FEEDER ROUTES TO IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF





122

Faunal Study

Primarily faunal studies were conducted during study in and around the project site.

The different methods adopted were as follows:

Physical observation by the survey method conducted in the study area for the

faunal diversity.

Secondary data was collected from the local inhabitants during informal

discussions.

Data collected from the other sources for the complete biological environmental

studies.

Rapid surveys were carried out at the site of intensive surveys were conducted at

study site, which would be subjected to higher degree of disturbance by project

related activities. Data on the presence/absence of the different animal species in

the project area was recorded largely based on direct and indirect evidence such

as tracks, spoors, dung and calls. Secondary information sources such as

published information, unpublished reports, personal communication and informal

interviews with villagers were also taken into account for supplementing primary

data collected during field studies. Standard field guides were used for

identification of animal species during the surveys (Peater, 1980).

Avi-fauna study (Bird surveys) was conducted at the sampling points marked for

intensive study. While traversing the area, birds were identified either by direct

sighting or by calls. Casual observations were also recorded as and when the team

moved through the study area. Field guide by Ali & Ripley, (1983) was used to

identify bird species. Existing checklists of avian species (Anon., 1998) of the

project area was also consulted and validated.

Endangered/ Threatened and Endemic Species

Faunal studies were also conducted during February 2019. During the survey of the

study site, no threatened/ endemic species in and around the study area were

observed.

Major Features in the Study Area:

Feature Name / Status

National Park / Sanctuary Nil

Biosphere Reserve /Tiger Reserve/

Elephant Reserve /any other Reserve

Nil

Habitat for migratory birds Nil

Corridor for animals of Schedule I & II of

the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

Nil

Water bodies such as ponds or freshwater tanks were not observed at the site of

study area. However, the project road crosses the river Bhima at KM 70+537 and its

tributaries at KM105+604 and KM122+884 of the design chainage and also the river

Krishna at KM161+460 and its tributaries at KM 169+818, KM 181+254 and at







123

KM183+493. The bridges proposed in these locations does not hinder the free flow of

the water. However, during the construction phase barricades would be erected to

control the flow, may temporarily obstruct the free movement of the aquatic fauna.

Photographs showing the existing river crossing locations are given in Figure 6.33.

Bhima River at KM 70+537 Krishna River

Figure 6.33: Bhima River and Krishna River

One of the most important animal species found in the area is the Mugger Crocodiles.

The Solapur district of Maharashtra, Raichur, Gulburga and Yadgir of Karnataka region

of the river Krishna is known for the semi aquatic Reptile, Crocodile. This region is

also considered as the breeding region for Crocodiles. Crocodiles comes under the VU

category of the IUCN or IW(P)A schedule. Hence an in-depth study has been proposed

to develop a comprehensive conservation plan for Crocodiles in the region. The

photographs showing the presence of Mugger Crocodiles in the study area are given

in Figure 6.34.

Mugger Crocodiles Mugger Crocodiles.

Figure 6.34: Mugger Crocodiles







124

6.7 Archaeological Places/Artefacts

No archaeological places coming within 200m from the proposed project corridor.

6.8 Cultural and Sensitive Locations

Sensitive/Cultural locations falling within the proposed RoW is given below in Table

6.21.

Table 6.21: Cultural & Sensitive Receptors

S. No Chainage (Ch. Km) Type of

location LHS/RHS Remarks

1 20.080 Temple LHS Within RoW partially

effected

2 16.140 Temple RHS Within RoW

6.9 Socio Economic Environment

The project road runs through the districts of Solapur district in Maharashtra and

Gulbarga, Yadgir and Raichur districts of Karnataka state for about 203.1 kms. The

proposed road connects major town of Akkalkot, Aland, Shahpur, Gulbarga, Jevargi

and Raichur etc. Located in the Southeastern part of Maharashtra and Karnataka

states. Brief socio-demographic profile of the project districts is given in below Table

6.22.

Table 6.22: Socio-demographic Profile of the Project Districts

Items Solapur Gulbarga Yadgir Raichur

Population 951558 543147 1174271 234073

Sex Ratio 978 964 989 989

Child sex ratio 919 930 951 936

Literacy Rate (%) 82.80 82.30 51.83 77.65

6.9.1 Land Requirement for the Project

The proposed cross sections indicate that about 60 meter land is required to

accommodate various features of proposed road. The social assessment of the impact

was conducted within proposed RoW. About 203.1 km long proposed project corridor

comprising government and private land requires a total approx. 1980 hectares. Out

of the total required land, private land accounts for about 1950 hectares and Govt.

land accounts for 30 hectares.

The scope of land acquisition in the project road sections includes a) a minimum 70m

RoW is required b) greenfield alignment is proposed to avoid impact on the properties

and livelihood in existing road section c) provisions for typical cross sections.

According to 3(A) schedule and Records of Rights (RoR), approximately a total

number 3500 land owners (Titleholders) are likely to be affected due to this proposed

project road in four districts namely Solapur, Yadgir, Raichur and Kalaburagi. The

details of land requirement for the proposed alignment is presented in Table 6.23.







125

Table 6.23: Land Requirement (Tentative) for Proposed Alignment

Sl. No.

Project Component Proposed Length in

Km.

Proposed/ Available RoW

in meter

Land Required in Hectares (As per 3(A)

Published

1 Proposed Greenfield Alignment for Akkalkot-KN/TS Border

203.1 60 1980

Total 203.1 1980

Source: 3(A) Gazette Publication - Aarvee Associates, Hyderabad.







126

CHAPTER-07

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

Road development projects exhibit a symbiotic relationship between the environment

and development with both positive and negative and reversible and irreversible

impacts. The present chapter gives the analysis of the environmental impacts in the

proposed project corridor and suggested suitable mitigation measures. Matrix method

will be adopted as methodology for assessment of cumulative impacts on the project.

Based on the scoping of the areas and the work being proposed the following key

issues were assessed for this project.

Preservation of aesthetic and landscape of the area to the possible extent

Effective restoration of borrow area and quarries

Noise and air quality

Tree removal and tree plantation

Sanitation and waste disposal

Road safety

Protection of flora and fauna

Road development projects can have impacts or cause impacts in four specific

situations as follows:

Impacts of Location

Impacts of Project Design

Impacts during Construction Phase

Impacts during Operational Phase

7.1 Impacts of Location

The road stretch has no specific major impacts due to location. Those impacts, which

are likely to take place due to the layout of the project, have been assessed. These

impacts are:

Project affected people (PAPs)

Change of land use

Loss of trees/forest

Utility/drainage problems

Impact on historical and cultural monuments

Impact on local transport facilities

7.2 Impacts due to Project Design

The project design play a crucial role in the project, as the various environmental

attributes can be affected by it. Project design will affect the nearby environment and







127

people associated with it during both construction and operation phase. Considering

the environmental impact, the project can be design in such manner to cause

minimum adverse effect on environment. The engineering design of the road is being

prepared incorporating all environmental safeguards. The basic design criteria have

been covered in project description. The side drains, stone pitching near high

embankments, up-gradation of structures and protection with the crash barriers near

high embankments are being taken care in the design of the project to ensure the

safe construction of the road project.

7.3 Impacts during Construction

The impacts caused to the environment during the construction stage of the project

may be negative/positive or temporary/permanent depending on the type of work

carried out. In this project, the impacts due to road construction activity need to be

carefully studied and mitigation measures needs to be adopted if any detrimental

effects are found. Since the construction is dependent on the quality and properties of

the available material, the choice of material, particularly the management of borrow

pits, also assumes importance during construction. The impacts due to the project as

a whole are discussed in the subsequent sections.

7.3.1 Borrow Areas/Stone Quarries/Sand Quarries

The proposed project corridor requires raw materials from borrow areas, metal

quarries and sand quarries. Total 39 borrow areas, 3 metal quarries and 2 sand

quarries have been identified for the entire project stretch.

Borrow Areas:

Large quantity of earth material is required for widening of road and embankment

construction, necessitating earth from borrow pits. Borrow earth shall be taken from

in & around the study area as per the requirement of the project. Thirty Nine (39)

borrow areas have been identified for the proposed project in nearby vicinity.

Metal Quarries:

Three (03) metal quarries are identified for the entire project stretch at Dhuddani and

Channur and Kudlur locations.

Sand Quarries:

Two (02) sand quarries are identified at Kanchapli and Wari locations for the

extraction of sand.

Proposed mitigation measures:

To avoid any embankment slippage, the borrow areas will not be dug

continuously, and the size and shape of borrow pits will be decided by the Site

Engineer. Redevelopment of the borrow areas to mitigate the impacts will be

the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall evolve site-specific







128

redevelopment plans for each borrow area location, which shall be implemented

after the approval of the Supervision Consultant.

Precautionary measures as the covering of vehicles will be taken to avoid

spillage during transport of borrow materials. To ensure that the spills, which

might result from the transport of borrow and quarry materials do not impact

the settlements, it will be ensured that the excavation and carrying of earth will

be done during day-time only. The unpaved surfaces used for the haulage of

borrow materials will be maintained properly. Borrowing of earth shall be

carried out at locations recommended as follows:

◦ Non-Cultivable Lands: Borrowing of earth will be carried out up to a depth of

2.0 m from the existing ground level. Borrowing of earth shall not be done

continuously. Ridges of not less than 8 m width shall be left at intervals not

exceeding 300 m. Small drains shall be cut through the ridges, if necessary,

to facilitate drainage. Borrow pits shall have slopes not steeper than “1

vertical” in “4 horizontal”.

◦ Productive Lands: Borrowing of earth shall be avoided on productive lands.

However, in the event of borrowing from productive lands, under

circumstances as described above, topsoil shall be preserved in stockpiles.

The conservation of topsoil shall be carried out as per the standard

procedures. At productive land locations, the depth of borrow pits shall not

exceed 45 cm and it may be dug out to a depth of not more than 30 cm

after stripping the 15 cm topsoil aside.

◦ Elevated Lands: At locations where private owners desire their fields to be

leveled, the borrowing shall be done to a depth of not more than 2 m or up

to the level of surrounding fields.

◦ Borrow pits along roadside: Borrow pits shall be located 5 m away from the

toe of the embankment. Depth of the pit should be such that the bottom of

the pit shall not fall within an imaginary line of slope 1 vertical to 4

horizontal projected from the edge of the final section of the bank. Borrow

pits should not be dug continuously. Ridges of not less than 8 m width

should be left at intervals not exceeding 300 m. Small drains should be cut

through the ridges to facilitate drainage.

◦ Borrow pits on the riverside: The borrow pit should be located not less than

15 m from the toe of the bank, distance depending on the magnitude and

duration of flood to be withstood.

◦ Community/Private Ponds: Borrowing can be carried out at locations, where

the private owners (or in some cases, the community) desire to develop

lands (mostly low-lying areas) for pisciculture purposes and for use as fish

ponds.

◦ Borrow areas near settlements: Borrow pit location shall be located at least

0.8 km from villages and settlements. If unavoidable, they should not be

dug for more than 30 cm and should be drained.







129

Quarries and borrow pits will be back filled with rejected construction wastes

and will be given a vegetative cover. If this is not possible, then slopes will be

smoothed and depression will be filled in such a way that it looks more or less

like the original ground surface.

During works execution, the Contractor shall ensure preservation of trees

during piling of materials; spreading of stripping material to facilitate water

percolation and allow natural vegetation growth; re-establishment of previous

natural drainage flows; improvement of site appearance; digging of ditches to

collect runoff; and maintenance of roadways where a pit or quarry is declared

useable water source for livestock or people nearby. Once the works are

completed, and at own expense of the Contractor, he shall restore the

environment around the work site to its original splits.

As per the Sustainable Sand Mining Management Guidelines, 2016 for activities

of borrowing/excavation of ‘brick earth’ and ‘ordinary earth’ for purpose of

construction of roads, embankments etc., attract the following guidelines.

◦ The activity associated with borrowing for construction of roads,

embankments etc. shall not involve blasting.

◦ The borrowing/excavation activity shall be restricted to a maximum depth of

2 m below general ground level at the site.

◦ The borrowing/excavation activity shall not alter the natural drainage

pattern of the area.

◦ The borrowed/excavated pit shall be restored by the project proponent for

useful purposes.

◦ Appropriate fencing all around the borrowed/excavated pit shall be made to

prevent any mishap.

◦ Measures shall be taken to prevent dust emission by covering of

borrowed/excavated earth during transportation.

◦ Safeguards shall be adopted against health risks on account of breeding of

vectors in the water bodies created due to the borrowing/ excavation of

earth.

Appropriate plant species for the planting programme should be selected in

consultation with ecological consultant and local forest department. Depending

on the limitations on the availability of appropriate plant material, harsh

growing conditions (lack of irrigation and hot summer) and ongoing quarry

rehabilitation operations there may be substantial loss of plantation and the

planting programme may have to be continued for over 3–5 years. As plantings

are progressively established they should be monitored before undertaking the

next stage to ensure maximum plant survival rates.

7.3.2 Utilization of Fly Ash

Appreciating the overall concern for environmental and management issues pertaining

to fly ash, which otherwise is a very useful by-product of thermal power plants, the

Technology Information, Forecasting & Assessment Council (TIFAC), Department of







130

Science & Technology (DST), and Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF),

Government of India identified “Safe Disposal and Gainful Utilization of Fly Ash” in the

Highways as one of the thrust area. The details of thermal power station identified for

borrowing of fly ash is mentioned in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1: Thermal power plant within 300 Km of the project area

S.No Name of the

power plant Village Latitude Longitude State

Distance from AK

Road

1 KPCL Raichur Thermal Power Plant

Shaktinagar near Deosugur

16.360038 77.341324 Karnataka 7.5 kms from proposed road at Km 181.300 in LHS

Hence, Provision for Utilization of Fly Ash is to be made as per the IRC SP: 58-2001

and Flyash Notification, 2007 and the subsequent amendments in 25th January, 2016.

The same shall also be put under the BoQs. Utilization of Fly ash in the highways

shows the positive impact on the environment. Utilization of fly ash will not only

minimize the disposal problem but will also help in utilizing precious land in a better

way. Construction of road embankments using fly ash, involves encapsulation of fly

ash in earthen core or with RCC facing panels. Since there is no seepage of rain water

into the fly ash core, leaching of heavy metals is also prevented. When fly ash is used

in concrete, it chemically reacts with cement and reduces any leaching effect. Even

when it is used in stabilization work, a similar chemical reaction takes place which

binds fly ash particles. Hence, chances of pollution due to use of fly ash in road works

are negligible. It is estimated that 60,53,724 cum of flyash will be utilised for the

construction of embankments. This will be procured from KPCL thermal power plant,

which is located at Deosugur in Karnataka state and is at a distance of 7.5 km from

Raichur.

7.3.3 Borrow pit restoration

Arrangements for opening and using material from borrow pits shall contain

enforceable provisions for the extraction and restoration of the borrow area, and their

surroundings, in an environmentally sound manner to the satisfaction of the site

engineer. Areas shall be graded to ensure drainage and visual uniformity, and

arrangements shall be made to collect and preserve top soil for use in the excavated

borrow pit sides and bottom to make it green area alternatively, these borrow areas

would be sited as far as possible on high grounds or hillocks. Topsoil shall be replaced

and the area will be re-vegetated to the satisfaction of the engineer. The topsoil can

also be used for side slope, median covering for the growth of shrubs and grass.

Additional borrow pits will not be opened without restoration of those areas no longer

in use.

7.3.4 Surplus Earth/Muck/Construction & Demolition Waste

The quantity of surplus earth/muck generated during the construction phase is about

8,74,696 cum for the proposed road project. The quantity of construction and







131

demolition (C & D) waste generated due to the construction of the road is about 750

Cum. An amount of Rs. 831.67 lakhs are provided in the EMP for the disposal of the

same. Details of surplus earth/muck generated and construction and demolition waste

for various packages are given in Table 7.2.

Table 7.2: Details of Surplus Earth/Muck and C & D waste

S. No.

Surplus Earth

/ Muck (in cum)

C & D waste

(in cum)

Total (muck + C &

D waste (in cum)

EMP cost

(Lakhs)

1 8,74,696 750 8,75,446 83167370

Source: Assessed by M/s. Aarvee Associates, Hyderabad

7.3.5 Soil Quality

The problems of soil erosion may exist in the stretch due to varying topography,

erratic rainfall and swift velocities of water in the drains during monsoon.

Top Soil Loss:

The loss of fertile topsoil/humus may occur because of the extension of carriageway

along the proposed corridor, hence care and precaution need to be taken to preserve

the layer and reuse the soil as it contains the humus.

Soil Erosion:

It may occur due to the rolling topography and intensity of rainfall. A major problem

of erosion may occur due to the removal of age-old trees along the roadside within

RoW. The removal will result in the instability of soil binding and soil structure, as

uprooting will make the soil loose. Erosion may occur due to the swift velocities of

drains in monsoon (mainly south-west monsoon). Mitigation measures include

periodic maintenance of drains to check scouring of soil and limiting construction

activities of culverts and bridges to dry seasons. Measures should be taken to prevent

contamination of soil by bituminous material and other chemicals utilized during

construction. No agricultural land would be used for borrow areas. The excavated top

soil will be properly stored for reuse. In addition to the engineering design the

corridor will be planted with trees to support and strengthen the soil binding capacity.

7.3.6 Impact on Water Resources and Water Quality

To prevent accumulation of water by the road side, adequate cross drainage (CD)

structures in the form of bridges/culverts/causeways with adequate discharge, along

the road capacity will be constructed. During reconstruction of old cross drainage

structures and construction of new ones, diversion is required to aid uninterrupted

movement of traffic. Material will not be put in the drainage to avoid blockage and

prevent the erosion. This will help in protecting the aquatic ecology.







132

List of streams/water bodies/ponds abutting or crossing the project stretch is given

below in Table 7.3.

Table 7.3: Water bodies abutting the proposed project stretch

S. No Type of Water Body Side Remarks

1 River Bori 1+800 Crossing

2 River Amarja 45+675 Crossing

3 River Bhima 70+537 Crossing

4 Tributary of River Bhima 105+604 Crossing

5 Tributary of River Bhima 122+884 Crossing

6 River Krishna 161+460 Crossing

7 Tributary of River Krishna 169+818 Crossing



At few more locations, it is observed that small water lines are serving agricultural

fields in the affected areas. At all these locations around 290 no's new box culverts

are proposed to avoid obstruction to the water flow.

Proposed Cross Drainage Structures:

Nine (09) major bridges and Sixty-five (65) minor bridges are proposed, No major

and minor bridges will be dismantled and reconstructed. In the case of culverts, 290

box culverts (new) are proposed.

For the above said cross drainage structures (bridges and culverts), care has been

taken to the safe flow of water towards the downstream. Cross drainage structures

like bridges and culverts are designed for 100-year return flood. The linear water way

of the bridges span from bank to bank without constricting the natural stream course.

As such, the construction of the highway does not interfere with the natural flow

conditions of the streams/rivers.

There are some lakes/ponds located all along the road stretch. The highway

alignment avoids encroachment of any pond/lake. No permanent impact is anticipated

on water quality due to the project.

Flood Characteristics:

There are no major river/ stream crossings the project stretch. The bridges over

ponds are designed as per requirements. In the proposed improvement scheme,

embankments will be constructed for forming bypasses, construction of ROBs and

vehicular underpasses. Even though the project stretch is not flood prone, adequate







133

no of culverts and bridges are provided as per the site requirements for proper

drainage.

Mitigation Measures:

All the cross drainage structures shall have adequate waterway. The design

discharge shall be evaluated for flood of 100 years return period.

Rising of the embankment height above the submergence depth, with provision of

balancing culverts.

Providing drain on both sides of the road and extending the drains to a proper

outfall.

Proper supervision during construction to avoid blocking of micro-drainage across

the road.

Adequate number of cross drainage structures will be provided all along the

highway.


Road construction will involve earth excavation, backfilling and concreting. Impacts on

air during the construction phase could be due to earth excavation, backfilling and

transportation of construction materials, D.G sets which may lead to rise in air

pollution. However, the impact on ambient air quality will not be significant, since the

dust and gases generated is confined to the proposed area and as it will be taken care

of by adopting suitable control measures as described in EMP. However, this impact is

localized.

Impacts on air during the construction phase could be due to transportation of

construction equipment, construction material and road construction activities.

Operation of hot mix plants and asphalt plants will result in the emission of fumes and

obnoxious gases to the environment. Loading/unloading of construction materials and

their transportation, particularly through the un-paved or un-metalled sections of the

road may lead to a rise in the ambient SPM and RPM levels. Material handling, spillage

may occur during the transportation of construction materials.

Fugitive dust emission during construction phase due to movement of trucks on

haulage roads, excavation activities, loading and unloading activities is estimated

based on US EPA reference documents. Notable inputs for the model include 45

precipitation days with precipitation > 0.254 mm, 12% silt and 2% moisture content.

95% EMP efficiency is assumed. Total reduction of 1001849 Tonnes/year of PM10 and

2226332 Tonnes/year of PM100 is anticipated with 95% EMP efficiency for fugitive dust

emissions from haulage roads, excavation and loading & unloading activities during

construction phase of the project. The details of total FDE due to haulage roads,

excavation and loading & unloading activities along with the cumulative reduction in

tonnes per year when EMP is implemented with 95% efficiency are given in Table 7.4.

The fugitive dust emission assessment is shown in Figure 7.1.







134


Hot mix plants shall be located away from the inhabited areas, residential

settlements and water bodies.

Trucks and tippers carrying earth for filling, sand, gravel or stone will be duly

covered with tarpaulin sheets to avoid spilling.

Dust level at the construction sites shall be controlled by sprinkling water on

haulage roads thrice in a day.

Construction material, machinery and equipment will be maintained in a good

working condition and shall be handled with due precaution and only by trained

professionals.

Table 7.4: Total FDE from haulage roads, excavation and loading & unloading activities

during construction phase

Source: Assessed by M/s. Aarvee Associates, Hyderabad based on AP-42, Section 13

(US EPA)

Figure 7.1: Fugitive Dust Emission Assessment for Akkalkot-KN/TS Border Project (in

Tonnes)

7.3.8 Impact on Noise

The impact of noise levels from the project on the neighbouring communities would

be anticipated with the increase in vehicles and vary with vehicles speed. The

increased noise levels can be reduced by giving vegetative noise barriers (tree

PM

Category

FDE without EMP FDE with EMP (95%

efficiency)

FDE reduction due to

EMP

Tonnes/year Tonnes/day Tonnes/year Tonnes/day Tonnes/year Tonnes/day

PM10

1054578 2889 52729 144 1001849 2744

PM100 2343507 6420 117175 321 2226332 6099







135

plantation on either side of the RoW). The major sources for noise pollution during

construction will be movement of vehicles, transporting the construction material to

the construction yard and the noise generating activities at the yard itself. The

construction equipment with high noise levels, loading and transportation of material

near the borrow areas will affect the construction personnel and other humans in the

area.


The required mitigation measures include location of construction equipment at

least 250 m away from inhabited areas.

Construction workers will have to be provided with protection devices like

earplugs.

Maintenance of equipment in good condition, proper design of engine enclosures.

Project activities shall coincide with periods when people would be least affected.

Construction activities shall be strictly prohibited between 10 pm to 6 am in

residential areas.

7.3.9 Impact on Biological Environment

The construction and operation of the project will have only a minimal effect on

existing flora and fauna. The number of trees lost during the construction stage is

2406. The work will directly cause minor degradation of the local ecology through the

clearance of areas of vegetation (ground cover) at major work sites and ancillary

sites. During construction period, a short-term impact on ecology is likely to occur in

and around the quarry sites, material stockpiling areas, and worksites due to

vegetation clearance.


Construction vehicles should use temporary roads constructed to minimize damage

to agricultural land and local access roads.

Compaction around trees will be performed carefully to avoid damage to the tree

drip-line.

The contractor will take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any

other persons from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna

(animal) including fishing in any water body and hunting of any animal.

If any wild animal is found near the construction site at any point of time, the

contractor should immediately inform the Environmental Expert/Forest

Department and carry out the instructions given by them for dealing with the

same.

In the course of road construction, flora and fauna in the vicinity should not be

disturbed; deforestation and cutting down of bushes.

Avenue & median plantation of 199600 & 133200 nos., are suggested in the EMP

with a financial provision of Rs.1896.2 lakhs & Rs.466.2 lakhs respectively duly

adopting IRC: SP: 21-2009.







136

Faunal Diversity and Impact of the Project

The important animal species found in the study area is the Mugger Crocodiles.

Accordingly, there may be an impact on these sensitive species due to the various

construction activities. Hence an in-depth study has been proposed to develop a

comprehensive conservation plan for Crocodiles in the region

Mitigation Measures

The workers and the local communities shall be made aware about the

presence of Mugger Crocodile in the project impact corridor. Training shall be

provided to these local communities and workers for the actions that shall be

taken if they encounter these species during the construction phase.

Demarcation of Mugger Crocodile hotspot areas within the project area shall be

prepared. Proper awareness shall be given to the local communities and

workers. The “Crocodile Crossing” sign board shall be put up at these locations.

All the precautionary measures such as Ambulance and other facilities shall be

available all the time at these sites.

Barricade shall be provided along the project impact corridors that are crossing

the “Crocodile Crossing Areas”.

If local communities/workers encounter with the Mugger crocodile along the

project area, the person shall report immediately to the construction contract

manager /and to the Forest officials.

7.3.10 Impacts on Human Use Values

Land Use

Construction of newly proposed Greenfield highway with 6 lanes complying with

National Highway norms may lead to a change in the land use pattern of areas

adjacent to the road. The existing land adjacent to the road stretch at present is of

agricultural land (92%), barren land (5%), water body (0.6 %), roads (0.5%) and

quarry (1.9%).

The project corridor lies mostly in plain & rolling terrain thus, no disfiguration of land

is envisaged due to construction activities except for the opening up of borrow pits.

The borrow pit locations have already been identified and will be restricted to those

areas only.


Construction activities shall be limited to the corridor only.

Care shall be taken to ensure that the construction workers camp do not disturb

the surrounding land use.

Existing access/entrances to the highway shall be duly maintained.







137

The bypass alternatives that are best from engineering, environmental and social

aspects are selected for this project.

Impact on Archaeological sites/Artefacts

As per “The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958”, as

amended in 2010”, the construction activities should be 200 m away from the ASI

site. There are no ancient or historical monuments and archaeological sites are

coming within 200m vicinity along the proposed project corridor.


The Contractor will not disturb the found artefacts further until an assessment by

competent professionals is made and actions consistent with the requirements of

ASI are taken.

The Contractor, on behalf of the NHAI, will coordinate with the Archaeology

Department to designate an on-site representative during the entire duration of

the project.

All workers will undergo a briefing with the Archaeology Department to ensure

safeguarding of artefacts/heritage resource and cultural/religious practices.

7.3.11 Impacts on Quality of Life

Socio-economics, Land Acquisitions and Re-settlements

Impacts and mitigation measures associated with social environment in the project

influence area (PIA), land acquisition and resettlement of project affected persons

(PAP) have been dealt in report.

Traffic Management Plan

The project stretch starts at Ch. Km. 00.000 at Akkalkot in Maharashtra state and

ends at Ch. Km. 203.100 at KN/TS Border in Karnataka state. There are NH, SH,

district, panchayat and village roads existing and crossing the proposed road stretch.

Site-specific traffic management plan shall be done by the contractor during

construction phase of the sub-project, duly adopting the following key components of

traffic management plan.

Purpose of Overall Traffic Management Plan:

The overall traffic management plan is designed and intended to specify adequate

safety measures in advance against identified hazards and stipulated implementation

of the said safety measures to ensure safe movement of traffic during the

construction operations of the proposed road stretch. The objective of safety

standards is to provide safe travel to the drivers of vehicles plying along the urban

roads always in the day, throughout the year and provide protection to the project

workers when they are on the work. This overall traffic management plan delineates

the safety standards in terms of construction zones, signs and safety measures in

work zones and during normal operations.







138

Construction Zone:

Construction Zones are an integral part of any road construction system. The safety

practices in construction will, therefore, be oriented towards reducing conditions,

which lead to such hazards and consequent stress whereby risk of accident increases.

Safety measures will be aimed at avoiding hazardous conditions especially in work

sub zones where major construction activities are going on. For all purposes, the

entire stretch will be treated as work sub zone.

Signs:

The construction and maintenance of signs fall into the three major categories i.e.

regulatory signs, warning signs and guide signs as other traffic signs do (Ref: IRC:

67: 2001, code of practice for road signs). These signs will be placed on the left-hand

side of the road. Some other signboards will also be used to regulate the traffic, which

have not been standardized (Ref: IRC: SP: 55-2014, Guidelines on traffic

management in work zones). However, they confirm with the general requirement of

shape and color, and their message is brief, legible and clearly understandable, i.e.,

CAUTION-Men and Machinery at work Go Slow, CAUTION-Work in Progress Go Slow

etc. Some of the warning signs are shown in Figure 7.2.

Figure 7.2: Warning signs

The location, frequency and type of signboards will be governed by the kind of traffic

situations arising during the construction. Signboards of the type ‘men at work’ and

‘speed limit’ will be provided at locations wherever required on a case-to-case basis.

Traffic Management Practices:

The traffic management strategies include the following fundamental principles:

Making the traffic safety an integral and high priority element of the project.

Avoid inhibiting traffic as much as possible.

Guide drivers in a clear and positive way.

Routine inspection of traffic control element and traffic operations

Protection to project workers on work site







139

Traffic Control Devices:

Warning Signs:

The advance warning for the construction operation ahead will be provided by the

warning sign ‘Men at Work’ about 100 m earlier to the work zone. It will be followed

by ‘Over Taking Prohibited’ signboard. These signs will be placed on the left hand side

of the road. ‘Men at Work’ and ‘Overtaking Prohibited’ signboards will be as per IRC:

67: 2001.

Barricading:

Barricade using the CGI sheets would be on vertical steel post. The horizontal

members of barricades would be of metal. These should be 200 mm-300 mm wide

and should be painted in alternate yellow and black stripes of 150 mm width. The

stripes should slope away at an angle of 45° in the direction traffic is to pass. Where

the barricades extend entirely across the carriageway, the stripes should slope

downward towards the direction the traffic must turn in detour. The main intention of

the barricading is to restrict the entering of the traffic in work area and protecting

main carriageway traffic from falling in excavated or lower level area. These

barricading will be provided at regular interval of 3 m. Height of barricade would be

1.5 m.

Flagman:

To avoid collision between construction vehicle and traffic, flagmen with flags will be

effectively used at the exit/entry points of working stretch. The flags for signalling will

be 0.60 m x 0.60 m size, made of a good red cloth and securely fastened to a staff of

approximately 1 m in length.

Safety of Project Work Men at Site:

Safety of the project workers at site during duty hours will be ensured. Safety

measures appropriate (as per project safety plan) for the job will be adopted.

The job specific Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) i.e. helmets and safety

jackets will be provided to workmen at site and it will be compulsory for them to

wear the same.

Site engineers will ensure the use of PPEs by workmen.

Use of safety jacket will be compulsory for the workmen engaged for roadwork.

Use of safety helmet will be compulsory for all workmen including the staff.

Labour laws in force will be followed.

Maintenance of Traffic Control Devices:

For maintenance of installed traffic control devices, a separate team shall be engaged.

They will be provided with two vehicles for transportation of materials and labour.

This team will periodically check for disturbed devices and maintain them accordingly.







140

Permanent Barricade:

Permanent barricades provided along the construction work of road will channelize the

vehicles along the existing road. Main intention of this barricade is to make traffic

aware about the construction work in progress. This is a psychological barrier

preventing vehicles from going astray in to construction area. Permanent barricade

will be made of GI sheets fixed with properly anchored with steel. GI wire will be used

to fasten the sheets for better stability. These sheets will be painted with alternate

yellow and black inclined strips or red and white vertical strips. For night visibility, red

reflective sheets will be fixed on barricades.

Pavement Barricade:

The finished kerb on the median side of carriageway will be pavement barricade

preventing the vehicles from entering into the area under construction. The portion of

kerb above the finished asphalt top will prevent vehicles from crossing the median

under construction, and its further entry into construction area. In eccentric and

concentric widening situations kerb will be the pavement barricade wherever its

casting has been completed.

Delineators:

Delineators will be of cylindrical shape and will be made of concrete. They will be

painted with black and white circumferential strips. Red coloured reflectors or retro

reflective sheet will be fixed to the delineator so as to make it visible to the traffic

from either direction during night. These delineators will be placed at a suitable

spacing to guide the drivers along a safe path and control the flow of traffic.

Construction Entry/Exit Points:

Construction entry/exit points will be clearly identified and marked. Construction

traffic will be allowed to enter/exit the construction area through these openings only.

These will be marked with signboards or red coloured flag. Table 7.5 gives potential

risks due to the road construction work, their impacts and mitigation measures.

Table 7.5: Traffic Management-Potential Risks, Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Potential Risks Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures

Construction methods may cause

disruption to traffic.

Traffic delays causing

frustration to drivers.

Consider methods of construction at

an early stage during the design to

reflect community needs and reduce

delay times therefore minimising the

impact on traffic.

Traffic management-inadequate

anticipation and communication of

issues.

Potential community issues

causing dissatisfaction and

frustration.

Confirm pre-existing conditions.

Consider the need for night

assessment.

Identify any short-term corrective

actions.

Severe delays to traffic perceived Community dissatisfaction, Establish good public relations from







141


by the community as a direct

result of the construction

activities.

claims for loss of trade, time

delays.

the outset.

Erect early warning information signs

through Variable Message Signs

(VMS).

Early engagement of affected

property/business owners to explain

process and ascertain needs and

potential effects of changed access.

Access for emergency services

restricted

Emergency vehicles and

personnel unable to attend to

an emergency situation.

Liaise with emergency services at an

early stage to establish requirements

and measures to be adopted in the

Vehicle Movement Plan (VMP)

Major traffic incident Local traffic disrupted

upsetting locals.

Regular checking of implementation of

traffic management plan.

Have procedures in place for rapid

recovery, keep locals informed.

Access to site for deliveries Traffic disruption or

interference.

Development of this plan in

conjunction with community

Communication Strategy-access points

will be high risk locations and will need

detailed consideration.

Simplification of traffic staging will

simplify access arrangements or

minimise impacts.

Signage and pre-delivery notifications

for delivery routes to be clear and

simple as per the VMP.

Traffic Speed Works in multiple areas across

the project may result in

intermittent speed changes

that may frustrate road users.

Traffic to generally be reduced to 30

kmph speeds within construction zone.

Construction zone to be full length of

the Project. CTMP to consider

simplifying traffic staging to avoid

construction zone impacting on traffic.

Pedestrian access Potential disruption to

progress causing pedestrians

to not comply with pedestrian

provisions.

From the early stages, pedestrian

access provisions are adequately

addressed, well established and

maintained.

Inadequate provisions for break-

downs during construction

Traffic delay Design temporary break down bays.

Consider temporary verges where

possible during design of traffic

staging.

Dangerous entry and exits to sites

and properties.

Traffic Incident. Ensure that entries and exits are

designed to cater for expected traffic

volumes and with respect to sight

distances, acceleration and

deceleration provision and clear

advanced warning signage.

Reduced allowable movements Traffic delay, confusion to Implement effective community







142


commuters that may lead to

an incident.

engagement strategies that will

consider businesses, property owner’s

requirements.

Damage to local roads due to

heavy vehicle movements

Road damage and potential

incidents of accidents. Poor

community and Panchayat

relationship.

Allow for heavy vehicle movements in

traffic staging and planning to ensure

existing, temporary alignment and

pavements are suitable during the

construction period.

Carry out road dilapidation surveys

and immediate repairs to the roads.

Impact of construction traffic on

haulage roads

Increased traffic on the

haulage roads and excessive

damages to the local roads.

Monitor the road safety on haulage

roads during construction.

Implement measures in consultation

with all villages of the area.

Accident, Health and Safety

Construction activities will cause hindrance to the existing traffic flow. Thus, short-

term impact in terms of accident is anticipated during construction phase of the

widening project. Adequate safety measures to be considered during construction

phase of the project.


Reduce speed through construction zones.

Construction of bridges/culverts shall be carried out prior to construction of new

corridor at the first stage.

Proper cautionary signs shall be displayed at construction sites.

Diversion roads will be provided wherever needed.

Aesthetics and Landscape

The proposed road of six lane road will require very partial removal of plantation,

which will deteriorate the corridors aesthetic values temporarily. But the proposed

plantation all along in long run will improve the aesthetics and landscaping of the

corridor. Disfiguration of the landscape is also anticipated due to opening of borrow

pits.


Mixed plantation shall be carried out at roadside and flowering shrubs shall be

planted in the median.

Borrow pits shall be resurfaced with conserved topsoil (borrow pit opening shall

be as per IRC 10-1961).

Plan for controlled development shall be evolved by land planning agencies.

There shall be proper vigilance to avoid squatter development all along the

corridor.







143

7.3.12 Impacts from Construction Workers Camp

Local labourers shall be employed for the construction activities to the maximum

possible number to minimise the production of domestic waste generation. As far this

project is concerned, the number of persons to be employed during the peak and

average construction period would be around 2000 nos and 1600 nos respectively.

The period of construction is tentatively worked out for 30 months. Potential impacts

from construction workers camps also include poaching of edible animals and birds in

the locality, despite prohibitions.


The contractor and safety manager will be responsible for providing adequate

knowledge to workers regarding the protection of fauna.

Workers will be trained regarding nature protection and the need to avoid cutting

down trees during construction.

Contractors will be responsible for supplying appropriate fuel in the work camps to

prevent fire wood collection.

Labourers residing in the camps shall be provided with safe drinking water,

adequate sanitation facilities, kerosene/gas and all other amenities as per the

prevailing Labour laws. Domestic waste generated will be treated as per IS: 2470

norms.

Sanitation and waste disposal

Sewage and domestic solid waste generated at the construction workers camp will be

properly disposed of to prevent health and hygiene related problems. Adequate

sanitary facilities such as pit latrines/water seal latrines will be established based on

the soil conditions in construction camp. Periodical health check-up of construction

workers will be undertaken.


Labourers residing in the camps shall be provided with safe drinking water, adequate

sanitation facilities, kerosene/gas and all other amenities as per the prevailing labour

laws. Domestic waste generated will be treated as per norms. An amount of 1 Lakh

per Bio-toilet provision is made in EMP and this include oil & grease removal tank

costs as well.

7.3.13 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) Pits

There are 812nos. of RWH pits proposed on the either side of the project road at an

interval of 500 m. These rainwater harvesting pits have 1.5 m diameter and 3.8 m

depth. Budget provision is made in the EMP for the RWH structures at a rate of Rs.

20,000/pit and the total amount is estimated to be Rs. 162.4 lakhs.







144

7.4 Impacts during Operation Phase

7.4.1 Impact on Land Use

Road development may lead to establishment of petty shops and other commercial

pursuits by the local people. Local statutory bodies will strictly enforce land use. In

addition, the project proponent should prevent development of squatters’ settlements

and encroachments on the vacant portions of the RoW of the road.


Air quality analysis along the project stretch was done using CALRoads (US EPA

preferred/recommended model). CALRoads is an air quality model used to predict

pollutant concentration near roads. Model requires source strength, meteorology and

site geometry, the model can predict pollutant concentrations for receptors located

within 500 m of the roadway. The model runs based on Crosswind Finite Line Source

Gaussian formulation and the thermal turbulence created by hot vehicle exhaust &

mechanical turbulence created by moving vehicles. CALRoads View is a dynamic and

intuitive user-friendly interface for three air dispersion models. They are:

California Department of Transportation (CALTRANS) CALINE4 model

US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) CAL3QHC model

US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) CAL3QHCR model

The CAL3QHCR model was developed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

and it is an enhanced version of the CAL3QHC model that allows processing of up to

one year of meteorological data & vehicular emissions, traffic volume, and

signalization (ETS) data in one run using the basic algorithms from CAL3QHC. Daily to

seasonal runs can also be made with CAL3QHCR, whereas CAL3QHC was designed to

process one hour of ETS and meteorological data. CALINE4 is a line source air quality

model developed to assess air quality impacts of Carbon Monoxide (CO), Nitrogen

Dioxide (NO2) and Particulate Matter near roadways.

Inputs for the CAL3QHCR model include micro-meteorological data from Ja station

(temperature, relative humidity, wind direction, wind speed, rainfall), roughness

coefficient, ambient concentration, emission coefficient, traffic volumes and emission

factors. The assessment of air quality was performed for the project stretch

considering worst case scenario for number of vehicles expected on 2050 (ultimate

year). The parameters considered in this model are CO and PM2.5.

Carbon Monoxide (CO):

The predicted values of CO for year 2050 are varying from place to place. The

maximum concentration of CO predicted for the year 2050 is 3.16 ppm (3.60 mg/m3)

near KN/TS Border village. CO values are varying between 0.40 ppm to 0.80 ppm

(0.46 mg/m3 to 0.92 mg/m3) in most of the surrounding areas of proposed road

stretch. When compared with the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) of







145

4 mg/m3 (3.49 ppm) for 1 hour, predicted values for the year 2048 are well below

the prescribed standard limit near the project corridor.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5):

The predicted values of PM2.5 for year 2050 are varying from place to place. The

maximum concentration of PM2.5 predicted for the year 2050 is 54.59 µg/m3 near

KN/TS Border. PM2.5 values are varying between 20.21 to 28.15 µg/m3 in most of the

surrounding areas of the proposed project stretch. When compared with the National

Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) of 60 µg/m3 for 24 hour, predicted values for

the year 2048 are well below the prescribed standard limit near the project corridor.

The predicted concentrations of CO and PM2.5 are found to be well below the NAAQ

standards for the year 2050. It is already suggested in EMP to go for three rows of

avenue plantation on either side of the proposed project road and two rows of median

plantation. This will further reduce the concentration of CO and PM2.5.

7.4.3 Impact on Noise Quality

Traffic noise significantly affects human health, especially for people living in the

vicinity to major roads/highways. Akkalkot-KN/TS Border section, economic corridor

of length 203.100 km, connects various National, State and district highways and

panchayath roads. There will be significant noise impact due to traffic in various

junctions and settlements of the project stretch. The future noise levels are predicted

using FHWA (Federal Highway Administration) noise modelling technique and suitable

mitigation measures are taken for reducing noise levels. In this model, traffic

characteristics are used for predicting future noise levels and it can make substantial

difference in the results. As per the model, "worst hourly traffic noise impact" occurs

at a time when truck volumes and vehicle speeds are the greatest. FHWA model

calculates day (Leq day) and night (Le night) noise equivalent for each category of

vehicle and also the total day night (Leq dn) due to all kinds of vehicles. The noise

levels are predicted for two stretches for different years (2020, 2030, 2040 and

2048) with project scenario at 500 m distance from the either side of the

carriageway. The predicted noise levels are given in Table 7.6.

From Table 41, it is clearly indicated that for years 2021, 2023, 2033 and 2043 the

day noise are well within the stipulated CPCB standards (65 dB(A) for commercial

area) for stretch 1 and stretch 2 locations. The noise level at night time is crossing

the limit of 55 dB(A) for all years (2021, 2023, 2033, 2043) for both stretches except

for the year 2030. There are chances of further reduction in noise level because of

the technological improvement of vehicles going to come in future and increase in

vegetation cover. The avenue plantation in the project in three rows are suggested

will further reduce the noise upto 5 dB(A).

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARATION OF DPR FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC CORRIDORS, INTER CORRIDORS AND




Management Plan

146

Table 7. 6: Predicted noise levels along the project area

Location Parameter CPCB

Standard Base Year (2020-21)

Construction

Period (2022-

23)

Year

(2027-

28)

Year (2032-33)

Year (2037-38)

Year (2042-43)

HS1-km-0.00 to 10.665 Leq day 65 60 59.3 60 61.3 62.6 63.7

Leq night 55 58.5 57.8 58.5 59.8 61.1 62.2

HS2-km-10.665 to 41.070 Leq day 65 60 59.4 60 61.4 62.7 63.8

Leq night 55 58.6 57.9 58.5 59.9 61.2 62.3

HS3-km-41.070 to 78.304 Leq day 65 60.2 59.5 60.2 61.5 62.8 64

Leq night 55 58.7 58 58.7 60.1 61.3 62.5

HS4-km-78.304 to 82.790 Leq day 65 60.3 59.6 60.3 61.7 62.9 64.1

Leq night 55 58.8 58.2 58.8 60.2 61.4 62.6

HS5-km-82.790 to 106.129 Leq day 65 60.3 59.7 60.3 61.7 63 64.1

Leq night 55 58.9 58.2 58.8 60.2 61.5 62.6

HS6-km-106.129 to 123.59 Leq day 65 60.3 59.7 60.3 61.7 63 64.1

Leq night 55 58.9 58.2 58.8 60.2 61.5 62.6

HS7-km-123.59 to 156.066 Leq day 65 60.2 59.5 60.1 61.5 62.8 63.9

Leq night 55 58.7 58 58.7 60 61.3 62.4

HS8-km-156.066 to 187.234 Leq day 65 60.1 59.4 60.1 61.5 62.7 63.9

Leq night 55 58.6 58 58.6 60 61.2 62.4

HS9-km-187.234 to 203.100 Leq day 65 60 59.4 60 61.4 62.6 63.8

Leq night 55 58.6 57.9 58.5 59.9 61.1 62.3

Note: Units in dB(A); The noise levels limits are taken from "THE NOISE POLLUTION (REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES, 2000" gievn by CPCB and the predicted noise levels are

assessed from the vehicle population in different stretches of the project.







147

7.4.4 Impact on Water Environment

Groundwater:

No adverse impacts are anticipated during operation phase.

Surface water:

During the operation period, no significant surface water pollution is expected.

7.5 Accident Hazards and Safety

There is possibility of accidents in the project stretch as more numbers of vehicles are

expected on this road. In the event of spillage of hazardous chemicals, a spillage

containment mechanism will be developed along with participation of the police and

the fire department. In addition to this, an emergency response mechanism should be

evolved to tackle accidents and spillage of substances.

7.6 Aesthetics

Avenue plantation along the project stretch will improve the aesthetics of the project.

The public amenities and parking places for long distance travellers have been

provided in the project design.

7.7 Evaluation of Impacts

The environmental impact of a project depends both on the project activities and on

the background environmental setting. The environmental impact assessment process

involves four basic steps:

Identification

Evaluation

Interpretation

Communication

For the present project, the matrix method is used for assessment of impacts. In the

present case, the impact with a scale of –4 to +4 is taken. This method is selected

because it identifies the impact of each project activity on each of the environmental

attributes. Evaluation and interpretation of impacts is mostly subjective and convey a

holistic view of the environmental impact of the project.

Matrix Method:

The matrix used for EIA consists of project activities on the x-axis and the

environmental attributes likely to be affected by these activities on the y-axis. Each

cell of the matrix represents a subjective evaluation of the impacts of a particular

activity on a particular attribute in terms of magnitude and importance. A blank cell

indicates no impact of the activity on the component. The magnitude (M) is

represented by a number from 1 to 4. Where,

1 = minimal 2 = appreciable







148

3 = significant 4 = severe

Positive sign (or no sign) indicates beneficial impact and negative sign indicates

adverse impact. The importance (I) of the impact is given on a scale of 1 to 4 in each

cell. This number indicates relative importance of the impact of the activity on the

concerned attribute for this project. The magnitude and importance are multiplied to

get a score of each cell. The score of individual cells in each row are added to

determine the total impact of the project activities on each attribute. Similarly, the

score in individual cells in each column are added to determine the total impact of

each activity on all the environmental attributes likely to be affected. The grand total

of all cells indicates the total project impact.

Since both ‘M’ and ‘I’ vary from 1 to 4, the total score in each cell can theoretically

vary between –16 to +16. Therefore the total project impact can vary between (-16 x

total number of cells in the matrix) and (16 x total number of cells in the matrix). To

compare score from matrices containing different number of cells, the total project

scores can be normalized to a scale of 100 as follows:

Total project impact scale of 100 = ((Total project impact computed by matrix) / (16

x total number of cells in the matrix)) x 100

On this scale, the overall impact can be classified as follows in Table 7.7.

Table 7.7: Classification of Overall Impact

Total Project Impact (Scale of 100)

Magnitude of Impact

-100 to -75 Severely adverse

-75 to -50 Significantly adverse

-50 to -25 Appreciably adverse

-25 to 0 Minimally adverse

0 to 25 Minimally beneficial

25 to 50 Appreciably beneficial

50 to 75 Significantly beneficial

75 to 100 Extremely beneficial

7.7.1 Evaluation for Alternative Scenarios

EIA without EMP:

This scenario was based upon the assumption that the proposed development would

go ahead without any environmental management options being implemented. The

total project impact for the scenario, as can be seen in Table 7.8, was found to be -

166 on a scale of (+/-) 1232. The score on a scale of (+/-) 100 for this scenario was

found to be -13.47, which is on the minimally adverse side. This shows that if the

project goes ahead without an EMP, the adverse impact on the existing environment







149

would be several times that of the impact without the project. Thus, the EMP

described in Chapter 9 will have to be implemented to minimize the potential negative

impact due to the proposed activity.

EIA with EMP:

If the environmental management strategies discussed in Chapter 9 are fully

implemented, the adverse impact of the project would be reduced, and there will be

an overall improvement in physical, chemical, biological and socio-economic

environment of the region. This is reflected in the total project impact score of +12 on

scale of (+/-) 1232, as shown in the Table 7.9 below, for this scenario. The score on a

scale of (+/-) 100 for this scenario was found to be +0.97, which is on the minimally

beneficial side. Therefore, the proposed activity will be beneficial for the

environment of the area, provided the EMP is in place.

It is clear from the above that the proposed road development project would have

negative effect without implementing certain environmental management strategies.

If EMP, as discussed in the Chapter 9, is strictly adopted and implemented, the

adverse impacts will be reduced, and the overall environmental quality of the area

would improve.

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARATION OF DPR FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC CORRIDORS, INTER CORRIDORS AND FEE DER ROUTES TO IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF FREIGHT MOVEMENT IN INDIA UNDER BHARATMALA PARIYOJANA -LOT-5/PACKAGE- II : (AKKALKOT-KN/TS BORDER)


Management Plan

150

Table 7.8: Impact Assessment for the Proposed Project (EIA without EMP)

Environmental components likely to

be affected

Project activities likely to affect environmental components

Site preparation/ Re-settlement

and

Rehabilitati

on

Construction /other activities

Transportation of construction

materials

Solid waste generation

and its handling

Traffic escalation Wastewater

generation

Post construction and

operational phase

Total impact component

Air quality M -3 -2 -2 -2 -2 - -2

-31 I 3 3 2 2 2 - 2

Noise and Vibration M -3 -2 -3 -1 -3 - -3

-40 I 3 3 3 1 3 - 2

Surface water quality

M -1 -1 -1 -1 - -1 -1 -6

I 1 1 1 1 - 1 1

Ground water quality

M - -2 - -1 - -1 -1 -7

I - 2 - 1 - 1 1

Soil quality/ erosion

M -3 -3 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -24

I 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

Land use pattern M -3 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -

-17 I 3 2 1 1 1 1 -

Flora and Fauna M -3 -3 -2 -1 -1 -1 -2

-29 I 3 3 2 1 1 1 2

Aesthetics M -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2

-17 I 1 1 1 2 1 1 2

Safety & Human health

M -1 -3 -2 -1 -2 -1 -1 -22

I 1 3 2 1 2 2 1

Socio-economic status

M -2 2 2 1 1 -1 2 11

I 2 2 2 1 1 1 3



Management Plan

151

Environmental

components likely to

be affected


Site preparation/ Re-settlement

and Rehabilitati

on

Construction

/other activities


materials

Solid waste generation

and its handling

Traffic escalation Wastewater

generation

Post construction and

operational phase

Total impact

component

Economy, trade and

commerce

M 1 2 1 1 1 - 2 16

I 2 2 1 1 2 - 3

Total Action Impact -51 -42 -21 -14 -19 -9 -10

-166

I = Importance, M = Magnitude; Impact scale: 1 = Minimal, 2 = Appreciable, 3 = Significant, 4 = Severe. Positive sign (or no sign) indicates beneficial impact,

negative sign indicates adverse impact, blank indicates no impact.



Management Plan

152

Table 7.9: Impact Assessment for the Proposed Project (EIA with EMP)

Environmental components likely to be

affected


Site preparation/

Resettlement and

Rehabilitation

Construction/ other activities


materials

Solid waste generation and

its handling

Traffic escalation Wastewater generation

Post construction/ Operational phase


Air quality M -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 - 2

-8

I 3 3 2 2 2 - 2

Noise and Vibration

M -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 - 2 -9

I 3 3 3 1 3 - 2

Surface water

quality

M -1 -1 -1 -1 - -1 2 -3

I 1 1 1 1 - 1 1

Ground water quality

M - - - - - -1 2 1

I - 2 - 1 - 1 1

Soil quality/ erosion

M -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 2 -8

I 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

Land use pattern M -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 - -

-8

I 3 2 1 1 1 1 -

Flora and Fauna M -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 - 3

-4

I 3 3 2 1 1 1 2

Aesthetics M -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 - 3

0

I 1 1 1 2 1 1 2

Safety & Human M -1 -1 -1 0 -1 - 2 -6



Management Plan

153

Environmental components likely to be

affected


Site preparation/ Resettlement

and

Rehabilitation

Construction/ other activities


materials

Solid waste generation and

its handling Traffic escalation

Wastewater generation

Post construction/ Operational phase


Health I 1 3 2 1 2 2 1

Socio-economic status

M 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 31

I 2 2 2 1 1 1 3

Economy, trade and

commerce

M 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 26

I 2 2 1 1 2 - 3

Total Action Impact -6 -7 -5 -5 -4 -1 40 12

I = Importance, M = Magnitude; Impact scale: 1 = Minimal; 2 = Appreciable; 3 = Significant; 4 = Severe. Positive sign (or no sign) indicates beneficial impact,

negative sign indicates adverse impact, blank indicates no impact.




154

CHAPTER-08

RISK AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.0 Risk and Disaster management plan

India has been traditionally vulnerable to natural disasters on account of its unique

geo-climatic conditions. Floods, droughts, cyclones, earthquakes and landslides have

been a recurrent phenomenon. About 60% of the landmass is prone to earthquakes of

various intensities, over 40 million hectares is prone to floods, about 8% of the total

area is prone to cyclones and 68% of the area is susceptible to drought. In the

decade 1990-2000, an average of about 4344 people lost their lives and about 30

million people were affected by disasters every year. The loss in terms of private,

community and public assets has been astronomical. At the global level, there has

been considerable concern over natural disasters. Even as substantial scientific and

material progress is made, the loss of lives and property due to disasters has not

decreased. In fact, the human toll and economic losses have mounted. It was in this

background that the United Nations General Assembly, in 1989, declared the decade

1990-2000 as the International decade for natural disaster reduction with the

objective to reduce loss of lives and property and restrict socio-economic damage

through concerted international action, especially in developing countries. In the case

of earthquakes in India, there is a need to adopt a multi-dimensional endeavour

involving diverse scientific, engineering, financial and social processes; the need to

adopt multi-disciplinary and multi sectoral approach and incorporation of risk

reduction in the developmental plans and strategies.

Risk assessment is the determination of quantitative or qualitative value of risk

related to a concrete situation and a recognized threat (also called hazard).

Quantitative risk assessment requires calculations of two components of risk (R); the

magnitude of the potential loss (L), and the probability (p) that the loss will occur.

Acceptable risk is a risk that is understood and tolerated usually because the cost or

difficulty of implementing an effective countermeasure for the associated vulnerability

exceeds the expectation of loss. The proposed project is also vulnerable to the various

risks and the disasters in the project stretch as well as in the region. A project study

has been made and assessed the project specific Risks and Disaster Management Plan

(DMP) in the report.

8.1 Scope and objectives of the study

The report contains the findings of the study to identify risks, identification of most

likely risks, health and environmental hazards/impacts along the RoW & possible

natural and manmade disasters happening in the project area and suggesting suitable

remedial measures in all stages of the project i.e. design phase, construction phase,

and operation phase and preparation of DMP. The objectives of the study are:

Identify the hazards;

Decide areas of hazards in the project and how it shows impact;




155

Evaluation of risks and decide on precautions;

Record of findings and its implementation;

Assessment of hazards likely happening due to result from the proposed project

and suggesting suitable mitigation measures;

Preparation of DMP in order to support in the event of road accidents (major

road mishaps, gas tanker explosions, fire hazards etc) and natural calamities (floods,

cyclones, earth quakes etc).

8.2 Risk Assessment & Mitigation Measures

Risk assessment is a process that seeks to estimate the likelihood of occurrence of

adverse effects as a result of poor design, congested roads, inadequate vehicular

underpasses, pedestrian underpasses, road furniture, RoBs, sharp curves, major road

mishaps, gas tanker explosions, fire hazards, floods, cyclones, earth quakes etc. in

the proposed widening and strengthening of Highway project. Fatality rate on Indian

Highways is very high mainly due to road accidents associated with the above said

issues. The other adverse impacts due to gas tanker explosions, fire hazards, floods,

cyclones, earth quakes etc. are nominal. Every care has been taken during the design

stage itself for elimination of the risk or hazard (avoidance of accidents) is given

prime importance and NHAI has also introduced many safety provisions in the design

of highways which are:

Identification of risk prone areas;

Underpasses & other grade separators at congested junctions;

Service roads in towns & villages for segregating local and through traffic;

Other design and safety issues of the project;

Traffic control devices/road safety devices/road side furniture;

8.3 Major Risk Prone Areas

The major risk prone areas were assessed in the project with respect to the design,

congested roads, junction development, major settlements causing various accidents

in the project etc. There are no major risk prone areas in the project.

8.3.1 Junctions along the project stretch

There are 2 major and 9 minor at grade junctions (existing and proposed) along the

stretch. Apart from these, there are local gravel and earthen roads leading to clusters

of houses in villages and small towns. Details of existing major junctions are given in

project description chapter.

A complete analysis of the turning movement surveys and the likely impacts on each

junction is given in the traffic report. It can be inferred that these junctions are

required to be improved geometrically for accommodating all types of movements in

an organized manner.

8.4 Other Design Considerations for Mitigation of Risks

8.4.1 Median Openings

Median openings of not less than 20 m are provided in the project for emergency and

for repair/maintenance with a detachable guard barrier at a spacing of 5 Km.




156

8.4.2 High Embankment

Embankment with height 6 m or above shall be designed in accordance with IRC: 75

taking into account of slope stability, bearing capacity, consolidation, settlement and

safety considerations of the structure and adequate safety delineators proposed in the

project as per the IRC: SP: 55.

8.4.3 Sight Distances

To avoid unwarranted accident, it is necessary to provide adequate sight distance to

permit the drivers enough time and distance to control their vehicles. The safe

stopping sight distance, intermediate sight distance and overtaking sight distance are

shown below in Table 8.1.

Table 8. 1: Sight Distance Standards

Speed

(Km/h)

Safe

stopping

sight

distance (m)

Intermediate

sight distance

(m)

Overtaking

sight

distance (m)

20 20 40 -

25 25 50 -

30 30 60 -

40 45 90 165

50 60 120 235

60 80 160 300

65 90 180 340

80 120 240 470

100 180 360 640

Intermediate sight distance of 360 m is followed for the present project.

8.4.4 Horizontal Alignment

IRC: 38: 1988 is being followed for design of horizontal alignment.

8.4.5 Vertical Alignment

IRC: SP:23-1983 is being followed for design of vertical alignment.

8.4.6 Gradients

The gradients are being maintained in the design are as per guidelines of the manual.

8.4.7 Combination of Horizontal and Vertical Curves

Where the curves cannot separate entirely, the vertical curves are contained wholly

within, or kept wholly outside the horizontal curve. The length of horizontal and

vertical curves is kept same and the chainages of their centres made to coincide in

the design process. Sharp horizontal curvature is well avoided at or near neither top

of crest of vertical curve nor the same is introduced at or near the low point of a sag

vertical curve. Horizontal alignment and profile are made as flat as possible at

intersections, where sight distance is very important.




157

8.5 Traffic Control Devices/Road Safety Devices/Road Furniture

Traffic control devices/road safety devices/roadside furniture shall comprise of road

signs, road markings, object markers, hazard markers, studs, delineators safety

barricades etc.

Road Signs (Danger Boards/Speed Limits/other Hazardous Indicators):

All signs shall be placed on the left-hand side of the road. If extra emphasis is

warranted, they may be duplicated on the right-hand side as well. On non-kerbed

portion, the extreme edge of the sign shall be 1.5 m - 2.0 m from the edge of the

carriageway. On kerbed portion, it shall not be less than 60 cm from the edge of the

kerb. Arrangement for proper surveillance by NHAI authority personnel after the

expiry of the maintenance period by the construction agency.

Road Marking:

Provisions have been made for centre and edge road marking with thermo-plastic

paint as per MOST specification in preference to ordinary paint as a way of better

caution to the driving motorist. This would help reduce road accidents. Border/edge

lines shall also be marked on both sides of the carriageway along with the centre line.

Road studs shall also be provided with pavement marking.

Road Delineators:

Provision of road delineators has been made in the design that shall comprise

roadway indicators, hazard makers and objects makers. The design shall conform to

the recommendation made in IRC: 79.

Reflective Pavement Markers (Road Studs):

Necessary reflective pavement markers such as road studs, solar studs are proposed

in the project to improve the visibility in nighttime and wet weather conditions. These

are the prismatic retro-reflective type two-way markers confirming to ASTM D 4280.

Conducting of Awareness Programmes:

NHAI will conduct the awareness programmes to the nearby community,

transportation associations, NGOs and other interested parties about road safety.

Vigilance by Highway Patrolling Unit:

The highway patrolling unit under the control of local police will conduct route checks

and maintain the safety surveillance.

8.6 Disaster Management Plan (DMP)

Disaster Management Plan should be prepared on the basis of risk analysis

considering worst case disaster scenario with respect to specific cases, major road

mishaps, gas tanker explosions, fire hazards, floods, cyclones, earth quakes etc. An

emergency response system should be developed in co-operation with local fire,

police and medical service. Frequent exercise should be carried out to test the

preparedness of the system by mock drills. The role and responsibility of the

concerned officers are well defined, and the details are given.




158

8.6.1 Emergency Plan in the Event of Emergency (due to Road Accidents, Tanker Explosions etc.)

On receiving the information of emergency (major in nature like major road

accidents, gas tanker explosions etc.) Manager (technical), NHAI and traffic wing will

co-ordinate for rescuing the persons, arrangement of ambulance & first aid,

hospital/dispensary, information passed on to police/fire brigade, engagement of

rescue team with equipment (crane and other tools). After receiving the intimation

from Manager (technical)/traffic wing, Project Implementation Unit (PIU) will form a

committee to deal with the emergency with the following:

Medical facilities

Setting of control room

Preparation of action plan

Welfare activities

Repairing and rehabilitation works

For the above said arrangements, Manager (Technical) in co-ordination with PIU

will guide and monitor the work in rendering effective services to the affected

people with the help of Supervisory Consultant & Contractor. The action taken

and final report will be sent to top management.

8.6.2 Emergency Plan in the Event of Emergency (due to Natural Disasters) On receiving the information of emergency (major in nature due to natural disasters

like earth quakes, floods etc.) Manager (Technical), NHAI and traffic wing will co-

ordinate the following:

For rescuing the persons;

Arrangement of ambulance & first aid;

Hospital/dispensary;

Information passed on to police/fire brigade/security;

Engagement of rescue team with equipment (crane and other tools) in co-

ordination with district administration;

DMP team will be formed under district administration control with the following

officials/representatives:

District Collector or District Magistrate and or his nominated officer

Manager (technical), NHAI

Superintendent of Police (S.P) and or his nominee

District Medical and Health officer

Representative from Fire Department

Representative from R & B Department

Divisional Engineer, Electricity Department

Executive Engineer, Public Health Engineering Department

Representatives from NGOs

8.6.3 Role and responsibility of important agencies under district

administration District administration will take active role and they will co-ordinate with all the state

government agencies for successful implementation of DMP. All the relief operations

and rehabilitations will be supervised by them.




159

Fire Services:

The Fire services Department during disaster has to evacuate the people who are

trapped in highway, top on the trees etc. People can be shifted to safer places

(rehabilitation centres). In some cases they also take up supply of drinking water to

relief camps.

Police Department: The law and order situation of the project site will be maintained by the Police

Department and they will also help fire services whenever required. The monetary

relief released for disbursement to the victims will be escorted by them. The

communications (VHF sets) will be established by them.

Medical & Health Department:

The medical and health department has to play vital role during the disaster. During

emergency, the department shall ensure that all ambulances and other vehicles are

available at site along with medical teams. Mobile medical teams shall move to spot to

render medical aid to the victims. Preventive measures to be taken against gastro-

enteritis, diarrohea and fever cases. Medical and health department also distribute the

medicines to the victims with proper treatment.

Role of Press & Electronic Media:

The role of press & electronic media is particularly important as it helps to

communicate the latest information to the public as they have close accessibility with

the administration department. Flash news, news items, headlines etc helps the public

to move into safer places. Television and newspaper also educate the people about

the possible hazards, steps to mitigate the distress etc.

Role of NGOs: NGOs plays a vital role for successful implementation of relief works. Many NGO

organizations are also available who helps to collect the donations and disburse them

directly to the victims.

8.7 Implementation of DMP

In the event of disaster, Manager (Technical), NHAI and Traffic wing will co-ordinate

for rescuing the persons, arrangement of ambulance & first aid, hospital/dispensary,

information passed on to police/fire brigade/security, engagement of rescue team with

equipment (crane and other tools) in co-ordination with District administration. The

following rescue operations are to be made on emergency basis.

8.7.1 Implementation of DMP in the Event of Emergency (Major in Nature due to Major Road Accidents, Gas Tanker Explosions, Hazardous Material

Spillage etc.) In case of disaster event, alarm the people and other persons using the Outer

Ring Road and other connected roads;

The ambulance, fire tender and ‘hazardous material removal vehicle’ need to be

informed to be ready;

Only concerned persons will be present in the affected area and all other

personnel and guests need to be moved to the nearest assembly points;




160

Source of leakage to be traced and isolated from all the other areas;

Electrical Department need to be informed to shut the power supply (in case of

fuel or other fire hazard substance leakage);

In case of a fire the instructions listed against fire hazards needs to be

followed;

If the fire is small, engage in extinguishing the fire using nearest fire

extinguisher. In case of big fire, fire tender shall be mobilized along with quick

response team and take all the necessary steps to stop the fire;

8.7.2 Implementation of DMP in the Event of Emergency (Major in Nature

due to Natural Disasters)

Siren Blowing & Communication Arrangements: In case of disaster event,

the siren will be blown to alarm the drivers, local people and other persons using the

highway. The news about the alarming situation will be telecasted and published in

newspaper along with radio advertisement.

(Agencies responsible: NHAI, District Administration and Electronic Media)

Evacuation of Victims and Food Arrangements: The arrangements shall be

made to evacuate the victims with the help of Fire Brigade and local police to

rehabilitation places. Necessary arrangement shall be made for accommodation and

provisions. In case of problem to evacuate through road, air lifting shall be done by

using helicopters. Air dropping of food packets, medicines and other needful items

shall be done in case of non-approach through roadways.

(Agencies responsible: NHAI, District Administration, Fire Brigade, Police Dept.)

Monitoring Relief Operations: It was the practice that senior officers from

state level were sent by the government to oversee and monitor the arrangements

and effective implementation of the relief operations. The necessary staff, services

and goods shall be deployed for successful implementation of relief operations.

Adequate arrangements are also to be made in advance for supply of drinking water.

(Agencies responsible: State Government, District Administration,

Municipalities, NHAI, Police Dept.)

Welfare Activities: The Social Welfare/Tribal Welfare Departments have to

reserve in advance stocks of essential commodities in their hostels functioning in the

vulnerable areas. During the disaster, they are responsible for preparation of food and

water packets and to load them in to the Helicopters for air dropping.

(Agencies responsible: Social Welfare/Tribal Welfare Departments, NHAI,

District Administration)

Medical and Health Services: Medical aid to be provided to the victims by

the mobile medical teams immediately. Post disaster relief measures including

surveillance of gastro-enteritis, diarrohea, dysentery and other water borne diseases

and spraying of disinfectant to prevent epidemics. Proper sanitation arrangement

should be provided in the flood areas.

(Agencies responsible: DM & HO, District Administration, Municipalities, NHAI)




161

Post Disaster Management: During post disaster, the District Administration

shall convene a meeting of all NGO's and role of NGO’s is quite crucial also in terms of

smooth running of relief camps.

One of the major tasks after disaster will be restoration of normal life and

repair of the damaged structures. After governments approval the restoration and

rehabilitation works will be executed by the concerned departments.

(Agencies responsible: District Administration, NHAI, R & B Department,

Municipalities)




162

CHAPTER-09 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.0 Environmental Management Plan

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) states the procedure in which the project

proponent would carry out the implementation of the mitigation measures and ensure

compliance with environmental regulations that are binding on the project. This plan

also specifies the organizational requirements and institutional strengthening

necessary for sound environmental management of the project. The major

components of the EMP are:

EMP implementing agency;

Monitoring of the EMP implementation;

Training on environmental management;

Budget for EMP implementation;

9.1 EMP Implementing Agency

The project proponent will establish an Environmental Management Cell (EMC) to

supervise and implement the mitigation measures as documented in the EMP. This

EMC must also be adequately empowered to discharge the responsibilities as outlined

in the EMP. To ensure smooth implementation of EMP, the project proponent will have

to collaborate with various government agencies like Public Works Department,

Revenue Department, State Pollution Control Board, State Forest Department, Police

Department and other allied departments. The details of EMP implementation and

implementation responsibilities are given in Table 9.1. These Table comprehensively

list out the tasks to be performed and completed by the contracting company and also

lists out the agencies that are involved and responsible for ensuring the timely

completion of the tasks outlined under EMP. The contractor's responsibilities in

matters related to protection of environment shall be the part of the tender

document. It also gives the provisions that are built in the bid document to protect

and safeguard the environment by the contractor.



Management Plan

163

Table 9.1: EMP implementation schedule with responsible supervising organization/authority

S.

No

Project related

Issues Action to be taken Frequency

Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

DESIGN PHASE

1 Alignment 60 m RoW throughout the project length. Land acquisition is required

throughout the project. Monthly DPR Consultant NHAI

2

Interference

on people

Passageways (including ROBs & RUBs) of three numbers (03) are

designed/widened for road development work to meet the needs of the

local residents and vehicles.

Monthly DPR Consultant NHAI

3 Soil Erosion

In slopes and suitable places along the roadside, bush grass will be

planted, and at retaining wall, water intercepting ditches, and masonry

rubbles will be built to prevent soil erosion. Temporary and permanent

drainage systems are designed to minimize the soil erosion and the

impact on irrigation canals.

Monthly DPR Consultant NHAI

4 Cultural relics No cultural relics present in the project influence area. Quarterly -

NHAI/

Archaeological

Dept.

5 Flood

Adequate care has been taken for the purpose of free flow of flood

discharge in the design stage itself duly providing Nine (09) major

bridges and Sixty-five (65) minor bridges are proposed, No major and

minor bridges will be dismantled and reconstructed. In the case of

culverts, 290 box culverts (new) are proposed in Akkalkot to KN/TS

Border Project.

Quarterly DPR Consultant NHAI/I & CAD

Department



Management Plan

164

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

6

Preparation of

feasible land

acquisition plan

It is estimated that 1980.0 Ha of land is required for the proposed

project. Initiate and complete the process for land acquisition before the

start of construction activity.

Prepare and administer land use control measures

Continuously

NHAI, revenue

department in

consultation with

the affected people

NHAI, Revenue

Department in

consultation with

the affected

people

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

1 Tree cutting and

avenue plantation

Prepare an action plan for about 600nos. of trees to be felled in the

project stretch and maximum of 6000 nos. of trees need to be planted

as per guidelines.

Avenue Plantation: There are two or three rows of avenue plants

proposed along the project corridor as per IRC: SP 21: 2009. 199600

nos. of trees are proposed to be planted. The plants proposed are

Pongamia pinnata, Albizia lebbeck, Albizia amara, Azadirachta indica,

Mangifera indicate, Peltophorum, Syzygium cumini, Delonex regia,

Tectona grandis, Muntingia calabura, Ficus benghalensis, Ficus religiosa

etc.

Budget allocation for avenue plantation is Rs.1896.2lakhs for

implementation.

Monthly Concessionaire

NHAI in

consultation with

the Forest Dept.

2 Median plantation

Since the project is construction of four lane, project median will be

utilized. The median plantation is proposed in two rows and the numbers of

species proposed are 133200nos. The median plants proposed in the

project are Bougainvillea sp., Bauhinia purpurea, Cassia fistula, Gmelina

arborea, Polyalthia longifolia, Alstonia scholaris, Caesalpinia pulcherrima

Monthly Concessionaire

NHAI in

consultation with

the Forest Dept.



Management Plan

165

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

etc.

Budget allocation for the median plantation is Rs.466.2lakhs.

3

Borrow pits and

quarry sites (metal/

sand)

There are 39 nos. of borrow areas identified in the project and the same

shall get NoC from the Government owners before the start of the work.

Firm up contract with Mining & Geology Department for obtaining the

identified metal quarries of 3 nos. and sand quarry of 2 nos. in the

project stretch.

Borrow areas shall be carried out upto depth of 2.0 m in non-cultivable

& elevated lands, 0.45 m in productive lands etc., with a slope of not

steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal.

Resurfacing and landscaping of the borrow pits utilised in the project.

Monthly

Contractor or

Concessionaire/

Mining

Department

/NHAI

4 Site for storage and

construction camp.

The location of the camp site shall be selected by the Contractor duly

confirming the labour laws. -

Contractor or

Concessionaire/ NHAI

5 Sewerage and solid

waste disposal.

Proper sanitation facilities at the construction workers camp shall be

provided as per the IS: 2470, 1985

Domestic refuse shall be collected separately for bio-degradable waste

as well as the inert waste and the same shall be sent for the disposal as

per the MSW (Management & Handling) Rules, 2000.

It is envisaged that approximate 1000 kg of domestic solid waste per

day (generally 300-500 gm/person/day) will be generated from the

workers camps which will be disposed of to the nearest solid waste

Monthly Contractor or

Concessionaire

Labour

Department/

Health

Department/

NHAI



Management Plan

166

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

disposal sites as discussed above.

6 Traffic management

Secure assistance from local police for traffic control during the

construction.

Safety measures shall also be undertaken by installing road signs and

markings for safe and smooth movement of traffic.


Concessionaire NHAI

7 Air Quality

There are 6 air quality locations monitored in the study area and the air

quality concentrations are found to be well within the CPCB Standards.

The same shall be monitored during the construction phase and

operation phase of the project. Adequate measures shall be taken as

per the mitigation measures suggested in the Chapter 7.

During construction, a good number of trucks will carry the construction

material for which emission of air pollutants will increase. We should

see that all the vehicles deployed for construction work of the project

will have to keep “Pollution Under Control” certificates. Diesel Generator

sets will also emit air pollutants in the area during construction period.

The emission generated during construction will be temporary and

localized in nature.

Vehicles carrying construction material shall be covered to avoid

spilling.

Air quality monitoring shall be carried out at 6 locations of the project

corridor and compared with the baseline levels and an amount of 1.5

lakhs shall be allotted for air quality monitoring during construction

period of 2 year, once in a season (other than monsoon season). All

monitoring to be carried out at all baseline locations or follow the

Once in a year

(other than

monsoon

season)

Contractor or

Concessionaire

Maharashtra &

Karnataka States

Pollution Control

Boards /NHAI



Management Plan

167

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

directions of the Environmental Expert/Engineer in-charge.

Hot mixing plant shall be over 500 m away from residential

neighborhood and 300 m away from the road.

Mixing equipment shall be seated and equipped with dust removal

device.

Water will be sprinkled in morning and evening hours at the

construction yards and the unpaved sections of the road at a frequency

of two or three times in a day.

8 Water Quality

There are 09 nos. of surface water quality samples and 8 nos. of ground

water quality samples are monitored in the project. The surface water

quality is found to be satisfactory and almost matching with the IS:

2296 standards. The ground water quality is found to be satisfactory.

During construction period, the water quality shall be monitored and

take appropriate mitigation measures as given in Chapter 7.

Prior permission of the concerned engineer and regulatory authorities

shall be taken regarding the discharge or disposing of any material

arising from the execution of the works.

During construction, it will be ensured that contractor does not dispose

off debris in water bodies.

Water quality monitoring (ground and surface water) shall be carried

out at 17 locations of the project and compared with the baseline levels

and amount of 5.10 lakhs shall be allotted for water quality monitoring

during construction period of 2 year, once in a season other than

Quarterly Contractor or

Concessionaire

Maharashtra &

Karnataka States

Pollution Control

Boards /NHAI



Management Plan

168

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

monsoon season. All monitoring to be carried out at all baseline

locations or follow the directions of the Environmental Expert/ Engineer

In-charge.

Soil laden run off will not be diverted to water bodies. Provision of waste

disposal site for waste from construction and storage yards shall be

made.

Sedimentation and filtration ponds will be adopted at construction site

to treat wastewater before discharged to nearby irrigation ditches.

Vehicle maintenance and refueling will be confined to areas under

construction yard to trap discarded lubricant and fuel spills.

9 Soil Quality

Periodic monitoring of soil quality at suggested at 6 locations in the

project site.

An amount of 2.16 lakhs shall be allotted for soil quality monitoring

during construction phase of 2 year, once in a season other than

monsoon season. All monitoring to be carried out at all baseline


in-charge.

Quarterly

Contractor or

Concessionaire

-

10 Noise level

25 noise monitoring locations were identified and the monitored levels

found to be well below the CPCB standard limits. Adequate measures

shall be taken as per the mitigation measures suggested in the Chapter

7.

Construction equipment shall be placed as far as possible from


Concessionaire

Maharashtra &

Karnataka States

Pollution Control

Boards /NHAI



Management Plan

169

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

residential areas to minimise noise impacts on the near inhabitants.

Provision of ear plugs to workers exposed to high noise levels in the

project site who work in the batch mix plants, hot mix plants, quarries

etc.

Noise quality monitoring shall be carried out at 25 locations and

compared with the baseline levels and amount of 1.08 lakhs shall be

allotted for noise monitoring during construction period of 2 year, once

in a season. All monitoring to be carried out at all baseline locations or

follow the directions of the Environmental Expert/Engineer In-charge.

Construction activities will be strictly prohibited between 10.00 p.m. to

6.00 a.m. near habitation

11 Health and Safety of

workers

Labourers shall be equipped with proper safety gears like helmets,

gloves and gum boots.

Periodic health checkup of construction workers.


Concessionaire

Labour

Department/

NHAI

12

Basic amenities and

sanitation facilities

for labourers

Adequate sanitary facilities shall be provided to the workers to avoid

health related problems.

Periodic health checkup of labourers shall be done.

Contractor to prepare, NHAI’s approved detailed public health utilities

plan for the workers camp and other working sites, which make

adequate provision for safe disposal of all wastes and prevention of

spillages, leakage of polluting materials etc.


Concessionaire

Labour

Department/

Health

Department/

NHAI



Management Plan

170

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

Contractor will be required to pay all costs associated with cleaning up

any pollution caused by their activities and to pay full compensation to

those affected.

Construction of 3 biotoilets in the project the project. An amount of 3

lakh is provided in the EMP for each unit.

13 Fuel for labourers

Adequate supply of fuel (LPG/kerosene) shall be provided to the

labourers to avoid felling of trees for cooking and other domestic

chores.


Concessionaire

Labour

Department /

Health

Department /

NHAI

14

Prevention of

erosion and

scouring

Stabilizing the embankment with appropriate technique immediately

after placing.

Treating high embankment slopes with rip rap, stone pitching or other

technologies to prevent erosion.

Construction of toe drain all along the road on both sides.

Avoiding obstruction of existing drainage during filling.


Concessionaire

Concerned Local

Department

/NHAI

15 Drainage system

Adequate care has been taken for the purpose of free flow of flood

discharge in the design stage itself.

Construction of toe drain along the road on both the sides.


Concessionaire Irrigation/NHAI



Management Plan

171

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

Avoiding obstruction of existing drainage during filling.

16 Conservation of Eco-

resources

To preserve the forests areas, earth borrowing, piling, and building of

temporary camps are prohibited in forests lands.

Arable lands should not be used as earth borrowing whenever possible.

If needed, the topsoil (30 cm) should be kept and refilled after

construction to minimize the impact on ecosystem and agriculture.

Construction vehicles should run at temporary accesses to avoid

damaging arable lands and cattle raising lands.


Concessionaire

Forests

Department/

NHAI

17 Communications and

Transportation

Local materials should be used as much as possible so as to avoid long

distance transportation of earth and stone.

If there are traffic jams during construction, measures should be taken

to move the jam with the coordination of transportation and public

security department.

Temporary access should be built at the interchange of the highway and

other roads.

Passing time on National Highways will be limited, similar measures will

also be applied to roads with traffic jams.

Materials shall be delivered in advance in relatively leisurely season of

traffic.

Transportation plan of materials shall be formulated to avoid delivered


Concessionaire

Transport

Department

/NHAI



Management Plan

172

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

of them at peak hours on existing roads.

18

Utilization of Fly Ash

In the proposed project, flyash shall be procured from Raichur Thermal

Power Plant which is a coal based power plant. Hence, utilisation of Fly

Ash in the project is estimated to be 60,53,724.00 cum provision made

as per the IRC: SP: 58-2001 and Fly ash Notification, 2009 and the

subsequent amendments in 2016 and the same shall also be put under

the BoQs.


Concessionaire NHAI/TNPCB

19

Surplus earth and

C & D waste

/muck disposal

The quanity of muck and C & D waste generated in the project will be

about 750 cum. Generated muck to some extent will be reused for the

construction of embankments, subgrade and some part will be utilised

as aggregates.

The topsoil shall be kept separately and shall be reused for

plantation/landscape development purpose in the project, and also

utilized for soil conditioning by the local farmers.


Concessionaire NHAI

20 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

Allocation of budget towards the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

activities to utilize the same in project impact corridor i.e., water supply

facility to neighboring villages, village school development, community

toilets, roads etc.

An amount of Rs. 100.00 Lakhs made in the project


Concessionaire NHAI

21 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER)

Allocation of budget towards the Corporate Environmental Responsibility

(CER) activities i.e., Conservation of Mugger crocodiles, plantation

development along the project corridor, lake/ponds rehabilitation works


Concessionaire NHAI



Management Plan

173

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

etc.

An amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs made in the project

OPERATION PHASE

1 Air Quality

Periodically monitor the AAQ at suggested locations.

Developing roadside vegetation for pollutant sinking.

Enforcing different control measures to minimise pollution.

Air quality monitoring shall be carried out at 6 locations and compared

with the baseline levels and amount of 0.75 lakhs shall be allotted for

air quality monitoring during operational period of 1 year, once in a

season other than monsoon season. All monitoring to be carried out at

all baseline locations or follow the directions of the Environmental

Expert/ Engineer In-charge.

Public will be educated about the regulations on air pollution and noise

of vehicles.


Concessionaire

Maharashtra &

Karnataka States

Pollution Control

Boards /NHAI

2 Road safety and

traffic management

Prepare and administer a monitoring system on road accidents.

Adequate number of road signs with clear visibility shall be installed.

In case of spill of hazardous materials, report to the relevant

departments at once and deal with it in accordance with the emergency

plan.


Concessionaire

NHAI/Traffic

Police Dept.



Management Plan

174

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

Drivers and Public will be educated about the safety regulations.

3 Noise level

Provision of noise barriers (earthen berms/thick green belt

development) has been proposed at sensitive areas and other noise

prone areas.

Periodic monitoring of ambient noise levels at suggested locations

Erecting sign boards at sensitive and residential locations, prohibiting

the use of air horns particularly near schools, temples and hospitals.

Noise monitoring shall be carried out at 25 locations and compared with

the baseline levels and amount of 0.54 lakhs shall be allotted for noise

monitoring during operational period of 1 year, once in a season other

than monsoon season. All monitoring to be carried out at all baseline


in-charge.

There are three rows of avenue plants proposed along the project

corridor as per IRC: SP: 21, 2009. The avenue plants proposed to be

planted in the project are about 199600 nos. on the either side of the

road to control noise levels. Median plantation is also proposed in two

rows and the numbers of species proposed are 133200 nos. It also acts as

noise barrier along with avenue plantation.


Concessionaire

Maharashtra &

Karnataka States

Pollution Control

Boards /NHAI

4 Soil characteristics

Periodic monitoring of soil quality at specified distance from the corridor

for assessing soil contamination by vehicular emissions. The analyzed

samples shall be compared with the baseline values monitored at 6

locations along the project corridor.


Concessionaire

Maharashtra &

Karnataka States

Pollution Control

Boards /NHAI



Management Plan

175

S.

No

Project related


Implementation

Agency

Supervision

Agency

An amount of 1.08 lakhs shall be allotted for soil quality monitoring at 6

locations during 1 year operational phase, once in every season other

than monsoon season. All monitoring to be carried out at all baseline


in-charge.

5 Water Quality

Periodic monitoring of water quality at suggested 17 locations in the

project stretch.

An amount of 2.55 lakhs shall be allotted for water quality monitoring

during 1 year operation phase, once in a season other than monsoon

season. All monitoring to be carried out at all baseline locations or

follow the directions of the Environmental Expert/ Engineer in-charge.


Concessionaire

Maharashtra &

Karnataka States

Pollution Control

Boards /NHAI

6

Maintenance of

roadside plantations

and median

plantations

Employment of local people for the maintenance of plantation along the

corridor. Quarterly

Contractor or

Concessionaire

Forests

Department/

NHAI

7 Maintenance of

drainage system

The drainage system will be periodically cleared so as to ensure water

flow. Quarterly

Contractor or

Concessionaire Irrigation/NHAI




176

CHAPTER-10

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

The environmental monitoring programme is a vital process of any Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) of development project for review of indicators and take

immediate preventive action. This helps in signaling the potential problems

resulting from the proposed project activities and will allow for prompt

implementation of corrective measures. NHAI has keen interest in environmental

monitoring as it is an integral part towards better environmental management of

air, noise, water quality, soil etc., both during construction and operation phase.

Generation of dust and noise are two main issues during any large construction

activity. Degradation of water quality is another. During construction, management

of dust was carried out by monitoring Particulate Matter. Now, the same is being

done by monitoring PM10 and PM2.5 (size less than 10 microns and 2.5 microns).

Similarly, noise monitoring is carried out by recording dB(A) values. Parameters are

monitored in pre-construction, construction and operation phases and are based on

the need to evaluate the deviation of environmental conditions from baseline

environmental conditions due to construction and operation of the roads. If it is

observed that environmental conditions are deteriorating, then proper mitigation

measures will be taken. The monitoring parameters are those that are generally

impacted during construction activities. Impact monitoring during construction help

to discipline the contractors and assist them in meeting their contractual

obligations. Construction phase monitoring data is also intended to evaluate the

efficacy of some control mechanisms found in the environmental manual which are

then either modified, upgraded or deleted. Monitoring is also extended to the

operational phase, to ascertain the impacts over a long term period. These

parameters are also of immediate public concern. Over a period of time, much

environmental monitored data has been generated and is also of academic interest.

The data is much sought after by institutions, NGOs and interested public. The

environmental monitoring will be required during both construction and operational

phases. The following parameters are proposed to be monitored:

Water Quality

Air Quality Noise Soil Quality

Workers Health and Safety




177

Environmental monitoring during pre-construction phase is important to know the

baseline data and to predict the adverse impacts during construction and operations

phases. Pre-construction phase monitoring has been done for the proposed project

for air, noise, water, soil quality and ecology. The results so obtained are

documented in Chapter-6.

10.1 Construction Phase

During construction stage environmental monitoring will be carried out for air

quality, noise levels, water quality, soil quality and ecology. Environmental

monitoring has to be carried out at the locations where baseline monitoring was

carried out. These number could be modified based on need when the construction

actually commences.

10.1.1 Water Quality

Since water contamination leads to various water related diseases, the project

authorities shall establish a procedure for water quality surveillance and ensure safe

water for the consumers. In the construction phase, pollution/contamination could

result from acidic rocks, nitrogen from rubble, particle runoff and spills of fuel or

chemicals. The water quality parameters are to be monitored during the entire

period of project construction. The water quality monitoring will be evaluated in the

nearby ponds and streams. Monitoring should be carried out by NABL certified

Private or Government agency. Water quality should be analyzed following the

procedures given in the standard methods. Parameters for surface water quality

monitoring will be as per IS: 2296 and for ground water quality monitoring will be

as per IS: 10500. The monitoring points could be ground and surface water. Any

additional monitoring required can be proposed by the engineer in charge.

10.1.2 Air Quality

Air quality will be monitored at the locations of baseline monitoring as reported in

Chapter 6. The parameters recommended are PM10, PM2.5, CO, NO2 & SO2. The

contractor will be responsible for carrying out air monitoring during the entire

construction phase under the supervision of NHAI.

10.1.3 Noise Level

The noise will be monitored at construction sites for entire phase of construction by

the site contractor and under the supervision of NHAI.




178

10.1.4 Soil Quality

Soil quality will be monitored at the locations of baseline monitoring as reported in

Chapter 6.

10.1.5 Workers health and safety

Monitoring of health risk issues that might arise throughout the project life time will

be done. Epidemiological studies at construction sites and workers camp will be

performed to monitor the potential spread of diseases. Regular inspection and

medical checkups shall be carried out to workers health and safety monitoring. Any

reoccurring incidents such as irritations, rashes, respiratory problems etc., shall be

recorded and appropriate mitigation measures shall be taken. Contractor will be the

responsible person to take care health and safety of workers during the entire

period of the construction and project proponent is responsible to review/audit the

health and safety measures/plans. The monitoring schedule for air, noise, water

and soil are presented in Table 10.1 during the construction stage of the project.

Table 10.1: Construction stage monitoring schedule for the project

Parameters Frequency No. of Locations Years

Air 24 hours, once in a season

other than monsoon season

06 02

Noise 24 hours, once in a season


25 02

Water Once in a season other than

monsoon season

17 02

Soil Once in a season other than

monsoon season

06 02

10.2 Operation Phase

Even though the environmental hazards during the operation phase of the project

are minimal, the environmental monitoring will be carried out for air, noise, water,

soil and ecology during operation phase of the project. The parameters monitored

during operation phase will be PM10, PM2.5, CO, NO2 & SO2 for air quality and water

quality parameters will be monitored as per BIS and MoEF & CC norms. The

operation stage monitoring schedule for the project stretch is given in Table 10.2.

The monitoring program shall be conducted by an external agency certified by NABL

under the supervision of NHAI. Project proponent (NHAI) is responsible for

successful environmental monitoring of the proposed project during operation

phase.




179

Table 10. 2: Operational stage monitoring schedule for the project

Parameters Frequency No. of Locations Years

Air 24 hours, once in a season


06 01

Noise 24 hours, once in a season


25 01

Water Once in a season other than

monsoon season

17 01

Soil Once in a season other than

monsoon season

06 01

The results of air quality, water quality, soil quality and noise quality will be

submitted to management quarterly during construction phase and semi annually

during operation phase. Monitoring is carried out at all baseline locations, wherever

not mentioned follow the directions of the Environmental Expert/Engineer in-

charge.

10.3 Establishment of an Environmental Division

It is recommended that NHAI establishes an Environment Management Cell (EMC)

at the initial stage of the project itself. The division should be staffed with an

Environmental Engineer/Officer and a Technical Assistant (environment

background). The task of the division is to supervise and coordinate studies,

environmental monitoring and implementation of environmental mitigation

measures, and it should report directly to Chief Engineer (Environment) of the

project authority. The environmental monitoring schedule during construction and

operation phase is given in Table 10.3.

10.4 Implementation of EMP by third party/independent Environmental Engineer

As per the requirement of World Bank, an Independent Environment Engineer/third

party engineer shall be deployed at site during construction phase of the project for

the effective Implementation of EMP.




180

Table 10.3:Monitoring schedule for the project during construction phase and operation phase




CHAPTER-11

ENVIRONMENTAL COST ESTIMATE

11.1 Budget for EMP implementation

The design and construction of the project involves a number of items such as

erosion prevention, rehabilitation of borrow areas, safety signage, etc., which are

included in the contract cost. Only those items that are not covered under the

budget for construction are shown in the EMP implementation budget. The Budget

for Environmental Management Plan for Items to be covered in BoQs works out to

be Rs. 19576.73 lakhs as given in Table 11.1.

he main components are:

Tree plantation/transplantation;

Environmental enhancement measures;

Green initiatives;

Environmental monitoring during construction and operation phase;

Training during construction and operation phase;

Initiatives to be undertaken as part of corporate social responsibilities;

Dust suppression systems;

Muck/debris and C&D waste disposal;

Table 11.1: Budget for implementation of EMP

S.No Item Unit Cost/Lump Sum Cost

(Rs.) Rs. in Lakhs

I. Logistics cum Administrative Costs

1. Vehicle Cost 1 Vehicle @ Rs. 50,000/- per month for 24 vehicle months

12.00

2. Office administration including man power costs and logistics etc., for Environment Management Cell (EMC).

1 location for 24 months @ Rs.

2 lakhs/- per month 48.00

II. Construction Costs

3. Construction of 3 bio-toilets in the project (included in project cost).

3 units, 1 Lakh per bio-toilet 3.00




S.No Item Unit Cost/Lump Sum Cost (Rs.)

Rs. in Lakhs

4. Tree Felling 600 no's. of trees will be felled in the project and Rs. 4000/- per tree

24.00

5.

Sprinkling of water thrice in a day all along the

stretch & erosion control retaining walls, slope pitching and turfing (included in project cost).

365 days x 3 times x 2 year x 1 vehicle/road x Rs. 1000/trip

21.90

6. Labour camps, health and other services (included in

project cost) LS 20.00

7. Solid waste management (included in project cost) LS 10.00

8.

Muck/debris and C & D waste disposal from site. The quantity of muck/surplus earth and C & D waste generated from the project is 8,75,446Cum. (Already included in the project cost)

Cost per cum is Rs. 116.75 as

per SOR 2014 -15 with 5 % yearly incremental value

1022.08

9.

812 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) pits of dia. 1.5 m with a depth of 3.8 m at an interval of 500 m either

side of the road. (Already included in the project cost)

Rs. 20,000/pit 162.40

10. Cost of 60,53,724 cum flyash to be used in the project area. (Already included in the project cost)

Rs. 209.55/cum 12685.58

11.

Allocation of budget towards the Corporate Social

Responsibility (CSR) activities i.e., water supply facility to neighboring villages, village school development, community toilets, roads etc.

LS 100.00

12

Allocation of budget towards the Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) activities i.e.,

Conservation of Mugger crocodiles, plantation development along the project corridor, lake/ponds rehabilitation works etc

L 50.00

13. Training and awareness program for engineers, administrative staffs and labours

LS 10.00

III. Tree plantation & Green Initiatives/Environmental Enhancement Measures

14. 1,99,600 nos. of avenue trees with 5 years maintenance, including tree guards

Rs. 950/tree 1896.20

15. Shrub plantation in median and landscaping in 6 lane. Estimated median plantation is around 1,33,200 nos.

Rs. 350/plant including maintenance for three year.

466.2

IV. Monitoring Costs: Construction Phase (2 years)

16. Air Quality Monitoring (6 monitoring stations) once in a season other than monsoon season i.e., 6

stations x 3 season x 2 years

Rs. 5000 per station/season 1.80

17. Noise Level Monitoring (25 monitoring stations) once in a season during the construction period i.e., 25 stations x 3 seasons x 2 years





S.No Item Unit Cost/Lump Sum Cost (Rs.)

Rs. in Lakhs

18.

Water Quality Monitoring (17 stations) once in a season other than monsoon season during the construction period i.e., 17 stations x 3 seasons x 2

years


19. Soil Quality Monitoring (6 stations) once in a season other than monsoon season during the construction period i.e., 6 stations x 3 seasons x 2 years


20. Rehabilitation, resurfacing and landscaping of borrow pits (39 nos.) and sand quarries (2 nos.)

Rs. 1.00 lakh per borrow areas & sand quarries

41.00

V. Monitoring Cost (Operation Phase)

21.

Air Quality Monitoring (6 monitoring stations) once

in a season other than monsoon season during the operation period i.e., 6 stations x 3 seasons x 1 year

Rs. 5000/station 0.90

22. Noise Level Monitoring (25 Monitoring stations) once in a season during the operation period i.e., 25 stations x 3 seasons x 1 year


23.

Water Quality Monitoring (17 monitoring stations) once in a season other than monsoon season during the operation period i.e., 17 stations x3 seasons x1 year


24.

Soil Quality Monitoring (6 stations) once in a season

other than monsoon season during the operation period i.e., 6 stations x 3 seasons x 1 year


Sub Total 16590.45

GST @ 18% 2986.28

Grand Total (lakhs) 19576.73




CHAPTER -12

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

12.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

The proposed project stretch from Km. 00.000 at Akkalkot to Km. 203.00 at KN/TS

Border, in Solapur District of Maharashtra and Gulbarga, Yadgiri & Raichur districts of

Karnataka state can harmonize with the surrounding environment with the following

direct and indirect benefits.

• Proposed greenfield road project can have various impacts on a a community’s

economic development objectives, such as productivity, employment, business

activity, property values, investment and tax revenues.

• It will improve overall accessibility (i.e., improvement in the ability to provide

goods and services, and people's ability to access education, employment and

services) and reduce transportation costs (including travel time, vehicle

operating costs, road and parking facility costs, accident and pollution

damages) tend to increase economic productivity and development.

Environmental improvement measure adopted in the project are:

• During the construction phase of the project, air pollution will be increased

due to various construction activities i.e. excavation, loading, unloading,

movement of vehicles etc., and the same will be mitigated by sprinkling of

water thrice in a day. Budgetary provision of Rs. 21.90 Lakhs made in the

EMP.

• Avenue Plantation: Three rows of avenue plantations are proposed all

along the project corridor as per IRC: SP-21: 2009. Around 1,99,600 nos. of

trees as avenue plantation need to be planted. The avenue plants proposed

are Pongamia pinnata, Albizia lebbeck, Albizia amara, Azadirachta indica,

Mangifera indicate, Peltophorum, Syzygium cumini, Delonex regia, Tectona

grandis, Muntingia calabura, Ficus benghalensis, Ficus religiosa etc. Budget

allocaton for the avenue plantation is 1896.20 lakhs.




• Median Plantation: Project median is also used for plantation (4 m

median is provided in all TCS). The median plantation is proposed in two

rows and the number of species proposed are around 1,33,200 Nos. The

median plants proposed in the project are Bougainvillea sp., Bauhinia

purpurea, Cassia fistula, Gmelina arborea, Polyalthia longifolia, Alstonia

scholaris, Caesalpinia pulcherrima etc. The budget allocation in EMP for the

median plantation is 466.2 lakhs.

• Rain Water Harvesting (RWH): Around 812 nos. of RHW pits are

proposed on either side of the road at an interval of 500 m. The proposed

RWHs are having dia. of 1.5 m with a depth of 3.8 m. A budget provision of

162.4 lakhs is made for the same in EMP.

• Muck/Debris/C & D Waste Disposal: The quantity of muck/surplus earth

and C & D waste generated from the project is 8,75,446 cum. The whole

muck and C & D waste are disposed in identified barren lands within 10 km

of the project stretch. An estimated amount of Rs. 1022.08 lakhs provision is

made in the EMP for the safe disposal of the muck and C & D waste.

• Fly Ash Utilisation: Fly Ash requirement for the project is estimated to be

around 60,53,724cum, which is assessed duly adopting the Fly Ash

Notification, 2016. The fly ash will be available from Tuticorin Thermal Power

Plant which is located 187 km away from Melur. A budget provision of

12,685.58 lakhs is made for the same in EMP.

• The EMP Budgetary provision towards CSR activities allocated for Rs.100.0

Lakhs and CER activities allocated for Rs.50.0 Lakhs.

• Total budget for the implementation of EMP during construction & operation

phases of the project is estimated to be Rs. 195.76 crores (inclusive of GST

@18%).




CHAPTER-13

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

13.0 DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Aarvee Associates is a premier, ISO 9001: 2015 certified multi-disciplinary

engineering consulting company, established in 1989 and based at Hyderabad in

India. We have a Pan-India presence, with branch offices in New Delhi, Ahmedabad

and Bhubaneshwar and project offices in all the major states across the country. We

also have a wholly owned Australian subsidiary, Aarvee Associates Pvt Ltd, based at

Brisbane, Queensland.

In addition to over 1,000 successful assignments in India, we have carried out

projects in Australia, Bangladesh, Ethiopia, Gabon, Mozambique, Nigeria, South

Africa, Sri Lanka, and Uganda. We have worked on projects funded by various

international agencies including the World Bank (WB), the Asian Development Bank

(ADB), the Department for International Development (DFID) and Japan

International Cooperation Agency (JICA).

M/s. Aarvee Associates Architects Engineers and Consultants Pvt., Ltd.,

Hyderabad is a Civil Engineering Consultancy accredited by QCI-NABET in their Vide

letter no. NABET/EIA/1518/RA 0061 dated: 16 February, 2019 for doing EIA and

EMP studies in “Highways, Railways, Transport Terminals and Mass Rapid Transport

Systems Sector”.




REFERENCES

1) Reports available on Websites of Botanical Survey of India (bsi.gov.in) and

Zoological Survey of India (zsi.gov.in)

2) Drinking Water Standards IS 10500:2012

3) Ground water brochure, Solapur District- September 2013, Central Ground

Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India.

4) Ground water brochure, Gulbarga Dist. –March 2013, Central Ground Water

Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India.

5) Ground water brochure, Yadgir Dist. –February 2013, Central Ground Water

Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India.

6) Ground water brochure, Raichur Dist. –July 2013, Central Ground Water Board,

Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India.

7) Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016

8) Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 and its subsequent amendments

9) IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature) Red data list on IUCN

Website

10) Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules 2000 and subsequent

amendments.

11) Surface Water Quality Standards IS 2296:1982

12) Solapur District, Maharashtra, Census Handbook, 2011.

13) District Census Handbooks (Gulbarga, Yadgiri & Raichur), Karnataka State,

2011.

14) Topo sheets, District Planning Maps etc., Survey of India, GoI.

15) Meteorological Data for the year 1981 to 2010, India Meteorological

Department, Hyderabad.

16) Geological Data, Geological Survey of India.




17) Reserved Forests, Protected Forests, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Forests, flora &

fauna statistics etc., Forests Departments, GoTS/GoMH and MoEF&CC, New

Delhi.

18) Land-use Pattern, Satellite imageries

19) Demographic Profile, District Statistical Handbook.

20) IS 5182 (Part 14):2000 (Reaffirmed 2005) - Methods for Measurement of Air

Pollution, Part 14 guidelines for planning the sampling of atmosphere

21) National Ambient Air Quality Standards-2009, CPCB, New Delhi

22) Protocol for Ambient Noise Level Monitoring (2015), CPCB, New Delhi

23) Noise pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules (2000), MoEF, Govt. of India.




Annexure – I

Approved Terms of Reference (TOR)

File No. 10-70/2020-IA.III [Proposal No. IA/KA/NCP/187221/2020]

Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(Impact Assessment Division) Indira Paryavaran Bhawan,

Jor Bagh Road, Aliganj New Delhi - 110 003

To Dated: 15th January, 2021

Dr. B. Mukhopadhyay General Manager National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) G-5 & 6, Sector-10, Dwarka, New DElhi-110 075

Subject: Development of 4/6 lane Greenfield alignment from Akkalkot - KN/TS border section in the State of Maharashtra under Bharatmala Pariyojana(Lot-5/Package-2) (length 203.00 km) by M/s National Highways Authority of India - Terms of Reference

Sir,

This has reference to your online proposal submitted to this Ministry on 10th December 2020, seeking Terms of Reference (TOR) for the aforementioned project as per the provisions of the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 2006 and subsequent amendments under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.

2. The project proponent along with the EIA consultant M/s Aarvee associates Architects Engineers & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. made a presentation through Video Conferencing and submitted the following information.

i. The proposed project is for the Development of 4/6 lane Greenfield alignment from Akkalkot — KN/TS border section in the state of Maharashtra under Bharathmala Pariyojana. The proposed project road is a part of Economic Corridor, which starts from Akkalkot Bypass near Rampur village on NH-150 E in the state of Maharashtra and ends at KN/TS Border near Singnodi village in the State of Karnataka. Total Investment/Cost of the project is Rs. 4621.3 crores (Z 462130 lakhs).The proposed project falls under Category A, 7 (f) Highways.

ii. The proposed alignment has total length of 203 km. The land use in the project area is cultivated and barren lands. The proposed road will have 9 major bridges, 65 minor bridges, 3 RoB, 290 culverts, 27 vehicular underpasses (VUP),15 light vehicular underpasses(LVUPs), 56 small vehicular underpasses(SVUPs), 8 interchanges, 1 toll plaza and 8 toll booths. There is provision of 4 Rest areas. The land use pattern in 10 km either side of the project road is predominately cultivated and barren fields. All safety measures will be provided as per IRC guidelines, NHAI safety manual and MoRTH guidelines, circulars etc.

iii. The proposed project road crosses River Bori at Km 1.800, River Amarja at Km 45.675, River Bhima at Km 70.537 and River Krishna 161.460. The proposed road is also crossing canals. There should not be any diversion/obstruction of free flow of water as per detail geo-hydrological study.

iv. The proposed land acquisition for the proposed alignment is approx. 1830 Ha. The

[Proposal No. IA/KA/NCP/187221/2020] Page 1 of 8

proposed RoW is 60 m. Project area is having plain terrain. Mean Sea Level of the project region is +444 m. Project does not require filling.

v. The proposed project does not involve diversion of any forest land. The project neither pass through any National park/ Wildlife Sanctuary/ Conservation reserve etc., nor falls within 10 km boundary of any Protected Area under Wildlife Protection Act 1972.The proposed project does not involve CRZ areas.

vi. A total of 2,300 Nos. trees which are coming in the alignment need to be removed and about 12,000 trees will be planted on available ROW as per IRC:SP-21: 2009 code. When there is removal of native species, the same will be planted during the compensatory plantation program. The detail of development of green belt will be prepared after approval of alignment. No rehabilitation is required for the proposed project.

vii. No court cases are pending against the proposed project.

3. The EAC, taking into account the submission made by the project proponent had a detailed deliberation during its 251st meeting on 28th December, 2020 and recommended the proposal for grant of Terms of Reference (TORs).

4. As per the recommendation of the EAC, the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change hereby accords TOR for "Development of 4/6 lane Greenfield alignment from Akkalkot - KN/TS border section in the State of Maharashtra under Bharatmala Pariyojana(Lot-5/Package-2) (length 203.00 km) by M/s National Highways Authority of India" and for preparation of EIA/EMP report with public consultations subject to compliance of all conditions as notified in the standard ToR applicable for highways and specific conditions, as mentioned below:

i. The proponent shall carry out a detailed traffic study to assess inflow of traffic from adjoining areas like airport/urban cities. The detailed traffic planning studies shall include complete design, drawings and traffic circulation plans (taking into consideration integration with proposed alignment and other state roads etc.). Wherever required adequate connectivity in terms of VUP (vehicle underpass)/ PUP (Pedestrian underpass) needs to be included.

ii. Road safety audit (along with accident/black spots analysis) by any third-party competent organization at all stages namely at detailed design stage, construction stage and pre-opening stage to ensure that the project road has been constructed considering all the elements of road safety.

iii. Cumulative impact assessment study to be carried out along the entire stretch including the other packages in the same stretch.

iv. Provide compilation of road kill data on the wildlife on the existing roads (national and state highways) in the vicinity of the proposed project. Provide measures to avoid road kills of wildlife by the way of road kill management plan.

v. The alignment of road should be such that the cutting of trees is kept at bare minimum and for this the proponent shall obtain permission from the competent authorities. Committee recommended not to cut very large and old trees especially species such as ficus. Each such tree needs to be geomarked, photographed and details be submitted in the EIA —EMP.

vi. A comprehensive plan for plantation of three rows of native species, as per IRC guidelines, shall be provided. Such plantation alongside of forest stretch will be over and above the compensatory afforestation. Tree species should be same as per the forest type.


vii. The proponent shall carry out a comprehensive socio-economic assessment and also Impact on Biodiversity with emphasis on impact of ongoing land acquisition on the local people living around the proposed alignment. The Social Impact Assessment should have social indicators which can reflect on impact of acquisition on fertile land. The Social Impact Assessment shall take into consideration of key parameters like people's dependency on fertile agricultural land, socio-economic spectrum, impact of the project at local and regional levels.

viii. As per the Ministry's Office Memorandum F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 30th September, 2020, the project proponent, based on the commitments made during the public hearing, shall include all the activities required to be taken to fulfil these commitments in the Environment Management Plan along with cost estimates of these activities, in addition to the activities proposed as per recommendations of EIA Studies and the same shall be submitted to the ministry as part of the EIA Report. The EMP shall be implemented at the project cost or any other funding source available with the project proponent.

ix. In pursuance of Ministry's OM No stated above, the project proponent shall add one annexure in the EIA Report indicating all the commitments made by the PP to the public during public hearing and submit it to the Ministry and the EAC in tabular form.

x. The Action Plan on the compliance of the recommendations of the CAG as per Ministry's Circular No. J-11013/71/2016-IA.1 (M), dated 25th October, 2017 needs to be submitted at the time of appraisal of the project and included in the EIA/EMP Report.

GENERAL CONDITIONS

A brief description of the project, project name, nature, size, its importance to the region/state and the country shall be submitted.

(ii) In case the project involves diversion of forests land, guidelines under OM dated 20.03.2013 shall be followed and necessary action be taken accordingly.

(iii) Details of any litigation(s) pending against the project and/or any directions or orders passed by any court of law/any statutory authority against the project to be detailed out.

(iv) Detailed alignment plan, with details such as nature of terrain (plain, rolling, hilly), land use pattern, habitation, cropping pattern, forest area, environmentally sensitive areas, mangroves, notified industrial areas, sand dunes, sea, rivers, lakes, details of villages, tehsils, districts and states, latitude and longitude for important locations falling on the alignment by employing remote sensing techniques followed by "ground truthing" and also through secondary data sources shall be submitted.

(v) Describe various alternatives considered, procedures and criteria adopted for selection of the final alternative with reasons.

(vi) Land use map of the study area to a scale of 1: 25,000 based on recent satellite imagery delineating the crop lands (both single and double crop), agricultural plantations, fallow lands, waste lands, water bodies, built-up areas, forest area and other surface features such as railway tracks, ports, airports, roads, and major industries etc. alongwith detailed ground survey map on 1:2000 scale showing the existing features falling within the right of way namely trees, structures including archaeological & religious, monuments etc. if any, shall be submitted.

(vii) If the proposed route is passing through any hilly area, the measures for ensuring stability of slopes and proposed measures to control soil erosion from embankment shall be examined and submitted.

(i)

[Proposal No. IA/KA/NCP/187221/2020]

Page 3 of 8

(viii) If the proposed route involves tunneling, the details of the tunnel and locations of tunneling with geological structural fraction should be provided. In case the road passes through a flood plain of a river, the details of micro-drainage, flood passages and information on flood periodicity at least of the last 50 years in the area shall be examined and submitted.

(ix) If the project is passing through/located within the notified ecologically sensitive zone (ESZ) around a notified National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary or in the absence of notified ESZ, within 10 km from the boundary of notified National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary, the project proponent may simultaneously apply for the clearance for the standing committee of NBWL. The EC for such project would be subject to obtaining the clearance from the standing committee of NBWL.

(x) Study regarding the animal bypasses/underpasses etc. across the habitation areas shall be carried out. Adequate cattle passes for the movement of agriculture material shall be provided at the stretches passing through habitation areas. Underpasses shall be provided for the movement of Wild animals.

(xi) Study regarding in line with the recent guidelines prepared by Wildlife Institute of India for linear infrastructure with strong emphasis on animal movement and identifying crossing areas and mitigation measures to avoid wildlife mortality.

(xii) The information shall be provided about the details of the trees to be cut including their species and whether it also involves any protected or endangered species. Measures taken to reduce the number of the trees to be removed should be explained in detail. The details of compensatory plantation shall be submitted. The possibilities of relocating the existing trees shall be explored.

(xiii) Necessary green belt shall be provided on both sides of the highway with proper central verge and cost provision should be made for regular maintenance.

(xiv) If the proposed route is passing through a city or town, with houses and human habitation on either side of the road, the necessity for provision of bypasses/diversions/under passes shall be examined and submitted. The proposal should also indicate the location of wayside amenities, which should include petrol stations/service centres, rest areas including public conveyance, etc.

(xv) Details about measures taken for the pedestrian safety and construction of underpasses and foot-over bridges along with flyovers and interchanges shall be submitted.

(xvi) The possibility that the proposed project will adversely affect road traffic in the surrounding areas (e.g. by causing increases in traffic congestion and traffic accidents) shall be addressed.

(xvii) The details of use of fly ash in the road construction, if the project road is located within the 100 km from the Thermal Power Plant shall be examined and submitted.

(xviii) The possibilities of utilizing debris/waste materials available in and around the project area shall be explored.

(xix) The details on compliance with respect to Research Track Notification of Ministry of Road, Transport and Highways shall be submitted.

(xx) The details of sand quarry and borrow area as per OM No.2-30/2012-IA-III dated 18.12.2012 on 'Rationalization of procedure for Environmental Clearance for Highway Projects involving borrow areas for soil and earth" as modified vide OM of even No. dated 19th March 2013, shall be examined and submitted.

4c [Proposal No. IA/KA/NI-CP/187221/2020]

Page 4 of 8

(xxi) Climate and meteorology (max and min temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, frequency of tropical cyclones and snow fall); the nearest IMD meteorological station from which climatological data have been obtained to be indicated.

(xxii) The air quality monitoring shall be carried out as per the notification issued on 16th November, 2009. Input data used for Noise and Air quality modelling shall be clearly delineated.

(xxiii) The project activities during construction and operation phases, which will affect the noise levels and the potential for increased noise resulting from this project, shall be identified. Discuss the effect of noise levels on nearby habitations during the construction and operational phases of the proposed highway. Identify noise reduction measures and traffic management strategies to be deployed for reducing the negative impact if any. Prediction of noise levels shall be done by using mathematical modelling at different representative locations.

(xxiv) The impact during construction activities due to generation of fugitive dust from crusher units, air emissions from hot mix plants and vehicles used for transportation of materials and prediction of impact on ambient air quality using appropriate mathematical model, description of model, input requirement and reference of derivation, distribution of major pollutants and presentation in tabular form for easy interpretation shall be examined and carried out.

(xxv) The details about the protection to existing habitations from dust, noise, odour etc. during construction stage shall be examined and submitted.

(xxvi) If the proposed route involves cutting of earth, the details of area to be cut, depth of cut, locations, soil type, volume and quantity of earth and other materials to be removed with location of disposal/ dump sites along with necessary permission.

(xxvii) If the proposed route is passing through low lying areas, details of filling materials and initial and final levels after filling above MSL shall be examined and submitted.

(xxviii) The water bodies including the seasonal ones within the corridor of impacts along with their status, volumetric capacity, quality and likely impacts on them due to the project along with the mitigation measures shall be examined and submitted.

(xxix) The details of water quantity required and source of water including water requirement during the construction stage with supporting data and also classification of ground water based on the CGWA classification, shall be examined and submitted.

(xxx) The details of measures taken during constructions of bridges across rivers/ canals/major or minor drains keeping in view the flooding of the rivers and the life span of the existing bridges shall be examined and submitted. Provision of speed breakers, safety signals, service lanes and foot paths shall be examined at appropriate locations throughout the proposed road to avoid accidents.

(xxxi) If there will be any change in the drainage pattern after the proposed activity, details of changes shall be examined and submitted.

(xxxii) Rain water harvesting pit shall be at least 3 - 5 m above the highest ground water table. Provisions shall be made for oil and grease removal from surface runoff.

(xxxiii) If there is a possibility that the construction/widening of road may cause an impact such as destruction of forest, poaching or reduction in wetland areas, examine the impact and submit details.

[Proposal No. IA/]KAACP/187221/2020]

Page 5 of 8

(xxxiv) The details of road safety, signage, service roads, vehicular under passes, accident prone zones and the mitigation measures, shall be submitted.

(xxxv) IRC guidelines shall be followed for widening & upgradation of roads.

(xxxvi) The details of social impact assessment due to the proposed construction of the road, shall be submitted.

(xxxvii) Examine the road design standards, safety equipment specifications and Management System training to ensure that design details take account of safety concerns and submit the traffic management plan.

(xxxviii) Accident data and geographic distribution shall be reviewed and analyzed to predict and identify trends - in case of expansion of the existing highway and provide Post accident emergency assistance and medical care to accident victims

(xxxix) If the proposed project involves any land reclamation, details shall be provided of the activity for which land is to be reclaimed and the area of land to be reclaimed.

(xl) Details of the properties, houses, business activities etc likely to be effected by land acquisition and an estimation of their financial losses, shall be submitted.

(xli) Detailed R&R plan with data on the existing socio-economic status of the population in the study area and broad plan for resettlement of the displaced population, site for the resettlement colony, alternative livelihood concerns/employment and rehabilitation of the displaced people, civil and housing amenities being offered, etc and the schedule of the implementation of the specific project, shall be submitted.

(xlii) The environment management and monitoring plan for construction and operation phases of the project shall be submitted. A copy of your corporate policy on environment management and sustainable development shall also be submitted.

(xliii) Estimated cost of the project including that of environment management plan (both capital and recurring) and source of funding. Also, the mode of execution of the project, viz, EPC, BOT, etc, shall be submitted.

(xliv) A copy of your CSR policy and plan for meeting the expenditure to address the issues raised during Public Hearing, shall be submitted.

(xlv) Details of blasting if any, methodology/technique adopted, applicable regulations/permissions, timing of blasting, mitigation measures proposed keeping in view mating season of wildlife.

(xlvi) In case of river/creek crossing, details of the proposed bridges connecting on either banks, the design and traffic circulation at this junction with simulation studies.

(xlvii) Details to ensure free flow of water in case the alignment passes through water bodies/river/streams etc.

(xlviii) In case of bye passes, the details of access control from the nearby habitation/habitation which may come up after the establishment of road.

(xlix) Bridge design in eco sensitive area /mountains be examined keeping in view the rock classification hydrology etc.

Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given.

(1i) The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out.


(lii) Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative measure, project proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry website "http://moefinic.in/Manual/Highways".

GENERAL GUIDELINES

(i) The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as for as possible.

(ii) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.

(iii) Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.

(iv) Authenticated Eng sit translation of all material provided in Regional languages.

(v) The letter/application for EC should quote the MoEF&CC File No. and also attach a copy of the letter prescribing the TOR.

(vi) The copy of the letter received from the Ministry on the TOR prescribed for the project should be attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.

(vii) The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the Ministry must incorporate the issues in TOR and that raised in Public Hearing. The index of the final EIA-EMP report, must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the EIA-EMP Report where the specific TOR prescribed by Ministry and the issue raised in the P.H. have been incorporated. Questionnaire related to the project (posted on MoEF&CC website) with all sections duly filled in shall also be submitted at the time of applying for EC.

(viii) Grant of TOR does not mean grant of EC.

(ix) Grant of TOR/EC to the present project does not mean grant of approvals in other regulations such as the Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 or the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

(x) Grant of EC is also subject to Circulars and Office Memorandum issued under the EIA Notification 2006 and subsequent amendments, which are available on the MoEF&CC website: www.envfor.nic.in.

(xi) The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI shall be specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA is prepared.

(xii) On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the consultant/consultancy firm along with their complete details including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated. The consultant while submitting the EIA/EMP report shall give an undertaking to the effect that the prescribed TOR (TOR proposed by the project proponent and additional TOR given by the MoEF) have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct (Refer MoEF office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009).

(xiii) While submitting the EIA/EMP reports, the name of the experts associated with/involved in the preparation of these reports and the laboratories through which the samples have been got analysed should be stated in the report. It shall clearly be indicated whether these laboratories are approved under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the rules made there under (Please refer MoEF office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009). The project Coordinator of the EIA study shall also be mentioned.

[Proposal No. IAAKA/NCP/187221/2020]

Page 7 of 8

(xiv) All the TOR points as presented before EAC shall be covered.

5. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report shall be prepared in terms of the above additional TOR and should be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board for Public Hearing. Public Hearing to be conducted for the project in accordance with the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public should be addressed in the Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing shall be conducted based on the TOR letter issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the website.

6. The project proponent shall submit the detailed final EIA/EMP report prepared as per TOR including issues raised during Public Hearing to the Ministry for considering the proposal for environmental clearance before expiry of validity of TOR.

7. The consultants involved in preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India/National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (QCl/NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other Organization(s)/Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. vide notification of the MoEF dated 19th July, 2013.

8. The prescribed TOR would be valid for a period of four years for submission of the EIA/EMP Reports.

9. This issues with the approval of Competent Authority.

Copy to:

1. The Member Secretary, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board, Kalpataru Points, 3rd & 4th Floor, Opp. Cine Planet, Sion Circle, Sion, Mumbai-400 022, Maharashtra.

(Amard aju) Scienti t 'E'





Annexure – II

Environmental Baseline Data Report

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA GENERATION REPORT

FOR

Bharatmala Pariyojana

(Maharashtra – LOT – 5/PACKAGE – 2)

from Akkalkot (MH) to KN/TS Border Near

Singnodi Village

CONDUCTED BY

Recognised by MoEF&CC, GOI, Sr.no.1680 (E), ISO 9001:2008

H.No.16-11-23/37/A, 2nd Floor,

N-mart Building, Opp: R.T.A Office,

Musaarambagh, Hyderabad.

Tel Fax: 040 – 24544320, 24558363.

Website: visonlabs.com

Email [email protected] & [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

Environmental Data Generation Report for Akkalkot (MH) to KN/TS Border Near Singnodi Village Road Work

Monitoring conducted by M/s Vison Labs, Hyderabad. Recognized by NABL, MoEF&CC ,S.O.1680(E),valid up to 01/07/2019. ISO 9001:2008 & OHSAS: 18001:2007. Page 2 of 32

R E P O R T

FOR

Bharatmala Pariyojana

(Maharashtra – LOT – 5/PACKAGE – 2)

from Akkalkot (MH) to KN/TS Border Near

Singnodi Village.

Aarvee Associates

Ravula Residency, Srinagar Colony,

Hyderabad, Telangana-82.

For and behalf of Vison Labs

Approved By : T Laxmikanth Reddy

Signed :

Position : Chief Executive

This report has been prepared by Vison Labs with all reasonable skill, care and diligence

within the terms of the contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms and Conditions

of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.

We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect of any matters outside the scope

of the above.

This report is confidential to the client and we accept no responsibility of whatsoever nature to

third parties to whom this report, or any part thereof, is made known, any such party relies on the

report at their own risk.



SCOPE OF WORK

Monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Water quality, Soil quality and Ambient Noise Quality measurement are part of

the scope of work given to M/s Vison Labs. The environmental Monitoring has been carried out at Bharatmala

Pariyojana (Maharashtra – LOT – 5/PACKAGE – 2) from Akkalkot (MH) to KN/TS Border Near Singnodi Village

Micro-Meteorology: Jevargi : 15°20’05.0”N, 77°54’11.2”E

A] Ambient Air Quality Locations:

Location Code Location Name Co-Ordinates

AAQ -1 Badiyal 16°29'30.52"N, 77°16'33.68"E

AAQ -2 Sirwal 16°48'35.17"N, 76°53'15.18"E

AAQ -3 Jevargi 17° 0'33.28"N, 76°46'23.36"E

AAQ -4 Banderwad 17°10'41.75"N, 76°34'58.71"E

AAQ -5 Dudhani 17°21'32.74"N, 76°22'9.61"E

AAQ -6 Akkalkot 17°31'26.85"N, 76°12'17.84"E

B] Ambient Noise Quality Locations:

Location

Code

Location Name

Date of

Monitoring

Co-Ordinates

NQ-1 Near to Badiyal 26.03.2019 16°29'31.57"N, 77°16'40.10"E

NQ-2 Near to Mungal 23.03.2019 16°31'37.34"N, 77°15'23.65"E

NQ-3 Near to Belgunda village 20.03.2019 16°33'7.40"N, 77°13'17.87"E

NQ-4 Near to Sawoor village 18.03.2019 16°36'25.07"N, 77°12'8.90"E

NQ-5 Near to Kumnoor village 15.03.2019 16°37'24.67"N, 77°10'13.64"E

NQ-6 Wadgera Road, Near to Halgera village 13.03.2019 16°38'21.86"N, 77° 6'54.89"E

NQ-7 Near to Malhalli village 11.03.2019 16°40'36.84"N, 77° 3'55.98"E

NQ-8 Near to Naikal village 06.03.2019 16°43'26.22"N, 77° 3'55.08"E

NQ-9 Near to Khanapur village, SH-15 04.03.2019 16°42'41.26"N, 77° 0'48.34"E

NQ-10 Near to Karangi village 02.03.2019 16°43'52.91"N, 77° 0'15.50"E

NQ-11 Near to Ibrahimpur Road 29.02.2019 16°46'3.92"N, 76°57'29.84"E

NQ-12 Near to Sirwal village 27.02.2019 16°48'29.09"N, 76°53'13.65"E

NQ-13 Near to Ganwar village 25.02.2019 16°54'29.97"N, 76°49'23.10"E

NQ-14 Near to Srirangapatna – Jevargi Road, NH/SH -19 23.02.2019 16°58'52.01"N, 76°46'19.80"E

NQ-15 Near to Herur B 21.02.2019 17° 5'30.21"N, 76°40'5.72"E

NQ-16 Near to Jogur 19.02.2019 17° 7'20.27"N, 76°38'8.09"E

NQ-17 Near to Huvinhalli 15.02.2019 17°10'6.21"N, 76°36'27.63"E

NQ-18 Near to Banderwad 12.02.2019 17°10'45.16"N, 76°35'1.64"E

NQ-19 Near to Chowdapur 09.02.2019 17°12'43.84"N, 76°32'44.50"E

NQ-20 NH 34 – Near to Bhognalli-Sindhoor Road 06.02.2019 17°14'45.98"N, 76°29'48.17"E

NQ-21 Near to Badadal 04.02.2019 17°18'52.31"N, 76°24'57.16"E

NQ-22

Near to Mhetre

Bhognalli-Ravoor-Dudhani Road 30.01.2019 17°21'0.74"N, 76°23'43.93"E

NQ-23 Near to Dudhani 28.01.2019 17°21'44.33"N, 76°22'53.46"E

NQ-24 Cross Road -Near to Maindargi village 24.01.2019 17°27'20.57"N, 76°18'1.23"E

NQ-25 Near Rampur – Main Road 21.01.2019 17°30'45.88"N, 76°13'22.14"E



C] Ground Water Quality Location:

Location Code Bore Well Location Date of Sampling Co-Ordinates

GW-1 Badiyal 13.03.2019 16°29'30.97"N, 77°16'29.75"E

GW-2 Sirwal 12.03.2019 16°48'37.08"N, 76°53'11.54"E

GW-3 Jevargi 14.03.2019 17° 0'40.93"N, 76°46'31.12"E

GW-4 Banderwad 13.03.2019 17°10'41.62"N, 76°35'1.00"E

GW-5 Dudhani 14.03.2019 17°21'37.64"N, 76°22'24.97"E

GW-6 Akkalkot 15.03.2019 17°31'37.84"N, 76°12'9.24"E

GW-7 Hursgundgi 14.03.2019 16°47'24.56"N, 76°57'21.62"E

GW-8 Ganwar 15.03.2019 16°54'23.36"N, 76°49'20.08"E

D] Surface water Quality Location:

Location Code Location Name Sample Collection Dates Co-Ordinates

SW-1 Bidrani 13.03.2019 16°45'50.81"N, 76°57'0.06"E

SW-2 Sirwal 12.03.2019 16°48'48.37"N, 76°53'16.97"E

SW-3 Jevargi 14.03.2019 17° 0'46.05"N, 76°46'13.96"E

SW-4 Sannati 13.03.2019 16°49'39.49"N, 76°54'21.69"E

SW-5 Harwal 14.03.2019 17° 3'43.39"N, 76°41'13.79"E

SW-6 Mirajgi 15.03.2019 17°28'40.85"N, 76°15'4.69"E

SW-7 Lingera 14.03.2019 16°38'19.50"N, 77°10'4.60"E

SW-8 Khanpur 15.03.2019 16°42'24.19"N, 77° 0'49.39"E

SW-9 Near Badiyal (Gudur) 14.03.2019 16°28'49.46"N, 77°14'45.25"E

E] Soil Quality Location

Location Code Location Name Sample Collection Dates Co-Ordinates

S-1 Badiyal 13.03.2019 16°29'30.97"N, 77°16'20.42"E

S-2 Sirwal 12.03.2019 16°48'22.01"N, 76°53'3.41"E

S-3 Jevargi 14.03.2019 16°59'50.22"N, 76°46'18.00"E

S-4 Banderwad 13.03.2019 17°10'35.53"N, 76°35'10.32"E

S-5 Dudhani 14.03.2019 17°21'17.00"N, 76°22'6.22"E

S-6 Akkalkot 15.03.2019 17°31'2.20"N, 76°12'56.51"E

MONITORING AND ANALYSIS METHODOLOGY

The consultant had Pre-identified the monitoring stations for Air, Water and Noise. Time bound program for

carrying out fieldwork was prepared and was followed as far as possible. The IS methods are followed to decide the

monitoring stations, analysis of different samples and also alternative methods are used, where the cross verification

is required.



Ambient Air Quality Monitoring:

Respirable Dust Samplers (RDS) with gaseous attachment have been used for PM10/PM2.5 Sampling. RDS with

Gaseous attachment assembly is used for the collection of gaseous pollutants such as SO2, NO2 and CO.

Ambient Air monitoring instruments

Instrument

Make

Model No.

Range and Sensitivity

PM10/PM2.5 Gases

Respirable Dust

Sampler (RDS)

Fine Particulate

Sampler (APM 550)

Ecotech Combo)

Aeroviron

Envirotech

M/s. ECO Tech

RDS 9000

APM 550

AAS 271

PM10 2.3 m3/hour

PM2.5 1.0 m3/hour

±0.02 m3/hour

0 – 3 LPM

± 0.2 LPM

Testing Method to be followed for Ambient Air Quality

Particular Testing Method to be Followed

Ambient Air Monitoring Parameter

A PM 10 IS-5182 (part – IV) 2006

B PM 2.5 IS-5182 (part – IV) 2006

C SO2 (Sulfur Dioxide) IS 5182 (Part – II) 2001, with Improved West & Gaeke Method

D NO2 (Nitrogen Dioxide) Modified Jacobs – Hochheiser Method / Arsenite Method

E CO (Carbon Monoxide) Indicator Tube Method

Noise Level Measurement

Instant sound level meter is used for the collection of data related to noise at an interval of one hour per reading.

Noise level for 24 hours was conducted location.

Noise (Sound) Measuring Instrument

Instrument Make Model No. Detection Limit

Integrated Sound Level

Measurement Instrument Standard

Accessories

HTC

SL-1352

Lower level: 35-80dB(A)

Higher level: 80-130dB(A)

Testing Method to be followed

Sr.No. Particular Testing Method to be Followed

1

Noise Level Measurement

A

Noise Level in dB (A) for continuous 24

hours at 1 hour interval

Comply With IEC61672-1 Class2 Standard

Water Quality Survey

Water samples were collected in Pre-sterilized sampling container. Chemical and Metals analysis was

carried out as per standard Methods for water Analysis, Published by BIS, AWWA, APHA, etc.

Soil Quality Survey

Soil samples were collected in sealed sampling Polyethylene covers. Chemical and Metals analysis was

carried out as per standard Methods for Soil Analysis, Published by BIS etc.

Quality Assurance

VISON LABS is accredited by Ministry of Environment & forests, GOVT. OF INDIA and follows

quality systems as per ISO 9001:2008. The QA/QC procedures are laid prior to sample collection and laboratory

analysis. It includes the standard procedures of sample collection, preservation, transportation and laboratory

analysis with all documented procedures and continuous monitoring of Quality Control Division.

Results of Survey Data

The Survey results of Ambient Air Quality, Ambient Noise Monitoring and Water Sampling

analysis are presented below



Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The Ambient Air Quality has been monitored at Six locations. The table showing Ambient Air Quality is

present in Table -1 to Table-4 respectively.

TABLE-1

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS

LOCATION OF SAMPLING SITE : Badiyal (AAQ-1)

S.No

Date of

Sampling

PM 10

µg/m3

PM 2.5 µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

CO

mg/m3

1st Week 07.01.2019 49.9 27.6 6.0 13.7 <1.0

08.01.2019 44.3 24.5 5.4 13.3 <1.0

2nd Week 14.01.2019 41.8 23.1 4.8 15.5 <1.0

15.01.2019 44.1 24.3 4.5 12.1 <1.0

3rd Week 21.01.2019 40.8 22.6 4.7 11.4 <1.0

22.01.2019 43.5 23.9 4.9 13.3 <1.0

4th Week 28.01.2019 38.4 21.2 4.5 12.2 <1.0

29.01.2019 46.0 25.4 5.1 13.6 <1.0

5th Week 04.02.2019 48.1 26.5 7.8 14.9 <1.0

05.02.2019 51.6 28.2 6.9 13.7 <1.0

6th Week 11.02.2019 46.6 25.7 5.2 14.2 <1.0

12.02.2019 50.4 27.6 6.5 14.8 <1.0

7th Week 18.02.2019 52.6 29.1 5.4 13.6 <1.0

19.02.2019 46.3 25.6 6.3 14.8 <1.0

8th Week 25.02.2019 51.6 28.6 6.7 15.6 <1.0

26.02.2019 44.6 24.6 6.0 14.0 <1.0

9th Week 04.03.2019 53.8 29.5 5.3 13.1 <1.0

05.03.2019 50.4 27.8 6.9 15.6 <1.0

10th Week 11.03.2019 46.8 25.9 7.2 13.5 <1.0

12.03.2019 53.7 29.8 7.3 15.3 <1.0

11th Week 18.03.2019 50.4 27.8 7.1 16.0 <1.0

19.03.2019 55.3 30.7 6.4 14.3 <1.0

12th Week 25.03.2019 52.6 29.0 7.2 11.9 <1.0

26.03.2019 54.2 29.9 5.9 13.6 <1.0

Arithmetic Mean 48.2 26.6 6.0 13.9 <1.0

Maximum 55.3 30.7 7.8 16 <1.0

Minimum 38.4 21.2 4.5 11.4 <1.0

Percentile Values

75th percentile 51.9 28.7 6.9 14.8 <1.0

98th percentile 54.8 30.3 7.6 15.8 <1.0



TABLE-2


LOCATION OF SAMPLING SITE : Sirwal (AAQ-2)

S.No

Date of

Sampling

PM 10

µg/m3

PM 2.5 µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

CO

mg/m3

1st Week 10.01.2019 46.1 25.5 4.6 10.6 <1.0

11.01.2019 41.0 22.6 4.8 10.3 <1.0

2nd Week 17.01.2019 38.6 21.3 5.2 12.3 <1.0

18.01.2019 40.8 22.5 5.0 9.4 <1.0

3rd Week 24.01.2019 37.7 20.9 4.9 8.8 <1.0

25.01.2019 40.2 22.1 5.2 10.3 <1.0

4th Week 31.01.2019 35.6 19.6 5.5 9.4 <1.0

01.02.2019 42.9 23.5 4.7 10.6 <1.0

5th Week 07.02.2019 44.5 24.6 6.0 11.4 <1.0

08.02.2019 47.7 26.1 5.3 10.9 <1.0

6th Week 14.02.2019 43.1 23.8 4.3 11.0 <1.0

15.02.2019 46.6 25.5 5.1 11.5 <1.0

7th Week 21.02.2019 48.3 26.9 4.3 10.6 <1.0

22.02.2019 42.8 23.7 4.8 11.5 <1.0

8th Week 28.02.2019 47.7 26.5 5.2 12.1 <1.0

01.03.2019 41.2 22.8 4.6 10.9 <1.0

9th Week 07.03.2019 49.3 27.3 4.1 10.2 <1.0

08.03.2019 46.6 25.7 5.3 12.1 <1.0

10th Week 14.03.2019 43.3 23.9 5.6 10.3 <1.0

15.03.2019 49.8 27.5 5.6 11.9 <1.0

11th Week 21.03.2019 46.6 25.7 5.5 12.3 <1.0

22.03.2019 51.4 28.4 4.9 10.8 <1.0

12th Week 28.03.2019 48.6 26.8 5.6 9.6 <1.0

29.03.2019 50.0 27.6 4.6 10.6 <1.0

Arithmetic Mean 44.6 24.6 5.0 10.8 <1.0

Maximum 51.4 28.4 6 12.3 <1.0

Minimum 35.6 19.6 4.1 8.8 <1.0

Percentile Values

75th percentile 47.9 26.6 5.4 11.5 <1.0

98th percentile 50.8 28.0 5.8 12.3 <1.0



TABLE-3


LOCATION OF SAMPLING SITE : Jevargi (AAQ-3)

S.No

Date of

Sampling

PM 10

µg/m3

PM 2.5 µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

CO

mg/m3

1st Week 07.01.2019 60.5 32.3 7.1 15.9 <1.0

08.01.2019 51.7 29.3 6.4 16.1 <1.0

2nd Week 14.01.2019 48.9 26.5 6.6 18.0 <1.0

15.01.2019 52.4 27.3 7.0 15.9 <1.0

3rd Week 21.01.2019 53.0 28.2 7.1 17.4 <1.0

22.01.2019 56.6 29.4 5.9 18.2 <1.0

4th Week 28.01.2019 48.8 24.6 5.5 17.0 <1.0

29.01.2019 52.7 28.9 6.6 14.6 <1.0

5th Week 04.02.2019 55.8 31.6 8.4 15.3 <1.0

05.02.2019 58.1 32.3 7.4 14.5 <1.0

6th Week 11.02.2019 55.0 30.6 5.6 18.2 <1.0

12.02.2019 61.6 32.9 7.2 15.9 <1.0

7th Week 18.02.2019 63.6 33.3 6.6 18.4 <1.0

19.02.2019 56.4 29.6 7.1 17.2 <1.0

8th Week 25.02.2019 61.7 32.9 7.4 15.9 <1.0

26.02.2019 53.9 29.3 6.7 16.9 <1.0

9th Week 04.03.2019 61.3 33.8 6.3 18.4 <1.0

05.03.2019 57.2 32.1 8.3 18.8 <1.0

10th Week 11.03.2019 56.2 30.6 8.0 17.2 <1.0

12.03.2019 64.1 34.7 9.1 18.1 <1.0

11th Week 18.03.2019 60.9 31.0 8.4 17.3 <1.0

19.03.2019 65.8 34.6 7.9 19.7 <1.0

12th Week 25.03.2019 56.6 33.2 8.4 15.1 <1.0

26.03.2019 65.3 34.7 7.4 18.5 <1.0

Arithmetic Mean 57.4 31.0 7.2 17.0 <1.0

Maximum 65.8 34.7 9.1 19.7 <1.0

Minimum 48.8 24.6 5.5 14.5 <1.0

Percentile Values

75th percentile 61.4 33.0 7.9 18.2 <1.0

98th percentile 65.6 34.7 8.8 19.3 <1.0



TABLE-4


LOCATION OF SAMPLING SITE : Banderwad (AAQ-4)

S.No

Date of

Sampling

PM 10

µg/m3

PM 2.5 µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

CO

mg/m3

1st Week 10.01.2019 41.6 22.2 4.7 10.4 <1.0

11.01.2019 35.6 20.1 4.6 10.6 <1.0

2nd Week 17.01.2019 33.7 18.2 4.3 11.8 <1.0

18.01.2019 36.0 18.7 4.6 10.4 <1.0

3rd Week 24.01.2019 36.5 19.4 4.7 11.4 <1.0

25.01.2019 39.0 20.2 5.1 11.9 <1.0

4th Week 31.01.2019 33.6 16.9 4.6 11.2 <1.0

01.02.2019 36.3 19.9 4.3 9.6 <1.0

5th Week 07.02.2019 38.4 21.7 5.5 10.1 <1.0

08.02.2019 40.0 22.2 4.9 9.5 <1.0

6th Week 14.02.2019 37.8 21.0 5.3 11.9 <1.0

15.02.2019 42.4 22.6 4.8 10.4 <1.0

7th Week 21.02.2019 43.7 22.9 6.0 12.1 <1.0

22.02.2019 38.8 20.4 4.7 11.3 <1.0

8th Week 28.02.2019 42.5 22.6 4.9 10.4 <1.0

01.03.2019 37.1 20.1 4.4 11.1 <1.0

9th Week 07.03.2019 42.2 23.3 5.5 12.1 <1.0

08.03.2019 39.3 22.1 5.4 12.3 <1.0

10th Week 14.03.2019 38.7 21.0 5.3 11.3 <1.0

15.03.2019 44.1 23.9 6.0 11.9 <1.0

11th Week 21.03.2019 41.9 21.3 5.5 11.3 <1.0

22.03.2019 45.3 23.8 5.2 12.9 <1.0

12th Week 28.03.2019 39.0 22.8 5.5 9.9 <1.0

29.03.2019 44.9 23.9 4.9 12.2 <1.0

Arithmetic Mean 39.5 21.3 5.0 11.2 <1.0

Maximum 45.3 23.9 6.0 12.9 <1.0

Minimum 33.6 16.9 4.3 9.5 <1.0

Percentile Values

75th percentile 42.3 22.7 5.4 11.9 <1.0

98th percentile 45.1 23.9 6.0 12.6 <1.0



TABLE-5


LOCATION OF SAMPLING SITE : Dudhani (AAQ-5)

S.No

Date of

Sampling

PM 10

µg/m3

PM 2.5 µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

CO

mg/m3

1st Week 07.01.2019 51.6 27.5 5.5 11.6 <1.0

08.01.2019 44.1 24.9 5.2 11.9 <1.0

2nd Week 14.01.2019 41.8 22.6 4.8 13.2 <1.0

15.01.2019 44.6 23.2 5.2 11.6 <1.0

3rd Week 21.01.2019 45.3 24.1 6.1 12.8 <1.0

22.01.2019 48.4 25.0 4.4 13.3 <1.0

4th Week 28.01.2019 41.7 21.0 4.9 12.5 <1.0

29.01.2019 45.0 24.7 4.8 10.8 <1.0

5th Week 04.02.2019 47.9 26.9 6.2 11.3 <1.0

05.02.2019 49.6 27.5 5.5 10.6 <1.0

6th Week 11.02.2019 46.9 26.0 4.1 13.3 <1.0

12.02.2019 52.6 28.0 5.4 11.6 <1.0

7th Week 18.02.2019 54.2 28.4 4.8 13.6 <1.0

19.02.2019 48.1 25.3 5.3 12.7 <1.0

8th Week 25.02.2019 52.5 28.0 5.5 11.6 <1.0

26.02.2019 46.0 24.7 4.9 12.4 <1.0

9th Week 04.03.2019 52.3 28.9 4.6 13.6 <1.0

05.03.2019 48.8 27.4 6.3 13.8 <1.0

10th Week 11.03.2019 48.0 26.0 5.9 12.7 <1.0

12.03.2019 54.9 29.6 6.7 13.3 <1.0

11th Week 18.03.2019 52.0 26.4 6.2 12.7 <1.0

19.03.2019 56.2 29.5 5.8 14.4 <1.0

12th Week 25.03.2019 48.4 28.3 6.2 11.1 <1.0

26.03.2019 55.5 29.6 5.5 13.7 <1.0

Arithmetic Mean 49.0 26.4 5.4 12.5 <1.0

Maximum 56.2 29.6 6.7 14.4 <1.0

Minimum 41.7 21 4.1 10.6 <1.0

Percentile Values

75th percentile 52.4 28.1 6.0 13.3 <1.0

98th percentile 55.9 29.6 6.5 14.1 <1.0



TABLE-6


LOCATION OF SAMPLING SITE : Akkalkot (AAQ-6)

S.No

Date of

Sampling

PM 10

µg/m3

PM 2.5 µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

CO

mg/m3

1st Week 10.01.2019 76.4 40.7 8.4 18.3 <1.0

11.01.2019 65.3 36.9 8.2 18.8 <1.0

2nd Week 17.01.2019 61.9 33.4 7.6 20.9 <1.0

18.01.2019 66.0 34.3 8.2 18.3 <1.0

3rd Week 24.01.2019 67.0 35.7 8.4 20.2 <1.0

25.01.2019 71.6 37.0 7.0 21.0 <1.0

4th Week 31.01.2019 61.7 31.1 6.3 19.8 <1.0

01.02.2019 66.6 36.6 7.6 17.1 <1.0

5th Week 07.02.2019 70.4 39.8 9.8 17.9 <1.0

08.02.2019 73.4 40.7 8.7 16.7 <1.0

6th Week 14.02.2019 69.4 38.5 6.5 21.0 <1.0

15.02.2019 77.8 41.4 8.5 18.3 <1.0

7th Week 21.02.2019 80.2 42.0 7.6 21.5 <1.0

22.02.2019 71.2 37.4 8.4 20.1 <1.0

8th Week 28.02.2019 78.0 41.4 8.7 18.3 <1.0

01.03.2019 68.1 36.9 7.7 19.6 <1.0

9th Week 07.03.2019 77.4 42.8 7.3 21.5 <1.0

08.03.2019 72.1 40.6 9.5 21.8 <1.0

10th Week 14.03.2019 71.0 38.5 9.3 20.1 <1.0

15.03.2019 81.0 43.8 10.6 21.0 <1.0

11th Week 21.03.2019 77.0 39.1 9.8 20.1 <1.0

22.03.2019 83.2 43.7 9.2 22.8 <1.0

12th Week 28.03.2019 71.6 41.9 9.8 17.5 <1.0

29.03.2019 82.4 43.8 8.7 21.6 <1.0

Arithmetic Mean 72.5 39.1 8.4 19.8 <1.0

Maximum 83.2 43.8 10.6 22.8 <1.0

Minimum 61.7 31.1 6.3 16.7 <1.0

Percentile Values

75th percentile 77.5 41.5 9.2 21.0 <1.0

98th percentile 82.8 43.8 10.2 22.3 <1.0



Observations

PM10: The maximum value for PM10 observed at Akkalkot (AAQ-6) 83.2 µg/m3 and minimum value for PM10 at

Banderwad (AAQ-4) 33.6 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit inside the plant premises 100 µg/m3 for industrial,

Residential-100 µg/m3 area.

PM2.5: The maximum value for PM2.5 observed at at Akkalkot (AAQ-6) 43.8 µg/m3 and minimum value for PM2.5 at

Banderwad (AAQ-4) 16.9 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit inside the plant premises 60 µg/m3 for industrial,


SO2: The maximum value for SO2 observed at Akkalkot (AAQ-6) 10.6 µg/m3 and minimum value for SO2 at Sirwal

(AAQ-2) & Dudhani (AAQ-5) 4.1 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit inside the plant premises 80 µg/m3 for

industrial, Residential-80 µg/m3 area.

NO2: The maximum value for NO2 observed at Akkalkot (AAQ-6) 22.8 µg/m3 and minimum value for NO2 at

Sirwal (AAQ-2) 8.8 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit inside the plant premises 80 µg/m3 for industrial,


CO: Corban Monoxide Value Observed all monitoring locations <1.0 mg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit inside

the plant premises 2.0 mg/m3 for industrial, Residential-2.0 mg/m3 area.

Results and Conclusions:

The results of the monitored data indicate that the ambient air quality of the region in general is conformity with

respect to norms of National Ambient Air Quality standards of CPCB, at all locations monitored.



AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA

The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at twenty-five locations in the study area. The parameters

are analyzed for Lday and Lnight, the statistical analysis results are given in TABLE-7 and TABLE-11

Ambient Noise Quality Locations

Location

Code

Location Name

Date Of

Monitoring

Co-Ordinates

















NQ-17 Near to Huvinhalli 15.02.2019 17°10'6.21"N, 76°36'27.63"E





NQ-22

Near to Mhetre







TABLE-7


Location

Code

Location Name

Date Of

Monitoring

Co-Ordinates







All the values are expressed in dB (A)

Time NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5 NQ-6

HOURS

06:00 – 07:00 49.3 48.3 47.3 48.2 48.3 49.2

07:00 – 08:00 51.6 50.6 49.8 50.7 50.6 51.7

08:00 – 09:00 53.7 52.6 51.6 52.6 52.6 53.7

09:00 – 10:00 58.3 57.2 56.2 55.2 57.2 56.3

10:00 – 11:00 61.2 60.0 59.3 59.2 61.3 60.4

11:00 – 12:00 57.5 56.4 55.4 55.1 54.3 56.2

12:00 – 13:00 55.2 54.1 53.1 53.6 53.9 54.7

13:00 – 14:00 53.7 53.3 52.3 52.9 52.7 54.0

14:00 – 15:00 56.0 56.0 55.2 59.1 55.1 60.3

15:00 – 16:00 58.2 58.2 57.1 60.7 56.9 61.9

16:00 – 17:00 60.5 60.3 59.2 61.8 59.1 63.0

17:00 – 18:00 56.1 55.4 54.4 59.3 54.2 60.5

18:00 – 19:00 63.1 59.4 58.2 60.4 60.3 61.6

19:00 – 20:00 57.2 56.2 55.1 54.3 57.1 55.4

20:00 – 21:00 55.8 54.2 53.1 53.9 55.9 55.0

21:00 – 22:00 54.3 53.2 52.2 52.7 54.2 53.8

22:00 – 23:00 48.5 47.5 46.6 48.2 48.9 49.2

23:00 – 24:00 44.2 43.4 42.5 42.6 44.1 43.5

24:00 – 01:00 40.8 40.0 39.3 41.4 41.9 42.2

01:00 – 02:00 38.5 37.5 36.8 36.9 38.9 37.6

02:00 – 03:00 37.5 36.8 36.1 37.2 38.0 37.9

03:00 – 04:00 38.4 37.6 36.9 36.3 39.1 37.0

04:00 – 05:00 41.2 40.4 39.6 39.9 41.0 40.7

05:00 – 06:00 47.0 46.1 45.3 45.4 45.6 46.3

Leq Day 57.6 56.3 55.3 57.1 56.3 58.3

Leq Night 43.8 42.9 42.1 42.9 43.8 43.8



TABLE-8


Location

Code

Location Name

Date Of

Monitoring

Co-Ordinates







Time NQ-7 NQ-8 NQ-9 NQ-10 NQ-11

HOURS

06:00 – 07:00 48.1 45.2 49.1 46.1 45.5

07:00 – 08:00 50.6 49.3 51.6 50.3 47.8

08:00 – 09:00 52.9 51.0 54.0 52.0 50.0

09:00 – 10:00 57.4 55.1 58.5 56.2 54.2

10:00 – 11:00 63.6 59.2 64.9 60.4 60.1

11:00 – 12:00 56.2 53.1 57.3 54.2 53.1

12:00 – 13:00 54.9 55.0 56.0 56.1 51.9

13:00 – 14:00 53.9 51.2 55.0 52.2 50.9

14:00 – 15:00 56.1 58.4 57.2 59.6 53.0

15:00 – 16:00 57.3 60.2 58.4 61.4 54.1

16:00 – 17:00 59.4 59.3 60.6 60.5 56.1

17:00 – 18:00 54.2 54.1 55.3 55.2 51.2

18:00 – 19:00 59.2 50.1 60.4 51.1 55.9

19:00 – 20:00 56.7 49.2 57.8 50.2 53.5

20:00 – 21:00 54.1 50.6 55.2 51.6 51.1

21:00 – 22:00 52.9 54.1 54.0 55.2 50.0

22:00 – 23:00 46.2 46.3 47.1 47.2 43.6

23:00 – 24:00 43.4 41.0 44.3 41.8 41.0

24:00 – 01:00 39.8 39.6 40.6 40.4 37.6

01:00 – 02:00 37.2 37.5 37.9 38.3 35.1

02:00 – 03:00 38.3 36.9 39.1 37.6 36.2

03:00 – 04:00 39.2 37.0 40.0 37.7 37.0

04:00 – 05:00 40.8 41.0 41.6 41.8 38.5

05:00 – 06:00 43.9 46.8 44.8 47.7 41.5

Leq Day 56.9 55.1 58.1 56.3 53.6

Leq Night 42.1 42.4 43.0 43.3 39.7



TABLE-9


Location

Code

Location Name

Date Of

Monitoring

Co-Ordinates








HOURS

06:00 – 07:00 49.1 46.1 42.1 47.0 50.1

07:00 – 08:00 51.6 50.3 44.3 51.3 52.6

08:00 – 09:00 54.0 52.0 46.3 53.0 55.1

09:00 – 10:00 58.5 56.2 50.2 57.3 59.7

10:00 – 11:00 64.9 60.4 55.6 61.6 66.2

11:00 – 12:00 57.3 54.2 49.2 55.3 58.4

12:00 – 13:00 56.0 56.1 48.1 57.2 57.1

13:00 – 14:00 55.0 52.2 47.1 53.2 56.1

14:00 – 15:00 57.2 59.6 49.1 60.8 58.3

15:00 – 16:00 58.4 61.4 50.1 62.6 59.6

16:00 – 17:00 60.6 60.5 51.9 61.7 61.8

17:00 – 18:00 55.3 55.2 47.4 56.3 56.4

18:00 – 19:00 60.4 51.1 51.8 52.1 61.6

19:00 – 20:00 57.8 50.2 49.5 51.2 59.0

20:00 – 21:00 55.2 51.6 47.3 52.6 56.3

21:00 – 22:00 54.0 55.2 46.3 56.3 55.1

22:00 – 23:00 47.1 47.2 40.4 48.1 48.0

23:00 – 24:00 44.3 41.8 38.0 42.6 45.2

24:00 – 01:00 40.6 40.4 34.8 41.2 41.4

01:00 – 02:00 37.9 38.3 32.5 39.1 38.7

02:00 – 03:00 39.1 37.6 33.5 38.4 39.9

03:00 – 04:00 40.0 37.7 34.3 38.5 40.8

04:00 – 05:00 41.6 41.8 35.6 42.6 42.4

05:00 – 06:00 44.8 47.7 38.4 48.7 45.7

Leq Day 58.1 56.3 49.5 57.4 59.3

Leq Night 43.0 43.3 36.7 44.2 43.8



TABLE-10


Location

Code

Location Name

Date Of

Monitoring

Co-Ordinates







HOURS

06:00 – 07:00 50.1 47.0 51.1 47.9 42.9

07:00 – 08:00 52.6 51.3 53.7 52.3 45.2

08:00 – 09:00 55.1 53.0 56.2 54.1 47.2

09:00 – 10:00 59.7 57.3 60.9 58.4 51.2

10:00 – 11:00 66.2 61.6 67.5 62.8 56.7

11:00 – 12:00 58.4 55.3 59.6 56.4 50.2

12:00 – 13:00 57.1 57.2 58.2 58.3 49.1

13:00 – 14:00 56.1 53.2 57.2 54.3 48.0

14:00 – 15:00 58.3 60.8 59.5 62.0 50.1

15:00 – 16:00 59.6 62.6 60.8 63.9 51.1

16:00 – 17:00 61.8 61.7 63.0 62.9 52.9

17:00 – 18:00 56.4 56.3 57.5 57.4 48.3

18:00 – 19:00 61.6 52.1 62.8 53.1 52.8

19:00 – 20:00 59.0 51.2 60.2 52.2 50.5

20:00 – 21:00 56.3 52.6 57.4 53.7 48.2

21:00 – 22:00 55.1 56.3 56.2 57.4 47.2

22:00 – 23:00 48.0 48.1 49.0 49.1 41.2

23:00 – 24:00 45.2 42.6 46.1 43.5 38.8

24:00 – 01:00 41.4 41.2 42.2 42.0 35.5

01:00 – 02:00 38.7 39.1 39.5 39.9 33.2

02:00 – 03:00 39.9 38.4 40.7 39.2 34.2

03:00 – 04:00 40.8 38.5 41.6 39.3 35.0

04:00 – 05:00 42.4 42.6 43.2 43.5 36.3

05:00 – 06:00 45.7 48.7 46.6 49.7 39.2

Leq Day 59.3 57.4 60.5 58.6 50.6

Leq Night 43.8 44.2 44.7 45.1 37.5



TABLE-11


Location

Code

Location Name

Date Of

Monitoring

Co-Ordinates

NQ-22

Near to Mhetre






Time NQ-22 NQ-23 NQ-24 NQ-25

HOURS

06:00 – 07:00 47.7 44.8 48.7 45.6

07:00 – 08:00 50.1 48.9 51.1 49.8

08:00 – 09:00 52.5 50.5 53.5 51.5

09:00 – 10:00 56.9 54.6 58.0 55.6

10:00 – 11:00 63.0 58.7 64.3 59.8

11:00 – 12:00 55.6 52.7 56.8 53.7

12:00 – 13:00 54.4 54.5 55.4 55.5

13:00 – 14:00 53.4 50.7 54.5 51.7

14:00 – 15:00 55.5 57.9 56.7 59.0

15:00 – 16:00 56.8 59.6 57.9 60.9

16:00 – 17:00 58.9 58.8 60.0 59.9

17:00 – 18:00 53.7 53.6 54.8 54.7

18:00 – 19:00 58.7 49.6 59.8 50.6

19:00 – 20:00 56.2 48.8 57.3 49.7

20:00 – 21:00 53.6 50.1 54.7 51.1

21:00 – 22:00 52.5 53.6 53.5 54.7

22:00 – 23:00 45.7 45.8 46.7 46.8

23:00 – 24:00 43.0 40.6 43.9 41.4

24:00 – 01:00 39.4 39.2 40.2 40.0

01:00 – 02:00 36.9 37.2 37.6 38.0

02:00 – 03:00 38.0 36.6 38.8 37.3

03:00 – 04:00 38.9 36.7 39.6 37.4

04:00 – 05:00 40.4 40.6 41.1 41.4

05:00 – 06:00 43.5 46.4 44.4 47.3

Leq Day 56.4 54.6 57.5 55.7

Leq Night 41.7 42.0 42.6 42.9

Observations

a) Day Time Noise Levels (Lday)

The daytime (Lday) noise levels are observed to be in the range of 60.5 – 49.5 dB (A).

b) Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)

The nighttime (Lnight) Noise levels were observed to be in the range of 45.1 – 36.7 dB (A).



Ground Water Quality

Eight Ground water samples was collected and analyzed. The analytical results are given in TABLE-12 to 14

TABLE-12


GW-1 Badiyal 13.03.2019 16°29'30.97"N, 77°16'29.75"E

GW-2 Sirwal 12.03.2019 16°48'37.08"N, 76°53'11.54"E

GW-3 Jevargi 14.03.2019 17° 0'40.93"N, 76°46'31.12"E

GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS

S.No. Parameter Units Test Methods GW-1 GW-2 GW-3

Acceptable

Limits

Permissible

Limits in the

Absence of

Alternate

Source

1 pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983 7.65 7.60 7.60 6.5 – 8.5 NR

2 Color Hazen IS:3025 (Part 4) 1983 <01 <01 <01 5 15

3 Odor - IS:3025 (Part 5) 1983 Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Conductivity at 25 oC µS/cm IS:3025 (Part 14)1984 582 1512 1312 -- --

5 Turbidity (NTU) NTU IS 3025 (Part 10) 1984 1.45 1.36 1.88 1 5

6 Total Dissolve solids mg/L IS:3025 (Part 16) 1984 402 1043 906 500 2000

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 21) 2009 140 390 330 200 600

8 Total Alkalinity mg/L IS 3025 (Part 23) 1986 140 250 220 200 600

9 Calcium as Ca mg/L IS 3025 (Part 40) 1991 32 84 84 75 200

10 Magnesium as Mg mg/L IS 3025 (Part 46) 1994 14.4 43.2 28.8 30 100

11 Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984 60 220 180 250 1000

12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 56.1 175.2 160.7 200 400

13 Fluorides as F- mg/L IS 3025 (Part 60) 2008 0.34 0.40 0.44 1.0 1.5

14 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 34) 1988 4.4 7.9 8.8 45 NR

15 Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 66.0 162.6 144.6 -- --

16 Potassium as K mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 2.1 4.1 3.7 -- --

17 Iron as Fe mg/L IS 3025 (Part 53) 2014 0.12 0.22 0.24 0.3 NR

18 Zinc as Zn mg/L IS 3025 (Part 49) 1994 0.086 0.108 0.140 5 15

19 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006 <02 <02 <02 -- --

20 Silica as SiO2 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 35) 1988 3.2 6.2 7.2 -- --

21 Temperature at site oC IS 3025 (Part 9) 1984 25.6 26.0 25.6 -- --

22 Total Suspended Solids mg/L IS 3025 (Part 17) - 1984 <01 <01 <01 -- --

23 Ammoniacal Nitrogen as N mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

24 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

25 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L IS 3025 (Part 38) 1989 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 -- --

26 Bio chemical oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) 1993 <01 <01 <01 -- --

27 Phosphate as PO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 -- --

28 Oil & grease mg/L IS 3025 (Part 39) 1991 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

29 Phenolic Compounds mg/L IS 3025 (Part 43) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

30 Boron as B mg/L IS 3025:(Part-57) 2005 <0.02 <0.001 <0.001 0.5 1.0

31 Lead as Pb mg/L IS 3025 (Part 47) 1994 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 NR

32 Arsenic as As mg/L IS 3025 (Part-37) 1988 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05

33 Mercury as Hg mg/L IS 3025(Part-48) 1994 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 0.001 NR

34 Cadmium as Cd mg/L IS 3025 (Part 41) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 NR

35 Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 23rd Ed 3111-B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.1 0.3

36 Total Chromium mg/L IS 3025 (Part 52) 2003 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 NR

37 Copper as Cu mg/L IS 3025 (Part 42) 1992 0.014 0.036 0.044 0.05 1.5

38 Total Plate Count CFU/ml IS: 5402:2012 Not detected Not detected Not detected -- --

39 Coliform CFU/100

ml IS 15185: 2016 Not detected Not detected Not detected Must not be detected

40 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100

ml IS 1622: 1981 <02 <02 <02 -- --

NR – No Relaxation



TABLE-13


GW-4 Banderwad 13.03.2019 17°10'41.62"N, 76°35'1.00"E

GW-5 Dudhani 14.03.2019 17°21'37.64"N, 76°22'24.97"E


S.No. Parameter Units Test Methods GW-4 GW-5

Acceptable

Limits

Permissible

Limits in the

Absence of

Alternate

Source

1 pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983 7.60 7.98 6.5 – 8.5 NR

2 Color Hazen IS:3025 (Part 4) 1983 <01 <01 5 15

3 Odor - IS:3025 (Part 5) 1983 Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Conductivity at 25 oC µS/cm IS:3025 (Part 14)1984 605 422 -- --

5 Turbidity (NTU) NTU IS 3025 (Part 10) 1984 1.22 1.66 1 5

6 Total Dissolve solids mg/L IS:3025 (Part 16) 1984 418 290 500 2000

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 21) 2009 130 110 200 600

8 Total Alkalinity mg/L IS 3025 (Part 23) 1986 130 60 200 600

9 Calcium as Ca mg/L IS 3025 (Part 40) 1991 32 28 75 200

10 Magnesium as Mg mg/L IS 3025 (Part 46) 1994 12.0 9.6 30 100

11 Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984 60 40 250 1000

12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 73.4 61.6 200 400

13 Fluorides as F- mg/L IS 3025 (Part 60) 2008 0.44 0.44 1.0 1.5

14 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 34) 1988 6.6 6.0 45 NR

15 Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 5.9 43.4 -- --

16 Potassium as K mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 2.14 1.7 -- --

17 Iron as Fe mg/L IS 3025 (Part 53) 2014 0.14 0.12 0.3 NR

18 Zinc as Zn mg/L IS 3025 (Part 49) 1994 0.044 0.036 5 15

19 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006 <02 <02 -- --

20 Silica as SiO2 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 35) 1988 5.2 4.0 -- --

21 Temperature at site oC IS 3025 (Part 9) 1984 26.6 26.8 -- --

22 Total Suspended Solids mg/L IS 3025 (Part 17) - 1984 <01 <01 -- --

23 Ammoniacal Nitrogen as N mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

24 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

25 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L IS 3025 (Part 38) 1989 <0.2 <0.2 -- --

26 Bio chemical oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) 1993 <01 <01 -- --

27 Phosphate as PO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988 <0.02 <0.02 -- --

28 Oil & grease mg/L IS 3025 (Part 39) 1991 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

29 Phenolic Compounds mg/L IS 3025 (Part 43) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

30 Boron as B mg/L IS 3025:(Part-57) 2005 <0.001 <0.001 0.5 1.0

31 Lead as Pb mg/L IS 3025 (Part 47) 1994 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 NR

32 Arsenic as As mg/L IS 3025 (Part-37) 1988 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05

33 Mercury as Hg mg/L IS 3025(Part-48) 1994 <0.0001 <0.0001 0.001 NR

34 Cadmium as Cd mg/L IS 3025 (Part 41) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 NR

35 Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 23rd Ed 3111-B <0.001 <0.001 0.1 0.3

36 Total Chromium mg/L IS 3025 (Part 52) 2003 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 NR

37 Copper as Cu mg/L IS 3025 (Part 42) 1992 0.014 0.020 0.05 1.5

38 Total Plate Count CFU/ml IS: 5402:2012 Not detected Not detected -- --

39 Coliform CFU/100

ml IS 15185: 2016 Not detected Not detected Must not be detected


ml IS 1622: 1981 <02 <02 -- --




TABLE-14

Location Code Bore Well Location Date of

Sampling Co-Ordinates

GW-6 Akkalkot 15.03.2019 17°31'37.84"N, 76°12'9.24"E

GW-7 Hursgundgi 14.03.2019 16°47'24.56"N, 76°57'21.62"E

GW-8 Ganwar 15.03.2019 16°54'23.36"N, 76°49'20.08"E


S.No

. Parameter Units Test Methods GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

Acceptable

Limits

Permissible

Limits in the

Absence of

Alternate

Source

1 pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983 8.00 7.65 7.10 6.5 – 8.5 NR

2 Color Hazen IS:3025 (Part 4) 1983 <01 <01 <01 5 15

3 Odor - IS:3025 (Part 5) 1983 Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Conductivity at 25 oC µS/cm IS:3025 (Part 14)1984 412 582 410 -- --

5 Turbidity (NTU) NTU IS 3025 (Part 10) 1984 1.80 1.66 1.30 1 5

6 Total Dissolve solids mg/L IS:3025 (Part 16) 1984 284 402 280 500 2000

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 21) 2009 110 160 110 200 600

8 Total Alkalinity mg/L IS 3025 (Part 23) 1986 80 140 90 200 600

9 Calcium as Ca mg/L IS 3025 (Part 40) 1991 28 36 24 75 200

10 Magnesium as Mg mg/L IS 3025 (Part 46) 1994 9.6 16.8 12.0 30 100

11 Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984 50 60.0 45.0 250 1000

12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 43.7 62.3 38.0 200 400

13 Fluorides as F- mg/L IS 3025 (Part 60) 2008 0.36 0.40 0.30 1.0 1.5

14 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 34) 1988 5.6 7.0 6.1 45 NR

15 Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 40.9 56.1 39.7 -- --

16 Potassium as K mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 2.0 2.7 2.0 -- --

17 Iron as Fe mg/L IS 3025 (Part 53) 2014 0.14 0.08 0.06 0.3 NR

18 Zinc as Zn mg/L IS 3025 (Part 49) 1994 0.024 0.044 0.018 5 15

19 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006 <02 <02 <02 -- --

20 Silica as SiO2 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 35) 1988 4.2 6.2 4.9 -- --

21 Temperature at site oC IS 3025 (Part 9) 1984 27.1 25.9 26.3 -- --

22 Total Suspended Solids mg/L IS 3025 (Part 17) - 1984 <01 <01 <01 -- --

23 Ammoniacal Nitrogen as N mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

24 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

25 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L IS 3025 (Part 38) 1989 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 -- --

26 Bio chemical oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) 1993 <01 <01 <01 -- --

27 Phosphate as PO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 -- --

28 Oil & grease mg/L IS 3025 (Part 39) 1991 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -- --

29 Phenolic Compounds mg/L IS 3025 (Part 43) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

30 Boron as B mg/L IS 3025:(Part-57) 2005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.5 1.0

31 Lead as Pb mg/L IS 3025 (Part 47) 1994 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 NR

32 Arsenic as As mg/L IS 3025 (Part-37) 1988 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05

33 Mercury as Hg mg/L IS 3025(Part-48) 1994 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 0.001 NR

34 Cadmium as Cd mg/L IS 3025 (Part 41) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 NR

35 Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 23rd Ed 3111-B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.1 0.3

36 Total Chromium mg/L IS 3025 (Part 52) 2003 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 NR

37 Copper as Cu mg/L IS 3025 (Part 42) 1992 0.044 0.062 0.012 0.05 1.5

38 Total Plate Count CFU/ml IS: 5402:2012 Not detected Not detected Not detected -- --

39 Coliform CFU/100

ml IS 15185: 2016 Not detected Not detected Not detected Must not be detected


ml IS 1622: 1981 <02 <02 <02 -- --




Surface Water Quality

Nine Surface water samples was collected and analyzed. The analytical results are given in TABLE-15 to TABLE-17

Table-15

Surface water Quality Location

Location

Code

Location Name Sample Collection Dates Co-Ordinates

SW-1 Bidrani 13.03.2019 16°45'50.81"N, 76°57'0.06"E

SW-2 Sirwal 12.03.2019 16°48'48.37"N, 76°53'16.97"E

SW-3 Jevargi 14.03.2019 17° 0'46.05"N, 76°46'13.96"E

TEST RESULTES

S.No Parameter Units Test Method SW - 1 SW-2 SW-3 IS:2296

Class C Limits

1 pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983 7.60 7.70 7.52 6.5 – 8.5

2 Color Hazen IS:3025 (Part 4) 1983 30 100 20 300

3 Conductivity at 25 oC µS/cm IS:3025 (Part 14)1984 952 652 547 --

4 Turbidity (NTU) NTU IS 3025 (Part 10) 1984 68.3 42.4 25.2 --


6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 21) 2009 240 170 120 --

7 Total Alkalinity mg/L IS 3025 (Part 23) 1986 260 140 100 --

8 Calcium as Ca mg/L IS 3025 (Part 40) 1991 48 36 28 --

9 Magnesium as Mg mg/L IS 3025 (Part 46) 1994 28.8 19.2 12.0 --

10 Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984 120 65.0 50.0 600

11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 34.0 78.6 87.4 400


13 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 34) 1988 6.6 7.2 7.0 50

14 Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 104 68.0 66.5 --

15 Potassium as K mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 2.7 2.3 2.7 --

16 Iron as Fe mg/L IS 3025 (Part 53) 2014 0.10 0.12 0.08 50.0

17 Zinc as Zn mg/L IS 3025 (Part 49) 1994 0.074 0.060 0.032 15.0

18 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006 10 20 <02 --

19 Silica as SiO2 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 35) 1988 5.3 6.3 6.0 --

20 Temperature at site oC IS 3025 (Part 9) 1984 26.4 27.2 26.8 --

21 Total Suspended Solids mg/L IS 3025 (Part 17) - 1984 28.4 22.4 14.0 --

22 Ammoniacal Nitrogen as N mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 0.14 0.28 0.20 --

23 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/L IS 3025 Part 34 -1988 1.04 0.62 0.48 --

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L IS 3025 (Part 38) 1989 4.3 4.0 4.8 4.0

25 Bio chemical oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) 1993 <01 06 <01 03

26 Phosphate as PO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 --

27 Oil & grease mg/L IS 3025 (Part 39) 1991 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1

28 Phenolic Compounds mg/L IS 3025 (Part 43) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005

29 Boron as B mg/L IS 3025:(Part-57) 2005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 --

30 Lead as Pb mg/L IS 3025 (Part 47) 1994 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.1

31 Arsenic as As mg/L IS 3025 (Part-37) 1988 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.2

32 Mercury as Hg mg/L IS 3025(Part-48) 1994 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 --

33 Cadmium as Cd mg/L IS 3025 (Part 41) 1992 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01

34 Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 23rd Ed 3111-B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 --

35 Total Chromium mg/L IS 3025 (Part 52) 2003 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05


37 Coliform MPN/100 ml APHA 23rd Ed 9221 B 540 920 180 5000

38 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100 ml APHA 23rd Ed 9221 B 140 220 63 --



Table-16


Location

Code


SW-4 Sannati 13.03.2019 16°49'39.49"N, 76°54'21.69"E

SW-5 Harwal 14.03.2019 17° 3'43.39"N, 76°41'13.79"E

SW-6 Mirajgi 15.03.2019 17°28'40.85"N, 76°15'4.69"E

TEST RESULTES


Class C Limits

1 pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983 7.68 7.56 7.42 6.5 – 8.5









10 Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984 70.0 115 200 600

11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 117 120.9 184 400



14 Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 86.0 119.4 168.8 --




18 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006 10 <02 <02 --







25 Bio chemical oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) 1993 04 <01 <01 03
















Table-17


Location

Code


SW-7 Lingera 14.03.2019 16°38'19.50"N, 77°10'4.60"E

SW-8 Khanpur 15.03.2019 16°42'24.19"N, 77° 0'49.39"E

SW-9 Near Badiyal (Gudur) 14.03.2019 16°28'49.46"N, 77°14'45.25"E

TEST RESULTES


Class C Limits

1 pH at 25 oC - IS:3025 (Part 1) 1983 7.60 7.66 7.98 6.5 – 8.5









10 Chloride as Cl mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) 1984 75 80.0 45 600

11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 108.8 77.5 70.7 400



14 Sodium as Na mg/L IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 80.0 82.1 43.9 --




18 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 58) 2006 20 10 <02 --







25 Bio chemical oxygen Demand mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) 1993 06 03 <01 03
















Soil Quality Analysis

Six Soil samples was collected and analyzed. The analytical results are given in below Table-18 & 19

Table-18

Soil Quality Location:

Location

Code

Soil Sampling Location Sampling dates Co-Ordinates

S-1 Badiyal 13.03.2019 16°29'30.97"N, 77°16'20.42"E

S-2 Sirwal 12.03.2019 16°48'22.01"N, 76°53'3.41"E

S-3 Jevargi 14.03.2019 16°59'50.22"N, 76°46'18.00"E

SOIL SAMPLING RESULTS

S.No

Parameter

Units

Test Method

S-1

S-2

S-3

1

Texture Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sand % FAO Method 2007 52 54 49

Silt % FAO Method 2007 18 20 18

Clay % FAO Method 2007 30 26 33

2 pH at 25 oC (1:5 Slurry) - IS 2729(Part 26):1987 7.58 8.15 8.24

3 Conductivity at 25 oC (1:5 Slurry) µs/cm IS 14767:2000 110 284 324

4 Bulk Density g/cc FAO Method 2007 1.22 1.66 1.88

5 Available Nitrogen mg/kg IS 14684: 1999 340 430 450

6 Available Phosphorus as PO4 mg/kg FAO Method 2007 54 62 58

7 Available Potassium as K mg/kg FAO Method 2007 214 210 230

8 Exchangeable Ca meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 12.0 10.4 10.62

9 Exchangeable Mg meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 1.28 1.80 1.92

10 Exchangeable Na meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 4.12 4.20 5.2

11 Organic Carbon % FAO Method 2007 4.4 3.68 4.8

12 Manganese as Mn meq/100gr EPA 3050B – 1996 0.16 0.14 0.18

13 Zinc as Zn meq/100gr EPA 3050B – 1996 4.22 3.44 4.8

14 Boron as B meq/100gr USEPA 6010 B Dec.1996 0.18 0.16 0.14



Table-19

Soil Quality Location:

Location

Code

Soil Sampling Location Sampling dates Co-Ordinates

S-4 Banderwad 13.03.2019 17°10'35.53"N, 76°35'10.32"E

S-5 Dudhani 14.03.2019 17°21'17.00"N, 76°22'6.22"E

S-6 Akkalkot 15.03.2019 17°31'2.20"N, 76°12'56.51"E

SOIL SAMPLING RESULTS

S.No

Parameter

Units

Test Method

S-4

S-5

S-6

1

Texture Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sand % FAO Method 2007 45 48 52

Silt % FAO Method 2007 22 20 20

Clay % FAO Method 2007 33 32 28

2 pH at 25 oC (1:5 Slurry) - IS 2729(Part 26):1987 8.24 8.35 8.25

3 Conductivity at 25 oC (1:5 Slurry) µs/cm IS 14767:2000 130 267 198

4 Bulk Density g/cc FAO Method 2007 1.32 2.42 1.48

5 Available Nitrogen mg/kg IS 14684: 1999 396 414 430

6 Available Phosphorus as PO4 mg/kg FAO Method 2007 58 74 68

7 Available Potassium as K mg/kg FAO Method 2007 174 218 230

8 Exchangeable Ca meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 8.12 10.6 12.0

9 Exchangeable Mg meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 1.88 2.36 3.02

10 Exchangeable Na meq/100gr FAO Method 2007 2.30 2.96 3.28

11 Organic Carbon % FAO Method 2007 3.72 4.60 4.20

12 Manganese as Mn meq/100gr EPA 3050B – 1996 0.20 0.18 0.14

13 Zinc as Zn meq/100gr EPA 3050B – 1996 2.40 3.66 2.88

14 Boron as B meq/100gr USEPA 6010 B Dec.1996 0.14 0.16 0.12



NABL APPROVED ACCRIDITATION LETTER



MOEF&CC CERTIFICATE







ISO CERTIFICATE



OHSAS CERTIFICATE




Annexure – III

Land Use Map

consultancy services for preparation of dpr for - Karnataka ...

Documents